diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'man')
197 files changed, 6649 insertions, 1529 deletions
diff --git a/man/bootctl.xml b/man/bootctl.xml index 7bdada8a88..4b5b2527b3 100644 --- a/man/bootctl.xml +++ b/man/bootctl.xml @@ -67,7 +67,9 @@ <para>Hint: use <command>systemctl reboot --firmware-setup</command> to reboot into firmware setup once. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -100,14 +102,18 @@ <listitem><para>Removes a boot loader entry including the files it refers to. Takes a single boot loader entry ID string or a glob pattern as argument. Referenced files such as kernel or initrd are - only removed if no other entry refers to them.</para></listitem> + only removed if no other entry refers to them.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>cleanup</option></term> <listitem><para>Removes files from the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions that belong to the entry token but - are not referenced in any boot loader entries.</para></listitem> + are not referenced in any boot loader entries.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -244,13 +250,17 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a kernel image as argument. Checks what kind of kernel the image is. Returns one of <literal>uki</literal>, <literal>pe</literal>, and <literal>unknown</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>kernel-inspect</option> <replaceable>kernel</replaceable></term> - <listitem><para>Takes a kernel image as argument. Prints details about the image.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Takes a kernel image as argument. Prints details about the image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -268,7 +278,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a directory path as an argument. All paths will be prefixed with the given alternate <replaceable>root</replaceable> path, including config search - paths. </para></listitem> + paths. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -281,7 +293,9 @@ table, following the <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>. For further information on supported disk images, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s - switch of the same name.</para></listitem> + switch of the same name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -293,7 +307,9 @@ (the default), <literal>image</literal> or <literal>host</literal>. With <literal>auto</literal> binaries will be picked from the specified directory or image, and if not found they will be picked from the host. With <literal>image</literal> or <literal>host</literal> no fallback search will be - performed if the binaries are not found in the selected source.</para></listitem> + performed if the binaries are not found in the selected source.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -335,12 +351,16 @@ (e.g. <filename>/dev/nvme0n1</filename>). If the root file system is <literal>tmpfs</literal> (or a similar in-memory file system), the block device backing <filename>/usr/</filename> is returned if applicable. If the root file system is a network file system (e.g. NFS, CIFS) the operation will - fail.</para></listitem> + fail.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--no-variables</option></term> - <listitem><para>Do not touch the firmware's boot loader list stored in EFI variables.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Do not touch the firmware's boot loader list stored in EFI variables.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -348,7 +368,9 @@ <listitem><para>Ignore failure when the EFI System Partition cannot be found, when EFI variables cannot be written, or a different or newer boot loader is already installed. Currently only applies to <command>is-installed</command>, <command>update</command>, and <command>random-seed</command> - verbs.</para></listitem> + verbs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -356,7 +378,9 @@ <term><option>--quiet</option></term> <listitem><para>Suppress printing of the results of various commands and also the hints about ESP - being unavailable.</para></listitem> + being unavailable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -368,7 +392,9 @@ entry token, as specified with <option>--entry-token=</option> parameter described below, and is placed immediately below the <varname>$BOOT</varname> root directory (i.e. beneath the file system returned by the <option>--print-boot-path</option> option, see above). Defaults to - <literal>no</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -413,12 +439,16 @@ on the same medium, and they can update their boot loader entries independently. When using another identifier (such as the OS ID or the OS image ID), parallel installations of the same OS would try to use the same entry name. To support parallel installations, the installer must use a different entry - token when adding a second installation.</para></listitem> + token when adding a second installation.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--all-architectures</option></term> - <listitem><para>Install binaries for all supported EFI architectures (this implies <option>--no-variables</option>).</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Install binaries for all supported EFI architectures (this implies <option>--no-variables</option>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -431,7 +461,9 @@ found on the various disks installed in the system. Specifically distributions should not use this flag to install a branded entry in the boot option list. However in situations with multiple disks, each with their own ESP partition, it can be beneficial to make it easier to identify the bootloader being used in - the firmware's boot option menu.</para></listitem> + the firmware's boot option menu.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -439,7 +471,9 @@ <listitem><para>Dry run for <option>--unlink</option> and <option>--cleanup</option>.</para> <para>In dry run mode, the unlink and cleanup operations only print the files that would get deleted - without actually deleting them.</para></listitem> + without actually deleting them.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="no-pager"/> diff --git a/man/busctl.xml b/man/busctl.xml index 294ef5d4b7..9a1543b421 100644 --- a/man/busctl.xml +++ b/man/busctl.xml @@ -50,7 +50,9 @@ names. By default, shows both unique and well-known names, but this may be changed with the <option>--unique</option> and <option>--acquired</option> switches. This is the default - operation if no command is specified.</para></listitem> + operation if no command is specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -60,7 +62,9 @@ bus service (if one is specified by its unique or well-known name), a process (if one is specified by its numeric PID), or the owner of the bus (if no parameter is - specified).</para></listitem> + specified).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -71,7 +75,9 @@ to or from this peer, identified by its well-known or unique name. Otherwise, show all messages on the bus. Use <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> - to terminate the dump.</para></listitem> + to terminate the dump.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -84,7 +90,9 @@ Make sure to redirect standard output to a file or pipe. Tools like <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>wireshark</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> may be used to dissect and view the resulting - files.</para></listitem> + files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -94,7 +102,9 @@ services. If <replaceable>SERVICE</replaceable> is specified, show object tree of the specified services only. Otherwise, show all object trees of all services on the bus that acquired - at least one well-known name.</para></listitem> + at least one well-known name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -104,7 +114,9 @@ signals of the specified object (identified by its path) on the specified service. If the interface argument is passed, the output is limited to members of the specified - interface.</para></listitem> + interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -116,7 +128,9 @@ string is required, followed by the arguments, individually formatted as strings. For details on the formatting used, see below. To suppress output of the returned data, use the - <option>--quiet</option> option.</para></listitem> + <option>--quiet</option> option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -125,7 +139,9 @@ <listitem><para>Emit a signal. Takes an object path, interface name and method name. If parameters shall be passed, a signature string is required, followed by the arguments, individually formatted as strings. For details on the formatting used, see below. To specify the destination of the signal, - use the <option>--destination=</option> option.</para></listitem> + use the <option>--destination=</option> option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -137,7 +153,9 @@ specified at once, in which case their values will be shown one after the other, separated by newlines. The output is, by default, in terse format. Use <option>--verbose</option> for a - more elaborate output format.</para></listitem> + more elaborate output format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -146,13 +164,17 @@ <listitem><para>Set the current value of an object property. Takes a service name, object path, interface name, property name, property signature, followed by a list of - parameters formatted as strings.</para></listitem> + parameters formatted as strings.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>help</command></term> - <listitem><para>Show command syntax help.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Show command syntax help.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -170,7 +192,9 @@ <replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable> instead of using suitable defaults for either the system or user bus (see <option>--system</option> and <option>--user</option> - options).</para></listitem> + options).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -180,7 +204,9 @@ column containing the names of containers they belong to. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-machined.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -189,14 +215,18 @@ <listitem><para>When showing the list of peers, show only "unique" names (of the form <literal>:<replaceable>number</replaceable>.<replaceable>number</replaceable></literal>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--acquired</option></term> <listitem><para>The opposite of <option>--unique</option> — - only "well-known" names will be shown.</para></listitem> + only "well-known" names will be shown.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -205,6 +235,8 @@ <listitem><para>When showing the list of peers, show only peers which have actually not been activated yet, but may be started automatically if accessed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -215,7 +247,9 @@ subset matching <replaceable>MATCH</replaceable>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_bus_add_match</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -225,6 +259,8 @@ <para>When used with the <command>capture</command> command, specifies the maximum bus message size to capture ("snaplen"). Defaults to 4096 bytes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -234,6 +270,8 @@ <listitem> <para>When used with the <command>tree</command> command, shows a flat list of object paths instead of a tree.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -257,6 +295,8 @@ <para>When used with the <command>call</command> or <command>get-property</command> command, shows output in a more verbose format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -267,6 +307,8 @@ <para>When used with the <command>introspect</command> call, dump the XML description received from the D-Bus <constant>org.freedesktop.DBus.Introspectable.Introspect</constant> call instead of the normal output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -279,6 +321,8 @@ redundant whitespace or line breaks) or <literal>pretty</literal> (for a pretty version of the same, with indentation and line breaks). Note that transformation from D-Bus marshalling to JSON is done in a loss-less way, which means type information is embedded into the JSON object tree.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -289,6 +333,8 @@ <para>Equivalent to <option>--json=pretty</option> when invoked interactively from a terminal. Otherwise equivalent to <option>--json=short</option>, in particular when the output is piped to some other program.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -307,6 +353,8 @@ code. To only suppress output of the reply message payload, use <option>--quiet</option> above. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -319,6 +367,8 @@ called service, should it not be running yet but is configured to be auto-started. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -331,6 +381,8 @@ authorization while executing the operation, if the security policy is configured for this. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -347,6 +399,8 @@ tool does not wait for any reply message then. When not specified or when set to 0, the default of <literal>25s</literal> is assumed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -361,6 +415,8 @@ shown is possibly inconsistent, as the data read from <filename>/proc/</filename> might be more recent than the rest of the credential information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -371,6 +427,8 @@ <para>Controls whether to wait for the specified <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> bus socket to appear in the file system before connecting to it. Defaults to off. When enabled, the tool will watch the file system until the socket is created and then connect to it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -380,6 +438,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a service name. When used with the <command>emit</command> command, a signal is emitted to the specified service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -394,6 +454,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Do not ellipsize the output in <command>list</command> command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/coredump.conf.xml b/man/coredump.conf.xml index ac8d984670..61014d3823 100644 --- a/man/coredump.conf.xml +++ b/man/coredump.conf.xml @@ -72,7 +72,9 @@ to disk first. Thus, unless <varname>ProcessSizeMax=</varname> is set to 0 (see below), the core will be written to <filename>/var/lib/systemd/coredump/</filename> either way (under a temporary filename, or even in an unlinked file), <varname>Storage=</varname> thus only controls whether to leave it - there even after it was processed.</para></listitem> + there even after it was processed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -81,6 +83,8 @@ <listitem><para>Controls compression for external storage. Takes a boolean argument, which defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -94,6 +98,8 @@ <para>Setting <varname>Storage=none</varname> and <varname>ProcessSizeMax=0</varname> disables all coredump handling except for a log entry.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -108,7 +114,9 @@ lowered relative to the default, but not increased. Unit suffixes are allowed just as in <option>ProcessSizeMax=</option>.</para> - <para><varname>ExternalSizeMax=infinity</varname> sets the core size to unlimited.</para></listitem> + <para><varname>ExternalSizeMax=infinity</varname> sets the core size to unlimited.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -128,7 +136,9 @@ core dumps are processed. Note that old core dumps are also removed based on time via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-tmpfiles</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - Set either value to 0 to turn off size-based cleanup.</para></listitem> + Set either value to 0 to turn off size-based cleanup.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/coredumpctl.xml b/man/coredumpctl.xml index 0f4a2e83e6..caeff086ad 100644 --- a/man/coredumpctl.xml +++ b/man/coredumpctl.xml @@ -58,12 +58,16 @@ <varlistentry> <term>TIME</term> <listitem><para>The timestamp of the crash, as reported by the kernel.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>PID</term> <listitem><para>The identifier of the process that crashed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -71,13 +75,17 @@ <term>UID</term> <term>GID</term> <listitem><para>The user and group identifiers of the process that crashed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>SIGNAL</term> <listitem><para>The signal that caused the process to crash, when applicable. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -93,13 +101,17 @@ stored in its entirety, <literal>error</literal> means that the core file cannot be accessed, most likely because of insufficient permissions, and <literal>missing</literal> means that the core was stored in a file, but - this file has since been removed.</para></listitem> + this file has since been removed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>EXE</term> <listitem><para>The full path to the executable. For backtraces of scripts - this is the name of the interpreter.</para></listitem> + this is the name of the interpreter.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -138,7 +150,9 @@ will be used. This may be changed using the <option>--debugger=</option> option or the <varname>$SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER</varname> environment variable. Use the <option>--debugger-arguments=</option> option to pass extra - command line arguments to the debugger.</para></listitem> + command line arguments to the debugger.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -162,28 +176,36 @@ <term><option>-1</option></term> <listitem><para>Show information of the most recent core dump only, instead of listing all known core - dumps. Equivalent to <option>--reverse -n 1</option>.</para></listitem> + dumps. Equivalent to <option>--reverse -n 1</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-n</option> <replaceable>INT</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>Show at most the specified number of entries. The specified parameter must be an - integer greater or equal to 1.</para></listitem> + integer greater or equal to 1.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-S</option></term> <term><option>--since</option></term> - <listitem><para>Only print entries which are since the specified date.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Only print entries which are since the specified date.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-U</option></term> <term><option>--until</option></term> - <listitem><para>Only print entries which are until the specified date.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Only print entries which are until the specified date.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -191,7 +213,9 @@ <term><option>--reverse</option></term> <listitem><para>Reverse output so that the newest entries are displayed first. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -200,7 +224,9 @@ <listitem><para>Print all possible data values the specified field takes in matching core dump entries of the - journal.</para></listitem> + journal.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v225"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -217,7 +243,9 @@ <listitem><para>Use the given debugger for the <command>debug</command> command. If not given and <varname>$SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER</varname> is unset, then <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>gdb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - will be used. </para></listitem> + will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -226,7 +254,9 @@ <listitem><para>Pass the given <replaceable>ARGS</replaceable> as extra command line arguments to the debugger. Quote as appropriate when <replaceable>ARGS</replaceable> contain whitespace. - (See Examples.)</para></listitem> + (See Examples.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -237,7 +267,9 @@ files matching <replaceable>GLOB</replaceable> instead of the default runtime and system journal paths. May be specified multiple times, in which case files will be suitably - interleaved.</para></listitem> + interleaved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -245,14 +277,18 @@ <term><option>--directory=</option><replaceable>DIR</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>Use the journal files in the specified <option>DIR</option>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v225"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--root=<replaceable>ROOT</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Use root directory <option>ROOT</option> when searching for coredumps. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -265,7 +301,9 @@ table, following the <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>. For further information on supported disk images, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s - switch of the same name.</para></listitem> + switch of the same name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -276,14 +314,18 @@ <listitem><para>Suppresses informational messages about lack of access to journal files and possible in-flight coredumps. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--all</option></term> <listitem><para>Look at all available journal files in <filename>/var/log/journal/</filename> - (excluding journal namespaces) instead of only local ones.</para></listitem> + (excluding journal namespaces) instead of only local ones.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -299,7 +341,9 @@ <listitem><para>Process ID of the process that dumped - core. An integer.</para></listitem> + core. An integer.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -307,7 +351,9 @@ <listitem><para>Name of the executable (matches <option>COREDUMP_COMM=</option>). Must not contain slashes. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -315,7 +361,9 @@ <listitem><para>Path to the executable (matches <option>COREDUMP_EXE=</option>). Must contain at least one - slash. </para></listitem> + slash. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -324,7 +372,9 @@ <listitem><para>General journalctl match filter, must contain an equals sign (<literal>=</literal>). See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -344,7 +394,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER</varname></term> <listitem><para>Use the given debugger for the <command>debug</command> - command. See the <option>--debugger=</option> option.</para></listitem> + command. See the <option>--debugger=</option> option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/crypttab.xml b/man/crypttab.xml index f977fd694d..dee1f75144 100644 --- a/man/crypttab.xml +++ b/man/crypttab.xml @@ -348,6 +348,8 @@ default is to queue these requests and process them asynchronously.</para> <para>This requires kernel 5.9 or newer.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -357,6 +359,8 @@ default is to queue these requests and process them asynchronously.</para> <para>This requires kernel 5.9 or newer.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -498,6 +502,8 @@ <option>veracrypt-pim=</option> is not checked against these bounds. <ulink url="https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/Personal%20Iterations%20Multiplier%20%28PIM%29.html">See documentation</ulink> for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -536,7 +542,9 @@ <term><option>headless=</option></term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument, defaults to false. If true, never query interactively - for the password/PIN. Useful for headless systems.</para></listitem> + for the password/PIN. Useful for headless systems.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -559,7 +567,9 @@ (<literal>*</literal>) is echoed for each character typed. Regardless of which mode is chosen, if the user hits the tabulator key (<literal>↹</literal>) at any time, or the backspace key (<literal>⌫</literal>) before any other - data has been entered, then echo is turned off.</para></listitem> + data has been entered, then echo is turned off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -628,7 +638,9 @@ <para>Note that many security tokens that implement FIDO2 also implement PKCS#11, suitable for unlocking volumes via the <option>pkcs11-uri=</option> option described above. Typically the newer, - simpler FIDO2 standard is preferable.</para></listitem> + simpler FIDO2 standard is preferable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -640,7 +652,9 @@ must be of LUKS2 type, and the CID is read from the LUKS2 JSON token header. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-cryptenroll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for enrolling a FIDO2 token in the LUKS2 header compatible with this automatic - mode.</para></listitem> + mode.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -649,7 +663,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a string, configuring the FIDO2 Relying Party (rp) for the FIDO2 unlock operation. If not specified <literal>io.systemd.cryptsetup</literal> is used, except if the LUKS2 JSON token header contains a different value. It should normally not be necessary to override - this.</para></listitem> + this.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -680,7 +696,9 @@ used to unlock the volume. When the randomized key is encrypted the current values of the selected PCRs (see below) are included in the operation, so that different PCR state results in different encrypted keys and the decrypted key can only be recovered if the same PCR state is - reproduced.</para></listitem> + reproduced.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -692,7 +710,9 @@ <command>systemd-cryptenroll</command> writes it there. If not used (and no metadata in the LUKS2 JSON token header defines it), defaults to a list of a single entry: PCR 7. Assign an empty string to encode a policy that binds the key to no PCRs, making the key accessible to local programs regardless - of the current PCR state.</para></listitem> + of the current PCR state.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -700,7 +720,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument, defaults to <literal>false</literal>. Controls whether TPM2 volume unlocking is bound to a PIN in addition to PCRs. Similarly, this option is only useful - when TPM2 enrollment metadata is not available.</para></listitem> + when TPM2 enrollment metadata is not available.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -715,7 +737,9 @@ unlock a LUKS2 volume with a signed TPM2 PCR enrollment a suitable signature file <filename>tpm2-pcr-signature.json</filename> is searched for in <filename>/etc/systemd/</filename>, <filename>/run/systemd/</filename>, <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/</filename> (in this - order).</para></listitem> + order).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -727,7 +751,9 @@ the specified PCR. The volume key is measured along with the activated volume name and its UUID. This functionality is particularly useful for the encrypted volume backing the root file system, as it then allows later TPM objects to be securely bound to the root file system and hence the specific - installation.</para></listitem> + installation.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -737,7 +763,9 @@ <option>tpm2-measure-pcr=</option> above. Multiple banks may be specified, separated by a colon character. If not specified automatically determines available and used banks. Expects a message digest name (e.g. <literal>sha1</literal>, <literal>sha256</literal>, …) as argument, to identify the - bank.</para></listitem> + bank.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -749,7 +777,9 @@ for supported formats). Defaults to 30s. Once the specified timeout elapsed authentication via password is attempted. Note that this timeout applies to waiting for the security device to show up — it does not apply to the PIN prompt for the device (should one be needed) or similar. Pass 0 to turn - off the time-out and wait forever.</para></listitem> + off the time-out and wait forever.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/file-hierarchy.xml b/man/file-hierarchy.xml index 4e5eeda9e5..c976910446 100644 --- a/man/file-hierarchy.xml +++ b/man/file-hierarchy.xml @@ -51,7 +51,9 @@ <listitem><para>The file system root. Usually writable, but this is not required. Possibly a temporary file system (<literal>tmpfs</literal>). Not shared with other hosts - (unless read-only). </para></listitem> + (unless read-only). </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -64,7 +66,9 @@ should be considered read-only, except when a new kernel or boot loader is installed. This directory only exists on systems that run on physical or emulated hardware that - requires boot loaders.</para></listitem> + requires boot loaders.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -73,7 +77,9 @@ Partition (ESP), the latter is mounted here. Tools that need to operate on the EFI system partition should look for it at this mount point first, and fall back to <filename>/boot/</filename> — if the former doesn't qualify (for example if it is not a mount point or does not have the correct file system type - <constant>MSDOS_SUPER_MAGIC</constant>).</para></listitem> + <constant>MSDOS_SUPER_MAGIC</constant>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -84,7 +90,9 @@ applications should not make assumptions about this directory being fully populated or populated at all, and should fall back to defaults if configuration is - missing.</para></listitem> + missing.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -101,7 +109,9 @@ Applications should generally not reference this directory directly, but via the per-user <varname>$HOME</varname> environment variable, or via the home directory field of the - user database.</para></listitem> + user database.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -110,7 +120,9 @@ user's home directory is located outside of <filename>/home/</filename> in order to make sure the root user may log in even without <filename>/home/</filename> being - available and mounted.</para></listitem> + available and mounted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -120,7 +132,9 @@ this directory is organized internally. Generally writable, and possibly shared among systems. This directory might become available or writable only very late during - boot.</para></listitem> + boot.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -143,6 +157,8 @@ project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mkdtemp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and similar calls. For more details, see <ulink url="https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES">Using /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ Safely</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -157,7 +173,9 @@ <term><filename>/run/</filename></term> <listitem><para>A <literal>tmpfs</literal> file system for system packages to place runtime data, socket files, and similar. This directory is flushed on boot, and generally writable for privileged - programs only. Always writable.</para></listitem> + programs only. Always writable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -165,7 +183,9 @@ <listitem><para>Runtime system logs. System components may place private logs in this directory. Always writable, even when <filename>/var/log/</filename> might not be accessible - yet.</para></listitem> + yet.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -178,7 +198,9 @@ <varname>$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR</varname> environment variable, as documented in the <ulink url="https://standards.freedesktop.org/basedir-spec/basedir-spec-latest.html">XDG - Base Directory Specification</ulink>.</para></listitem> + Base Directory Specification</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -194,7 +216,9 @@ Usually read-only, but this is not required. Possibly shared between multiple hosts. This directory should not be modified by the administrator, except when installing or removing - vendor-supplied packages.</para></listitem> + vendor-supplied packages.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -204,13 +228,17 @@ It is recommended not to place binaries in this directory that are not useful for invocation from a shell (such as daemon binaries); these should be placed in a subdirectory of - <filename>/usr/lib/</filename> instead.</para></listitem> + <filename>/usr/lib/</filename> instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>/usr/include/</filename></term> <listitem><para>C and C++ API header files of system - libraries.</para></listitem> + libraries.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -222,7 +250,9 @@ from a shell. Such binaries may be for any architecture supported by the system. Do not place public libraries in this directory, use <varname>$libdir</varname> (see below), - instead.</para></listitem> + instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -239,7 +269,9 @@ architecture-dependent, too. To query <varname>$libdir</varname> for the primary architecture of the system, invoke: - <programlisting># systemd-path system-library-arch</programlisting></para></listitem> + <programlisting># systemd-path system-library-arch</programlisting></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -249,13 +281,17 @@ such as documentation, man pages, time zone information, fonts and other resources. Usually, the precise location and format of files stored below this directory is subject to - specifications that ensure interoperability.</para></listitem> + specifications that ensure interoperability.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename></term> <listitem><para>Documentation for the operating system or - system packages.</para></listitem> + system packages.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -266,7 +302,9 @@ be placed in <filename>/etc/</filename>. This is useful to compare the local configuration of a system with vendor defaults and to populate the local configuration with - defaults.</para></listitem> + defaults.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -275,7 +313,9 @@ <listitem><para>Similar to <filename>/usr/share/factory/etc/</filename>, but for vendor versions of files in the variable, persistent data directory - <filename>/var/</filename>.</para></listitem> + <filename>/var/</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -293,7 +333,9 @@ system might start up without this directory being populated. Persistency is recommended, but optional, to support ephemeral systems. This directory might become available or writable only very late during boot. Components that are required to operate during early boot hence shall not - unconditionally rely on this directory.</para></listitem> + unconditionally rely on this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -302,13 +344,17 @@ components may place non-essential data in this directory. Flushing this directory should have no effect on operation of programs, except for increased runtimes necessary to rebuild - these caches.</para></listitem> + these caches.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>/var/lib/</filename></term> <listitem><para>Persistent system data. System components may - place private data in this directory.</para></listitem> + place private data in this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -319,13 +365,17 @@ <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_journal_print</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> - calls.</para></listitem> + calls.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>/var/spool/</filename></term> <listitem><para>Persistent system spool data, such as printer - or mail queues.</para></listitem> + or mail queues.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -347,6 +397,8 @@ project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mkdtemp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and similar calls should be used. For further details about this directory, see <ulink url="https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES">Using /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ Safely</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -367,7 +419,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-udevd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and should not be written to by other components. A number of special purpose virtual file systems might be mounted below - this directory.</para></listitem> + this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -385,7 +439,9 @@ programs) or <varname>$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR</varname> (for user programs) instead of POSIX shared memory segments, since these directories are not world-writable and hence not vulnerable to - security-sensitive name clashes.</para></listitem> + security-sensitive name clashes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -396,7 +452,9 @@ where normal files may be stored. For details, see <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>proc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. A number of special purpose virtual file systems might be - mounted below this directory.</para></listitem> + mounted below this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -406,7 +464,9 @@ configure the settings in this API file tree is via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> files. In sandboxed/containerized setups, this directory is - generally mounted read-only.</para></listitem> + generally mounted read-only.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -417,7 +477,9 @@ where normal files may be stored. In sandboxed/containerized setups, this directory is generally mounted read-only. A number of special purpose virtual file systems might be mounted below - this directory.</para></listitem> + this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -437,7 +499,9 @@ cgroup2 will not have resource controllers attached. In sandboxed/containerized setups, this directory may either not exist or may include a subset of functionality. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -454,7 +518,9 @@ <listitem><para>These compatibility symlinks point to <filename>/usr/bin/</filename>, ensuring that scripts and binaries referencing these legacy paths correctly find their - binaries.</para></listitem> + binaries.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -463,7 +529,9 @@ <listitem><para>This compatibility symlink points to <filename>/usr/lib/</filename>, ensuring that programs referencing this legacy path correctly find their - resources.</para></listitem> + resources.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -474,7 +542,9 @@ binaries referencing this legacy path correctly find their dynamic loader. This symlink only exists on architectures whose ABI places the dynamic loader in this - path.</para></listitem> + path.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -483,7 +553,9 @@ <listitem><para>This compatibility symlink points to <filename>/run/</filename>, ensuring that programs referencing this legacy path correctly find their runtime - data.</para></listitem> + data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -509,7 +581,9 @@ directory. Flushing this directory should have no effect on operation of programs, except for increased runtimes necessary to rebuild these caches. If an application finds <varname>$XDG_CACHE_HOME</varname> set, it should use the directory specified in it instead of this - directory.</para></listitem> + directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -518,7 +592,9 @@ <listitem><para>Application configuration. When a new user is created, this directory will be empty or not exist at all. Applications should fall back to defaults should their configuration in this directory be missing. If an application finds <varname>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</varname> set, it should use - the directory specified in it instead of this directory.</para></listitem> + the directory specified in it instead of this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -529,14 +605,18 @@ shell; these should be placed in a subdirectory of <filename>~/.local/lib/</filename> instead. Care should be taken when placing architecture-dependent binaries in this place, which might be problematic if the home directory is shared between multiple hosts with different - architectures.</para></listitem> + architectures.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>~/.local/lib/</filename></term> <listitem><para>Static, private vendor data that is compatible with all - architectures.</para></listitem> + architectures.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -544,7 +624,9 @@ <listitem><para>Location for placing public dynamic libraries. The architecture identifier to use is defined on <ulink url="https://wiki.debian.org/Multiarch/Tuples">Multiarch Architecture Specifiers - (Tuples)</ulink> list.</para></listitem> + (Tuples)</ulink> list.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -553,7 +635,9 @@ <listitem><para>Resources shared between multiple packages, such as fonts or artwork. Usually, the precise location and format of files stored below this directory is subject to specifications that ensure interoperability. If an application finds <varname>$XDG_DATA_HOME</varname> set, it should use - the directory specified in it instead of this directory.</para></listitem> + the directory specified in it instead of this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -562,7 +646,9 @@ <listitem><para>Application state. When a new user is created, this directory will be empty or not exist at all. Applications should fall back to defaults should their state in this directory be missing. If an application finds <varname>$XDG_STATE_HOME</varname> set, it should use the directory - specified in it instead of this directory.</para></listitem> + specified in it instead of this directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/homectl.xml b/man/homectl.xml index c34f178439..4dd16aa886 100644 --- a/man/homectl.xml +++ b/man/homectl.xml @@ -123,7 +123,9 @@ the structure documented in <ulink url="https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD">JSON User Records</ulink>. This option may be used in conjunction with the <command>create</command> and <command>update</command> commands (see below), where it allows configuring the user record in JSON - as-is, instead of setting the individual user record properties (see below).</para></listitem> + as-is, instead of setting the individual user record properties (see below).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -159,7 +161,9 @@ cryptographic signatures and thus may only be modified when the private key to update them is available on the destination machine. When replicating users in <literal>minimal</literal> mode, the signature is removed during the replication and thus the record will be implicitly signed with the key of the destination - machine and may be updated there without any private key replication.</para></listitem> + machine and may be updated there without any private key replication.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> @@ -188,7 +192,9 @@ <term><option>-c</option> <replaceable>NAME</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>The real name for the user. This corresponds with the GECOS field on classic UNIX NSS - records.</para></listitem> + records.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -202,14 +208,18 @@ name and realm is seen it is assumed to refer to the same user while a user with the same name but different realm is considered a different user. Note that this means that two users sharing the same name but with distinct realms are not allowed on the same system. Assigning a realm to a user is - optional.</para></listitem> + optional.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--email-address=</option><replaceable>EMAIL</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>Takes an electronic mail address to associate with the user. On log-in the - <varname>$EMAIL</varname> environment variable is initialized from this value.</para></listitem> + <varname>$EMAIL</varname> environment variable is initialized from this value.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -217,7 +227,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes location specification for this user. This is free-form text, which might or might not be usable by geo-location applications. Example: <option>--location="Berlin, - Germany"</option> or <option>--location="Basement, Room 3a"</option></para></listitem> + Germany"</option> or <option>--location="Basement, Room 3a"</option></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -225,7 +237,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes an icon name to associate with the user, following the scheme defined by the <ulink url="https://standards.freedesktop.org/icon-naming-spec/icon-naming-spec-latest.html">Icon Naming - Specification</ulink>.</para></listitem> + Specification</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -235,7 +249,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a path to use as home directory for the user. Note that this is the directory the user's home directory is mounted to while the user is logged in. This is not where the user's data is actually stored, see <option>--image-path=</option> for that. If not specified defaults to - <filename>/home/$USER</filename>.</para></listitem> + <filename>/home/$USER</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -253,7 +269,9 @@ <para>Note that users managed by <command>systemd-homed</command> always have a matching group associated with the same name as well as a GID matching the UID of the user. Thus, configuring the - GID separately is not permitted.</para></listitem> + GID separately is not permitted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -268,7 +286,9 @@ project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>groupadd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Any non-existent groups are ignored. This option may be used more than once, in which case all specified group lists are combined. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, - the user will be removed from the group.</para></listitem> + the user will be removed from the group.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -281,7 +301,9 @@ project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>capabilities</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on the capabilities concept. These options may be used more than once, in which case the specified lists are combined. If the parameter begins with a <literal>~</literal> character the - effect is inverted: the specified capability is dropped from the specific set.</para></listitem> + effect is inverted: the specified capability is dropped from the specific set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -290,14 +312,18 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a file system path to a directory. Specifies the skeleton directory to initialize the home directory with. All files and directories in the specified path are copied into any newly create home directory. If not specified defaults to <filename>/etc/skel/</filename>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--shell=</option><replaceable>SHELL</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>Takes a file system path. Specifies the shell binary to execute on terminal - logins. If not specified defaults to <filename>/bin/bash</filename>.</para></listitem> + logins. If not specified defaults to <filename>/bin/bash</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -310,7 +336,9 @@ <para>Note that a number of other settings also result in environment variables to be set for the user, including <option>--email=</option>, <option>--timezone=</option> and - <option>--language=</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--language=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -322,7 +350,9 @@ variable <literal>TZ=:Europe/Amsterdam</literal>. (<literal>:</literal> is used intentionally as part of the timezone specification, see <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tzset</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.) - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -331,7 +361,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a specifier indicating the preferred language of the user. The <varname>$LANG</varname> environment variable is initialized from this value on login, and thus a value suitable for this environment variable is accepted here, for example - <option>--language=de_DE.UTF8</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--language=de_DE.UTF8</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -339,7 +371,9 @@ <listitem><para>Either takes a SSH authorized key line to associate with the user record or a <literal>@</literal> character followed by a path to a file to read one or more such lines from. SSH keys configured this way are made available to SSH to permit access to this home directory and user - record. This option may be used more than once to configure multiple SSH keys.</para></listitem> + record. This option may be used more than once to configure multiple SSH keys.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -366,7 +400,9 @@ authentication and hence can be used for implying the user identity to use for logging in, which FIDO2 does not allow. PKCS#11/PIV devices generally require initialization (i.e. storing a private/public key pair on them, see example below) before they can be used; FIDO2 security tokens - generally do not required that, and work out of the box.</para></listitem> + generally do not required that, and work out of the box.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -379,7 +415,9 @@ denotes 2048-bit RSA with PKCS#1.5 padding and SHA-256. <literal>eddsa</literal> denotes EDDSA over Curve25519 with SHA-512.</para> - <para>Note that your authenticator may not support some algorithms.</para></listitem> + <para>Note that your authenticator may not support some algorithms.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -408,7 +446,9 @@ <para>Note that many hardware security tokens implement both FIDO2 and PKCS#11/PIV (and thus may be used with either <option>--fido2-device=</option> or <option>--pkcs11-token-uri=</option>), for a - discussion see above.</para></listitem> + discussion see above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -418,7 +458,9 @@ a PIN when unlocking the account (the FIDO2 <literal>clientPin</literal> feature). Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support the <literal>clientPin</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling - it.)</para></listitem> + it.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -428,7 +470,9 @@ verify presence (tap the token, the FIDO2 <literal>up</literal> feature) when unlocking the account. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support the <literal>up</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it.) - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -437,7 +481,9 @@ <listitem><para>When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require user verification when unlocking the account (the FIDO2 <literal>uv</literal> feature). Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support - the <literal>uv</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it.)</para></listitem> + the <literal>uv</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -447,7 +493,9 @@ account. A recovery key is a computer generated access key that may be used to regain access to an account if the password has been forgotten or the authentication token lost. The key is generated and shown on screen, and should be printed or otherwise transferred to a secure location. A recovery key - may be entered instead of a regular password to unlock the account.</para></listitem> + may be entered instead of a regular password to unlock the account.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -455,7 +503,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Specifies whether this user account shall be locked. If true logins into this account are prohibited, if false (the default) they are permitted (of course, - only if authorization otherwise succeeds).</para></listitem> + only if authorization otherwise succeeds).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -465,7 +515,9 @@ <listitem><para>These options take a timestamp string, in the format documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> and configures points in time before and after logins into this account are not - permitted.</para></listitem> + permitted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -475,7 +527,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures a rate limit on authentication attempts for this user. If the user attempts to authenticate more often than the specified number, on a specific system, within the specified time interval authentication is refused until the time interval passes. Defaults to 10 - times per 1min.</para></listitem> + times per 1min.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -483,7 +537,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a password hint to store alongside the user record. This string is stored accessible only to privileged users and the user itself and may not be queried by other users. - Example: <option>--password-hint="My first pet's name"</option>.</para></listitem> + Example: <option>--password-hint="My first pet's name"</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -493,14 +549,18 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Configures whether to enforce the system's password policy for this user, regarding quality and strength of selected passwords. Defaults to on. <option>-P</option> is short for - <option>---enforce-password-policy=no</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>---enforce-password-policy=no</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--password-change-now=</option><replaceable>BOOL</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If true the user is asked to change their password on next - login.</para></listitem> + login.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -524,7 +584,9 @@ has to pass after the password as expired until the user is not permitted to log in or change the password anymore. Note that these options only apply to password authentication, and do not apply to other forms of authentication, for example PKCS#11-based security token - authentication.</para></listitem> + authentication.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -539,7 +601,9 @@ used this configures the size of the loopback file and file system contained therein. For the other storage backends configures disk quota using the filesystem's native quota logic, if available. If not specified, defaults to 85% of the available disk space for the LUKS2 backend and to no quota for - the others.</para></listitem> + the others.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -548,7 +612,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a UNIX file access mode written in octal. Configures the access mode of the home directory itself. Note that this is only used when the directory is first created, and the user may change this any time afterwards. Example: - <option>--access-mode=0700</option></para></listitem> + <option>--access-mode=0700</option></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -556,14 +622,18 @@ <listitem><para>Takes the access mode mask (in octal syntax) to apply to newly created files and directories of the user ("umask"). If set this controls the initial umask set for all login sessions of - the user, possibly overriding the system's defaults.</para></listitem> + the user, possibly overriding the system's defaults.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--nice=</option><replaceable>NICE</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>Takes the numeric scheduling priority ("nice level") to apply to the processes of the user at login - time. Takes a numeric value in the range -20 (highest priority) to 19 (lowest priority).</para></listitem> + time. Takes a numeric value in the range -20 (highest priority) to 19 (lowest priority).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -574,7 +644,9 @@ for details. Takes a resource limit name (e.g. <literal>LIMIT_NOFILE</literal>) followed by an equal sign, followed by a numeric limit. Optionally, separated by colon a second numeric limit may be specified. If two are specified this refers to the soft and hard limits, respectively. If only one - limit is specified the setting sets both limits in one.</para></listitem> + limit is specified the setting sets both limits in one.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -589,7 +661,9 @@ identity. This controls the <varname>TasksMax=</varname> setting of the per-user systemd slice unit <filename>user-$UID.slice</filename>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for further details.</para></listitem> + for further details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -602,7 +676,9 @@ <varname>MemoryHigh=</varname> and <varname>MemoryMax=</varname> settings of the per-user systemd slice unit <filename>user-$UID.slice</filename>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for further details.</para></listitem> + for further details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -614,7 +690,9 @@ 1…10000. This controls the <varname>CPUWeight=</varname> and <varname>IOWeight=</varname> settings of the per-user systemd slice unit <filename>user-$UID.slice</filename>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for further details.</para></listitem> + for further details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -625,7 +703,9 @@ <literal>subvolume</literal>, <literal>cifs</literal>. For details about these mechanisms, see above. If a new home directory is created and the storage type is not specifically specified, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>homed.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - defines which default storage to use.</para></listitem> + defines which default storage to use.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -639,7 +719,9 @@ <literal>cifs</literal> storage mechanism. To use LUKS2 storage on a regular block device (for example a USB stick) pass the path to the block device here. Specifying the path to a directory here when using LUKS2 storage is not allowed. Similar, specifying the path to a regular file or device - node is not allowed if any of the other storage backends are used.</para></listitem> + node is not allowed if any of the other storage backends are used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -650,7 +732,9 @@ directories in memory (and accessible) after logout. This option is also supported on other backends, but should not bring any benefit there. Defaults to off, except if the selected storage backend is fscrypt, where it defaults to on. Note that flushing OS caches will negatively influence performance - of the OS shortly after logout.</para></listitem> + of the OS shortly after logout.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -661,7 +745,9 @@ <literal>xfs</literal>. If not specified <citerefentry><refentrytitle>homed.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> defines which default file system type to use. Note that <literal>xfs</literal> is not recommended as - its support for file system resizing is too limited.</para></listitem> + its support for file system resizing is too limited.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -675,7 +761,9 @@ home directories which results in I/O errors if the underlying file system runs full while the upper file system wants to allocate a block. Such I/O errors are generally not handled well by file systems nor applications. When LUKS2 storage is used on top of regular block devices (instead of on top a - loopback file) the discard logic defaults to on.</para></listitem> + loopback file) the discard logic defaults to on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -685,7 +773,9 @@ system. However, while <option>--luks-discard=</option> controls what happens when the home directory is active, <option>--luks-offline-discard=</option> controls what happens when it becomes inactive, i.e. whether to trim/allocate the storage when deactivating the home directory. This option defaults - to on, to ensure disk space is minimized while a user is not logged in.</para></listitem> + to on, to ensure disk space is minimized while a user is not logged in.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -693,7 +783,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a string containing additional mount options to use when mounting the LUKS volume. If specified, this string will be appended to the default, built-in mount - options.</para></listitem> + options.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -736,7 +828,9 @@ configured size, but while deactivated it is compacted taking up only the minimal space possible. Note that if the system is powered off abnormally or if the user otherwise not logged out cleanly the shrinking operation will not take place, and the user has to re-login/logout again before it is - executed again.</para></listitem> + executed again.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -754,7 +848,9 @@ <literal>off</literal> no automatic free space distribution is done for this home area. Note that resizing the home area explicitly (with <command>homectl resize</command> see below) will implicitly turn off the automatic rebalancing. To reenable the automatic rebalancing use - <option>--rebalance-weight=</option> with an empty parameter.</para></listitem> + <option>--rebalance-weight=</option> with an empty parameter.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -766,7 +862,9 @@ <literal>noexec</literal> mount options for the home directories. By default <literal>nodev</literal> and <literal>nosuid</literal> are on, while <literal>noexec</literal> is off. For details about these mount options see <citerefentry - project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -794,7 +892,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logind.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> (for home directories of LUKS2 storage located on removable media this defaults to 0 though). A longer time makes sure quick, repetitive logins are more efficient as the user's service manager doesn't - have to be started every time.</para></listitem> + have to be started every time.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -802,7 +902,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures whether to kill all processes of the user on logout. The default is configured in - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logind.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logind.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -810,7 +912,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Configures whether the graphical UI of the system should automatically log this user in if possible. Defaults to off. If less or more than one user is marked - this way automatic login is disabled.</para></listitem> + this way automatic login is disabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -829,7 +933,9 @@ <filename>systemd-homed.service</filename>. This command is also executed if none is specified on the command line. (Note that the list of users shown by this command does not include users managed by other subsystems, such as system users or any traditional users listed in - <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.)</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -846,14 +952,18 @@ mechanism. If the LUKS2 mechanism is used, this generally involves: inquiring the user for a password, setting up a loopback device, validating and activating the LUKS2 volume, checking the file system, mounting the file system, and potentially changing the ownership of all included files to the - correct UID/GID.</para></listitem> + correct UID/GID.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>deactivate</command> <replaceable>USER</replaceable> [<replaceable>USER…</replaceable>]</term> <listitem><para>Deactivate one or more home directories. This undoes the effect of - <command>activate</command>.</para></listitem> + <command>activate</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -863,7 +973,9 @@ information about the home directory and its user account, including runtime data such as current state, disk use and similar. Combine with <option>--json=</option> to show the detailed JSON user record instead, possibly combined with <option>--export-format=</option> to suppress certain aspects - of the output.</para></listitem> + of the output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -872,7 +984,9 @@ <listitem><para>Validate authentication credentials of a home directory. This queries the caller for a password (or similar) and checks that it correctly unlocks the home directory. This leaves the home directory in the state it is in, i.e. it leaves the home directory in inactive state if it was - inactive before, and in active state if it was active before.</para></listitem> + inactive before, and in active state if it was active before.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -884,7 +998,9 @@ and its user accounts.</para> <para>The specified user name should follow the strict syntax described on <ulink - url="https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES">User/Group Name Syntax</ulink>.</para></listitem> + url="https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES">User/Group Name Syntax</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -892,7 +1008,9 @@ <listitem><para>Remove a home directory/user account. This will remove both the home directory's user record and the home directory itself, and thus delete all files and directories owned by the - user.</para></listitem> + user.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -905,13 +1023,17 @@ <para>Note that changes to user records not signed by a cryptographic private key available locally are not permitted, unless <option>--identity=</option> is used with a user record that is already - correctly signed by a recognized private key.</para></listitem> + correctly signed by a recognized private key.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>passwd</command> <replaceable>USER</replaceable></term> - <listitem><para>Change the password of the specified home directory/user account.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Change the password of the specified home directory/user account.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -930,7 +1052,9 @@ usual suffixes B, K, M, G, T (to the base of 1024). The special strings <literal>min</literal> and <literal>max</literal> may be specified in place of a numeric size value, for minimizing or maximizing disk space assigned to the home area, taking constraints of the file system, disk usage inside - the home area and on the backing storage into account.</para></listitem> + the home area and on the backing storage into account.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -941,7 +1065,9 @@ home directory is unlocked again (i.e. re-authenticated). This functionality is primarily intended to be used during system suspend to make sure the user's data cannot be accessed until the user re-authenticates on resume. This operation is only defined for home directories that use the LUKS2 - storage mechanism.</para></listitem> + storage mechanism.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -949,7 +1075,9 @@ <listitem><para>Resume access to the user's home directory again, undoing the effect of <command>lock</command> above. This requires authentication of the user, as the cryptographic keys - required for access to the home directory need to be reacquired.</para></listitem> + required for access to the home directory need to be reacquired.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -958,7 +1086,9 @@ <listitem><para>Execute the <command>lock</command> command on all suitable home directories at once. This operation is generally executed on system suspend (i.e. by <command>systemctl suspend</command> and related commands), to ensure all active user's cryptographic keys for accessing - their home directories are removed from memory.</para></listitem> + their home directories are removed from memory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -967,7 +1097,9 @@ <listitem><para>Execute the <command>deactivate</command> command on all active home directories at once. This operation is generally executed on system shut down (i.e. by <command>systemctl poweroff</command> and related commands), to ensure all active user's home directories are fully - deactivated before <filename>/home/</filename> and related file systems are unmounted.</para></listitem> + deactivated before <filename>/home/</filename> and related file systems are unmounted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -977,7 +1109,9 @@ caller's identity, not the specified user's) and deactivate the home directory afterwards again (unless the user is logged in otherwise). This command is useful for running privileged backup scripts and such, but requires authentication with the user's credentials in order to be able to - unlock the user's home directory.</para></listitem> + unlock the user's home directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -989,7 +1123,9 @@ will only complete once disk space is rebalanced according to the rebalancing weights. Note that rebalancing also takes place automatically in the background in regular intervals. Use this command to synchronously ensure disk space is properly redistributed before initiating an operation requiring - large amounts of disk space.</para></listitem> + large amounts of disk space.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/homed.conf.xml b/man/homed.conf.xml index 7e99aa6191..acc5f5f176 100644 --- a/man/homed.conf.xml +++ b/man/homed.conf.xml @@ -57,7 +57,9 @@ to <literal>luks</literal>. Otherwise defaults to <literal>subvolume</literal> if <filename>/home/</filename> is on a btrfs file system, and <literal>directory</literal> otherwise. Note that the storage selected on the <command>homectl</command> command line always takes - precedence.</para></listitem> + precedence.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -67,7 +69,9 @@ <literal>ext4</literal> or <literal>xfs</literal>. If not specified defaults to <literal>btrfs</literal>. This setting has no effect if a different storage mechanism is used. The file system type selected on the <command>homectl</command> command line always takes - precedence.</para></listitem> + precedence.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/hostnamectl.xml b/man/hostnamectl.xml index 49bad01ded..bb7c0b6e10 100644 --- a/man/hostnamectl.xml +++ b/man/hostnamectl.xml @@ -84,7 +84,9 @@ <para>The static and transient hostnames must each be either a single DNS label (a string composed of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, limited to the format allowed for DNS domain name labels), or a sequence of such labels separated by single dots that forms a valid DNS FQDN. The - hostname must be at most 64 characters, which is a Linux limitation (DNS allows longer names).</para></listitem> + hostname must be at most 64 characters, which is a Linux limitation (DNS allows longer names).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -96,7 +98,9 @@ graphical applications to visualize this host. The icon name should follow the <ulink url="https://standards.freedesktop.org/icon-naming-spec/icon-naming-spec-latest.html">Icon - Naming Specification</ulink>.</para></listitem> + Naming Specification</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -119,6 +123,8 @@ <literal>vm</literal> and <literal>container</literal> for virtualized systems that lack an immediate physical chassis.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -135,6 +141,8 @@ <literal>staging</literal>, <literal>production</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -149,6 +157,8 @@ location of the system, if it is known and applicable. This may be as generic as <literal>Berlin, Germany</literal> or as specific as <literal>Left Rack, 2nd Shelf</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -164,7 +174,9 @@ <term><option>--no-ask-password</option></term> <listitem><para>Do not query the user for authentication for - privileged operations.</para></listitem> + privileged operations.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -176,7 +188,9 @@ switches is specified, <command>hostnamectl</command> will print out just this selected hostname.</para> <para>If used with <command>hostname</command>, only the selected hostnames will be updated. When more - than one of these switches are specified, all the specified hostnames will be updated. </para></listitem> + than one of these switches are specified, all the specified hostnames will be updated. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> diff --git a/man/integritytab.xml b/man/integritytab.xml index 12ec2933a9..a4b18af300 100644 --- a/man/integritytab.xml +++ b/man/integritytab.xml @@ -69,7 +69,9 @@ <listitem><para> Allow the use of discard (TRIM) requests for the device. This option is available since the Linux kernel version 5.7. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -83,7 +85,9 @@ <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.html">the dm-integrity documentation</ulink>. Note that without a journal, if there is a crash, it is possible that the integrity tags and data will not match. If used, the journal-* options below will have no effect if passed. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -92,7 +96,9 @@ <listitem><para> Journal watermark in percent. When the journal percentage exceeds this watermark, the journal flush will be started. Setting a value of "0%" uses default value. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -101,7 +107,9 @@ <listitem><para> Commit time in milliseconds. When this time passes (and no explicit flush operation was issued), the journal is written. Setting a value of zero uses default value. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -111,7 +119,9 @@ Specify a separate block device that contains existing data. The second field specified in the integritytab for block device then will contain calculated integrity tags and journal for data-device, but not the end user data. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -119,7 +129,9 @@ <listitem><para> The algorithm used for integrity checking. The default is crc32c. Must match option used during format. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/iocost.conf.xml b/man/iocost.conf.xml index be74244267..a7fdc66c86 100644 --- a/man/iocost.conf.xml +++ b/man/iocost.conf.xml @@ -58,7 +58,9 @@ attached to the devices. If a device does not have the specified solution, the first one listed in <varname>IOCOST_SOLUTIONS</varname> is used instead.</para> - <para>E.g. <literal>TargetSolution=isolated-bandwidth</literal>.</para></listitem> + <para>E.g. <literal>TargetSolution=isolated-bandwidth</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/journal-remote.conf.xml b/man/journal-remote.conf.xml index 56992369ac..a5a5b56ec3 100644 --- a/man/journal-remote.conf.xml +++ b/man/journal-remote.conf.xml @@ -56,32 +56,42 @@ <term><varname>Seal=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Periodically sign the data in the journal using Forward Secure Sealing. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>SplitMode=</varname></term> <listitem><para>One of <literal>host</literal> or <literal>none</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>ServerKeyFile=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>SSL key in PEM format.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>SSL key in PEM format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>ServerCertificateFile=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>SSL certificate in PEM format.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>SSL certificate in PEM format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>TrustedCertificateFile=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>SSL CA certificate.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>SSL CA certificate.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -108,7 +118,9 @@ this limit is reached; active files will stay around. This means that, in effect, there might still be more journal files around in total than this limit after a vacuuming operation is - complete.</para></listitem> + complete.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/journal-upload.conf.xml b/man/journal-upload.conf.xml index a1caae1982..1bc7f082cc 100644 --- a/man/journal-upload.conf.xml +++ b/man/journal-upload.conf.xml @@ -53,25 +53,33 @@ of <option>--url=</option> option in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-journal-upload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the description of possible values. There is no default value, so either this - option or the command-line option must be always present to make an upload.</para></listitem> + option or the command-line option must be always present to make an upload.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>ServerKeyFile=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>SSL key in PEM format.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>SSL key in PEM format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>ServerCertificateFile=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>SSL CA certificate in PEM format.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>SSL CA certificate in PEM format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>TrustedCertificateFile=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>SSL CA certificate.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>SSL CA certificate.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -82,7 +90,9 @@ not reachable over the network for the configured time, <command>systemd-journal-upload</command> exits. Takes a value in seconds (or in other time units if suffixed with "ms", "min", "h", etc). For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/journalctl.xml b/man/journalctl.xml index d6f2278983..ebd92a71fe 100644 --- a/man/journalctl.xml +++ b/man/journalctl.xml @@ -434,7 +434,9 @@ <term><option>--truncate-newline</option></term> <listitem><para>Truncate each log message at the first newline character on output, so that only the - first line of each message is displayed.</para></listitem> + first line of each message is displayed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -453,7 +455,9 @@ <term><option>short-delta</option></term> <listitem><para>as for <option>short-monotonic</option> but includes the time difference to the previous entry. - Maybe unreliable time differences are marked by a <literal>*</literal>.</para></listitem> + Maybe unreliable time differences are marked by a <literal>*</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/journald.conf.xml b/man/journald.conf.xml index 2642872407..df263447c6 100644 --- a/man/journald.conf.xml +++ b/man/journald.conf.xml @@ -98,6 +98,8 @@ <para>Note that per-user journal files are not supported unless persistent storage is enabled, thus making <command>journalctl --user</command> unavailable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -125,7 +127,9 @@ url="https://eprint.iacr.org/2013/397">Seekable Sequential Key Generators</ulink> by G. A. Marson and B. Poettering (doi:10.1007/978-3-642-40203-6_7) and may be used to protect - journal files from unnoticed alteration.</para></listitem> + journal files from unnoticed alteration.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -142,7 +146,9 @@ instead stored in the single system journal. In this mode unprivileged users generally do not have access to their own log data. Note that splitting up journal files by user is only available for journals stored persistently. If journals are stored on volatile storage (see <varname>Storage=</varname> above), only a single - journal file is used. Defaults to <literal>uid</literal>.</para></listitem> + journal file is used. Defaults to <literal>uid</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v190"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -314,7 +320,9 @@ <literal>month</literal>, <literal>week</literal>, <literal>day</literal>, <literal>h</literal> or <literal>m</literal> to override the default time unit of - seconds.</para></listitem> + seconds.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -334,7 +342,9 @@ <literal>month</literal>, <literal>week</literal>, <literal>day</literal>, <literal>h</literal> or <literal> m</literal> to override the default time unit of - seconds.</para></listitem> + seconds.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -346,7 +356,9 @@ immediately after a log message of priority CRIT, ALERT or EMERG has been logged. This setting hence applies only to messages of the levels ERR, WARNING, NOTICE, INFO, DEBUG. The - default timeout is 5 minutes. </para></listitem> + default timeout is 5 minutes. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v199"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -420,7 +432,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean value. If enabled <command>systemd-journal</command> processes <filename>/dev/kmsg</filename> messages generated by the kernel. In the default journal namespace - this option is enabled by default, it is disabled in all others.</para></listitem> + this option is enabled by default, it is disabled in all others.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -437,6 +451,8 @@ to prevent <command>systemd-journald</command> from collecting the generated messages, the socket unit <literal>systemd-journald-audit.socket</literal> can be disabled and in this case this setting is without effect.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -445,7 +461,9 @@ <listitem><para>Change the console TTY to use if <varname>ForwardToConsole=yes</varname> is used. Defaults to - <filename>/dev/console</filename>.</para></listitem> + <filename>/dev/console</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v185"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -463,7 +481,9 @@ bytes. If the value is suffixed with K, M, G or T, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, Gigabytes, or Terabytes (with the base 1024), respectively. Defaults to 48K, which is relatively large but still small enough so that log records likely fit into network datagrams along with extra room for - metadata. Note that values below 79 are not accepted and will be bumped to 79.</para></listitem> + metadata. Note that values below 79 are not accepted and will be bumped to 79.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/kernel-command-line.xml b/man/kernel-command-line.xml index d15b4bf3fc..0b6d31817b 100644 --- a/man/kernel-command-line.xml +++ b/man/kernel-command-line.xml @@ -103,6 +103,8 @@ <para>Additional parameters understood by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-run-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, to run a command line specified on the kernel command line as system service after booting up.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -113,6 +115,8 @@ takes over. This parameter allows specifying an absolute path where core dump files should be stored until a handler is installed. The path should be absolute and may contain specifiers, see <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>core</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -126,6 +130,8 @@ and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-rfkill.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -151,6 +157,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-volatile-root.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-fstab-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -161,6 +169,8 @@ and service manager to control console log verbosity. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -171,6 +181,8 @@ and service manager to control console log verbosity. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -215,6 +227,8 @@ manager to control locale and language settings. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -236,6 +250,8 @@ <para>Parameter understood by the file quota checker service. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-quotacheck.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -295,6 +311,8 @@ <para>May be used to disable the Plymouth boot splash. For details, see <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>plymouth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -327,6 +345,8 @@ <para>Configures the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> logic at boot. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-fstab-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -360,6 +380,8 @@ <para>Configures the /usr file system (if required) and its file system type and mount options. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-fstab-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -390,6 +412,8 @@ <para>Configures whether the <filename>serial-getty@.service</filename> will run. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-getty-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -400,6 +424,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Configures whether GPT-based partition auto-discovery shall be attempted. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-gpt-auto-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -411,7 +437,9 @@ policy string to apply, as per <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.image-policy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For details see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-gpt-auto-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-gpt-auto-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -421,6 +449,8 @@ <para>Overrides the default start job timeout <varname>DefaultTimeoutStartSec=</varname> at boot. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -431,6 +461,8 @@ <para>Overrides the default device timeout <varname>DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec=</varname> at boot. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -440,6 +472,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Overrides the watchdog device path <varname>WatchdogDevice=</varname>. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -453,6 +487,8 @@ implicitly assumed time unit) or the special strings <literal>off</literal> or <literal>default</literal>. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -465,6 +501,8 @@ implicitly assumed time unit) or the special strings <literal>off</literal> or <literal>default</literal>. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -475,6 +513,8 @@ <para>Overrides the watchdog pre-timeout settings otherwise configured with <varname>RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor=</varname>. Takes a string value. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -486,6 +526,8 @@ processes it forks. This takes precedence over <varname>CPUAffinity=</varname>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -497,6 +539,8 @@ <para>Load a specific kernel module early at boot. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-modules-load.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -506,7 +550,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures DNS server information and search domains, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -531,7 +577,9 @@ the relevant settings are not initialized yet. Not to be confused with <varname>systemd.condition-first-boot=</varname> (see below), which overrides the result of the <varname>ConditionFirstBoot=</varname> unit file condition, and thus controls more than just - <filename>systemd-firstboot.service</filename> behaviour.</para></listitem> + <filename>systemd-firstboot.service</filename> behaviour.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -540,7 +588,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If specified, overrides the result of <varname>ConditionNeedsUpdate=</varname> unit condition checks. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -551,7 +601,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details. Not to be confused with <varname>systemd.firstboot=</varname> which only controls behaviour of the <filename>systemd-firstboot.service</filename> system service but has no effect on the - condition check (see above).</para></listitem> + condition check (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -559,7 +611,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a decimal, numeric timestamp in μs since January 1st 1970, 00:00am, to set the system clock to. The system time is set to the specified timestamp early during boot. It is not - propagated to the hardware clock (RTC).</para></listitem> + propagated to the hardware clock (RTC).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -583,6 +637,8 @@ <para>Again: do not use this option outside of testing environments, it's a security risk elsewhere, as secret key material derived from the entropy pool can possibly be reconstructed by unprivileged programs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -591,7 +647,9 @@ <listitem><para>Accepts a hostname to set during early boot. If specified takes precedence over what is set in <filename>/etc/hostname</filename>. Note that this does not bar later runtime changes to - the hostname, it simply controls the initial hostname set during early boot.</para></listitem> + the hostname, it simply controls the initial hostname set during early boot.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -605,7 +663,9 @@ configure the <varname>$TERM</varname> value used by <command>systemd</command> if not set explicitly using <varname>TERM</varname> on the kernel command line. The tty name should be specified without the <filename>/dev/</filename> prefix (e.g. <literal>systemd.tty.rows.ttyS0=80</literal>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -618,7 +678,9 @@ <term>systemd 252</term> <listitem><para>Kernel command-line arguments <varname>systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy</varname> and <varname>systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller</varname> were deprecated. Please switch to - the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para></listitem> + the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/kernel-install.xml b/man/kernel-install.xml index fd9f4f1c45..797e78f291 100644 --- a/man/kernel-install.xml +++ b/man/kernel-install.xml @@ -129,6 +129,8 @@ <para>If <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT</varname> is not "uki", this plugin does nothing.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v241"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -156,6 +158,8 @@ <listitem><para><filename>90-uki-copy.install</filename> removes the file <filename>$BOOT/EFI/Linux/<replaceable>ENTRY-TOKEN</replaceable>-<replaceable>KERNEL-VERSION</replaceable>.efi</filename>.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -164,6 +168,8 @@ <para>Shows the various paths and parameters configured or auto-detected. In particular shows the values of the various <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_*</varname> environment variables listed below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -199,6 +205,8 @@ the entry token, and is placed immediately below the boot root directory. When <literal>auto</literal>, the directory is created or removed only when the install layout is <literal>bls</literal>. Defaults to <literal>auto</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -241,6 +249,8 @@ installations of the same OS would try to use the same entry name. To support parallel installations, the installer must use a different entry token when adding a second installation. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -249,6 +259,8 @@ <term><option>--verbose</option></term> <listitem> <para>Output additional information about operations being performed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -324,6 +336,8 @@ unified kernel images under <filename>$BOOT/EFI/Linux</filename> as <filename>$BOOT/EFI/Linux/<replaceable>ENTRY-TOKEN</replaceable>-<replaceable>KERNEL-VERSION</replaceable>[+<replaceable>TRIES</replaceable>].efi</filename>.</para> <para>Implemented by <filename>90-uki-copy.install</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -341,6 +355,8 @@ <filename>$BOOT/<replaceable>ENTRY-TOKEN</replaceable></filename> exists, or <option>other</option> otherwise.</para> <para>Leaving layout blank has the same effect. This is the default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -395,6 +411,8 @@ </term> <listitem> <para>Drop-in files which are executed by kernel-install.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -409,6 +427,8 @@ does not exist, <filename>/usr/lib/kernel/cmdline</filename> is used. If that also does not exist, <filename>/proc/cmdline</filename> is used. <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT</varname> may be used to override the path.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -426,6 +446,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-boot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> which implement boot attempt counting with a counter embedded in the entry file name. <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT</varname> may be used to override the path.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -437,6 +459,8 @@ naming Boot Loader Specification entries, see <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_ENTRY_TOKEN</varname> above for details. <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT</varname> may be used to override the path.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -446,6 +470,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The content of this file specifies the machine identification <replaceable>MACHINE-ID</replaceable>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -457,6 +483,8 @@ <para>Read by <filename>90-loaderentry.install</filename>. If available, <varname>PRETTY_NAME=</varname> is read from these files and used as the title of the boot menu entry. Otherwise, <literal>Linux <replaceable>KERNEL-VERSION</replaceable></literal> will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -481,6 +509,8 @@ <varname>initrd_generator=</varname>, <varname>uki_generator=</varname>. See the Environment variables section above for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -491,6 +521,8 @@ <para>Ini-style configuration file for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ukify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> which is only effective when <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT</varname> or <varname>layout=</varname> in <filename>install.conf</filename> is set to <option>uki</option> and <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_UKI_GENERATOR</varname> or <varname>uki_generator=</varname> in <filename>install.conf</filename> is set to <option>ukify</option>. <varname>$KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT</varname> may be used to override the path. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/loader.conf.xml b/man/loader.conf.xml index dbbc4b4f5d..1c71a9b7de 100644 --- a/man/loader.conf.xml +++ b/man/loader.conf.xml @@ -117,7 +117,9 @@ <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>glob</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but do not support all features. In particular, set negation and named character classes are not supported. The matching is done case-insensitively on the entry ID (as shown by <command>bootctl - list</command>).</para></listitem> + list</command>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -132,6 +134,8 @@ is shown and the default entry will be booted immediately. The menu can be shown by pressing and holding a key before systemd-boot is launched. Setting this to <literal>menu-force</literal> disables the timeout while always showing the menu.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -147,6 +151,8 @@ <term>0</term> <listitem> <para>Standard UEFI 80x25 mode</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -154,6 +160,8 @@ <term>1</term> <listitem> <para>80x50 mode, not supported by all devices</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -162,6 +170,8 @@ <listitem> <para>the first non-standard mode provided by the device firmware, if any</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -169,6 +179,8 @@ <term>auto</term> <listitem> <para>Pick a suitable mode automatically using heuristics</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -176,6 +188,8 @@ <term>max</term> <listitem> <para>Pick the highest-numbered available mode</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -183,10 +197,14 @@ <term>keep</term> <listitem> <para>Keep the mode selected by firmware (the default)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> + </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -195,7 +213,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Enable (the default) or disable the editor. The editor should be disabled if the machine can be accessed by - unauthorized persons.</para></listitem> + unauthorized persons.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -204,7 +224,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Enable (the default) or disable entries for other boot entries found on the boot partition. In particular, this may be useful when loader entries are created to show replacement - descriptions for those entries.</para></listitem> + descriptions for those entries.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -212,14 +234,18 @@ <listitem><para>A boolean controlling the presence of the "Reboot into firmware" entry (enabled by default). If this is disabled, the firmware interface may still be reached - by using the <keycap>f</keycap> key.</para></listitem> + by using the <keycap>f</keycap> key.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>beep</term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If timeout enabled beep every second, otherwise beep n times when n-th entry in boot menu is selected (default disabled). - Currently, only x86 is supported, where it uses the PC speaker.</para></listitem> + Currently, only x86 is supported, where it uses the PC speaker.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -231,26 +257,34 @@ <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term><option>off</option></term> - <listitem><para>No action is taken.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>No action is taken.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>manual</option></term> <listitem><para>Boot entries for found secure boot keys are created that allow manual - enrollment.</para></listitem> + enrollment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>if-safe</option></term> <listitem><para>Same behavior as <option>manual</option>, but will try to automatically enroll the key <literal>auto</literal> if it is considered to be safe. Currently, this is only - the case if the system is running inside a virtual machine.</para></listitem> + the case if the system is running inside a virtual machine.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>force</option></term> <listitem><para>Always enroll the <literal>auto</literal> key if found. Note that a warning - message with a timeout will still be shown if this operation is unknown to be safe.</para></listitem> + message with a timeout will still be shown if this operation is unknown to be safe.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </para> @@ -307,7 +341,9 @@ sbvarsign --attr ${attr} --key KEK.key --cert KEK.crt --output db.auth db db.esl keys being loaded, some files necessary for the system to function properly still won't be. This is especially the case with Option ROMs (e.g. for storage controllers or graphics cards). See <ulink url="https://github.com/Foxboron/sbctl/wiki/FAQ#option-rom">Secure Boot and Option ROMs</ulink> - for more details.</para></listitem> + for more details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -332,7 +368,9 @@ sbvarsign --attr ${attr} --key KEK.key --cert KEK.crt --output db.auth db db.esl When Secure Boot is enabled, changing this to PCRs <literal>0,2,7,11</literal> should be safe. The TPM key protector needs to be removed and then added back for the PCRs on an already encrypted drive to change. If PCR 4 is not measured, this setting can be disabled to speed - up booting into Windows.</para></listitem> + up booting into Windows.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/localectl.xml b/man/localectl.xml index 617922ebd5..f9ef2ed4c7 100644 --- a/man/localectl.xml +++ b/man/localectl.xml @@ -84,7 +84,9 @@ <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>locale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details on the available settings and their meanings. Use <command>list-locales</command> for a list of available - locales (see below). </para></listitem> + locales (see below). </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -158,7 +160,9 @@ <term><option>--no-ask-password</option></term> <listitem><para>Do not query the user for authentication for - privileged operations.</para></listitem> + privileged operations.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -168,7 +172,9 @@ <command>set-x11-keymap</command> is invoked and this option is passed, then the keymap will not be converted from the console to X11, or X11 to console, - respectively.</para></listitem> + respectively.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> diff --git a/man/loginctl.xml b/man/loginctl.xml index 792166300d..e7ca4d6e97 100644 --- a/man/loginctl.xml +++ b/man/loginctl.xml @@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ the caller's session is shown. This function is intended to generate human-readable output. If you are looking for computer-parsable output, use <command>show-session</command> - instead.</para></listitem> + instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -78,7 +80,9 @@ <option>--property=</option>. This command is intended to be used whenever computer-parsable output is required. Use <command>session-status</command> if you are looking for - formatted human-readable output.</para></listitem> + formatted human-readable output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -88,7 +92,9 @@ the foreground if another session is currently in the foreground on the respective seat. Takes a session identifier as argument. If no argument is specified, the session of the - caller is put into foreground.</para></listitem> + caller is put into foreground.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -99,7 +105,9 @@ or more sessions, if the session supports it. Takes one or more session identifiers as arguments. If no argument is specified, the session of the caller is locked/unlocked. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -115,7 +123,9 @@ <listitem><para>Terminates a session. This kills all processes of the session and deallocates all resources attached to the session. If the argument is specified as empty string the session invoking - the command is terminated.</para></listitem> + the command is terminated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -124,7 +134,9 @@ <listitem><para>Send a signal to one or more processes of the session. Use <option>--kill-whom=</option> to select which process to kill. Use <option>--signal=</option> to select the signal to send. If the argument is specified as empty string the signal is sent to the - session invoking the command.</para></listitem> + session invoking the command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></refsect2> @@ -146,7 +158,9 @@ is shown for the user of the session of the caller. This function is intended to generate human-readable output. If you are looking for computer-parsable output, use - <command>show-user</command> instead.</para></listitem> + <command>show-user</command> instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -161,7 +175,9 @@ <option>--property=</option>. This command is intended to be used whenever computer-parsable output is required. Use <command>user-status</command> if you are looking for - formatted human-readable output.</para></listitem> + formatted human-readable output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -178,7 +194,9 @@ <para>See also <varname>KillUserProcesses=</varname> setting in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logind.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -186,7 +204,9 @@ <listitem><para>Terminates all sessions of a user. This kills all processes of all sessions of the user and deallocates all runtime resources attached to the user. If the argument is specified as - empty string the sessions of the user invoking the command are terminated.</para></listitem> + empty string the sessions of the user invoking the command are terminated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -194,7 +214,9 @@ <listitem><para>Send a signal to all processes of a user. Use <option>--signal=</option> to select the signal to send. If the argument is specified as empty string the signal is sent to the sessions - of the user invoking the command.</para></listitem> + of the user invoking the command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></refsect2> @@ -215,7 +237,9 @@ session's seat is shown. This function is intended to generate human-readable output. If you are looking for computer-parsable output, use <command>show-seat</command> - instead.</para></listitem> + instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -230,7 +254,9 @@ <option>--property=</option>. This command is intended to be used whenever computer-parsable output is required. Use <command>seat-status</command> if you are looking for - formatted human-readable output.</para></listitem> + formatted human-readable output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -245,7 +271,9 @@ prefixed with <literal>seat</literal>. To drop assignment of a device to a specific seat, just reassign it to a different seat, or use <command>flush-devices</command>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -262,7 +290,9 @@ <listitem><para>Terminates all sessions on a seat. This kills all processes of all sessions on the seat and deallocates all - runtime resources attached to them.</para></listitem> + runtime resources attached to them.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></refsect2> @@ -299,7 +329,9 @@ <listitem><para>When showing session/user/seat properties, only print the value, and skip the property name and - <literal>=</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>=</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -327,7 +359,9 @@ kill. Must be one of <option>leader</option>, or <option>all</option> to select whether to kill only the leader process of the session or all processes of the session. If - omitted, defaults to <option>all</option>.</para></listitem> + omitted, defaults to <option>all</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -352,6 +386,8 @@ and <command>session-status</command>, controls the number of journal lines to show, counting from the most recent ones. Takes a positive integer argument. Defaults to 10.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -364,7 +400,9 @@ of the journal entries that are shown. For the available choices, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - Defaults to <literal>short</literal>.</para></listitem> + Defaults to <literal>short</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> diff --git a/man/logind.conf.xml b/man/logind.conf.xml index 9682add08c..9fa7e1f5cb 100644 --- a/man/logind.conf.xml +++ b/man/logind.conf.xml @@ -89,7 +89,9 @@ <literal>getty</literal> is always available. Defaults to 6 (in other words, there will always be a <literal>getty</literal> available on Alt-F6.). When set to 0, - VT reservation is disabled.</para></listitem> + VT reservation is disabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v190"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -160,6 +162,8 @@ idle inhibitor lock is active, and subsequently, the time configured with <varname>IdleActionSec=</varname> (see below) has expired.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -168,7 +172,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the delay after which the action configured in <varname>IdleAction=</varname> (see above) is - taken after the system is idle.</para></listitem> + taken after the system is idle.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -189,7 +195,9 @@ service is terminated immediately when the last session of the user has ended. If this option is configured to non-zero rapid logout/login cycles are sped up, as the user's service manager is not constantly restarted. If set to <literal>infinity</literal> the per-user service for a user is never terminated again after first login, - and continues to run until system shutdown. Defaults to 10s.</para></listitem> + and continues to run until system shutdown. Defaults to 10s.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -287,7 +295,9 @@ kernel fully probed all hotplugged devices. This is safe, as long as you do not care for systemd to account for devices that have been plugged or unplugged while the system was off. - Defaults to 30s.</para></listitem> + Defaults to 30s.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -302,7 +312,9 @@ limit relative to the amount of physical RAM. Defaults to 10%. Note that this size is a safety limit only. As each runtime directory is a tmpfs file system, it will only consume as much - memory as is needed.</para></listitem> + memory as is needed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -315,14 +327,18 @@ Defaults to <varname>RuntimeDirectorySize=</varname> divided by 4096. Note that this size is a safety limit only. As each runtime directory is a tmpfs file system, it will - only consume as much memory as is needed.</para></listitem> + only consume as much memory as is needed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>InhibitorsMax=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Controls the maximum number of concurrent inhibitors to permit. Defaults to 8192 - (8K).</para></listitem> + (8K).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -331,7 +347,9 @@ <listitem><para>Controls the maximum number of concurrent user sessions to manage. Defaults to 8192 (8K). Depending on how the <filename>pam_systemd.so</filename> module is included in the PAM stack configuration, further login sessions will either be refused, or permitted but not tracked by - <filename>systemd-logind</filename>.</para></listitem> + <filename>systemd-logind</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -341,7 +359,9 @@ user fully logs out. Takes a boolean argument. If enabled, the user may not consume IPC resources after the last of the user's sessions terminated. This covers System V semaphores, shared memory and message queues, as well as POSIX shared memory and message queues. Note that IPC objects of the root user and other system users - are excluded from the effect of this setting. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.</para></listitem> + are excluded from the effect of this setting. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -353,7 +373,9 @@ (<filename>systemd-logind</filename> is not checking the idle state of sessions). For details about the syntax of time spans, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/machine-info.xml b/man/machine-info.xml index bae5e4beb3..1b265310a9 100644 --- a/man/machine-info.xml +++ b/man/machine-info.xml @@ -104,7 +104,9 @@ <para>Note that most systems allow detection of the chassis type automatically (based on firmware information or suchlike). This setting should only be used to override a misdetection or to manually - configure the chassis type where automatic detection is not available.</para></listitem> + configure the chassis type where automatic detection is not available.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -116,7 +118,9 @@ <literal>integration</literal>, <literal>staging</literal>, <literal>production</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -126,7 +130,9 @@ and known. Takes a human-friendly, free-form string. This may be as generic as <literal>Berlin, Germany</literal> or as specific as <literal>Left Rack, 2nd Shelf</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -134,7 +140,9 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies the hardware vendor. If unspecified, the hardware vendor set in DMI or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hwdb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be - used.</para></listitem> + used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -142,7 +150,9 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies the hardware model. If unspecified, the hardware model set in DMI or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hwdb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be - used.</para></listitem> + used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/machinectl.xml b/man/machinectl.xml index 39fa748d98..12a4766a14 100644 --- a/man/machinectl.xml +++ b/man/machinectl.xml @@ -111,7 +111,9 @@ instead. Note that the log data shown is reported by the virtual machine or container manager, and frequently contains console output of the machine, but not necessarily journal - contents of the machine itself.</para></listitem> + contents of the machine itself.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -123,7 +125,9 @@ <option>--all</option> to show those too. To select specific properties to show, use <option>--property=</option>. This command is intended to be used whenever computer-parsable output is required, and does not print the control group tree or journal entries. Use <command>status</command> if you - are looking for formatted human-readable output.</para></listitem> + are looking for formatted human-readable output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -155,7 +159,9 @@ <para>To interactively start a container on the command line with full access to the container's console, please invoke <command>systemd-nspawn</command> directly. To stop a running - container use <command>machinectl poweroff</command>.</para></listitem> + container use <command>machinectl poweroff</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -180,7 +186,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-run</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> with the <option>--machine=</option> switch to directly invoke a single command, either interactively or in the - background.</para></listitem> + background.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v225"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -223,7 +231,9 @@ <command>systemd-run</command>'s <option>--pty</option> switch to acquire an interactive shell, similarly to <command>machinectl shell</command>. In general, <command>systemd-run</command> is preferable for scripting purposes. However, note that <command>systemd-run</command> might require - higher privileges than <command>machinectl shell</command>.</para></listitem> + higher privileges than <command>machinectl shell</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -238,7 +248,9 @@ <para>This command implicitly reloads the system manager configuration after completing the operation. Note that this command does not implicitly start or power off the containers that are being operated on. - If this is desired, combine the command with the <option>--now</option> switch.</para></listitem> + If this is desired, combine the command with the <option>--now</option> switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -253,7 +265,9 @@ init system, such as sysvinit. Use <command>terminate</command> (see below) to immediately terminate a container or VM, without cleanly shutting it - down.</para></listitem> + down.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -263,7 +277,9 @@ trigger a reboot by sending SIGINT to the container's init process, which is roughly equivalent to pressing Ctrl+Alt+Del on a non-containerized system, and is compatible with - containers running any system manager.</para></listitem> + containers running any system manager.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -274,7 +290,9 @@ processes of the virtual machine or container and deallocates all resources attached to that instance. Use <command>poweroff</command> to issue a clean shutdown - request.</para></listitem> + request.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -285,7 +303,9 @@ the host, not the processes inside the virtual machine or container. Use <option>--kill-whom=</option> to select which process to kill. Use <option>--signal=</option> to select the - signal to send.</para></listitem> + signal to send.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -300,7 +320,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> containers, and only if user namespacing (<option>--private-users</option>) is not used. This command supports bind mounting directories, regular files, device nodes, <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> socket nodes, as well as - FIFOs.</para></listitem> + FIFOs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -314,7 +336,9 @@ <para>If host and container share the same user and group namespace, file ownership by numeric user ID and group ID is preserved for the copy, otherwise all files and directories in the copy will be owned by the root - user and group (UID/GID 0).</para></listitem> + user and group (UID/GID 0).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -328,7 +352,9 @@ <para>If host and container share the same user and group namespace, file ownership by numeric user ID and group ID is preserved for the copy, otherwise all files and directories in the copy will be owned by the root - user and group (UID/GID 0).</para></listitem> + user and group (UID/GID 0).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></refsect2> @@ -347,7 +373,9 @@ (<literal>.</literal>) are not shown. To show these too, specify <option>--all</option>. Note that a special image <literal>.host</literal> always implicitly exists and refers - to the image the host itself is booted from.</para></listitem> + to the image the host itself is booted from.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -357,7 +385,9 @@ more container or VM images. This function is intended to generate human-readable output. Use <command>show-image</command> (see below) to generate - computer-parsable output instead.</para></listitem> + computer-parsable output instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -373,7 +403,9 @@ <option>--property=</option>. This command is intended to be used whenever computer-parsable output is required. Use <command>image-status</command> if you are looking for - formatted human-readable output.</para></listitem> + formatted human-readable output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -382,13 +414,17 @@ <listitem><para>Edit the settings file of the specified machines. For the format of the settings file, refer to <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>systemd.nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If an existing settings file of the given machine can't be found, <command>edit</command> automatically - create a new settings file from scratch under <filename>/etc/</filename></para></listitem> + create a new settings file from scratch under <filename>/etc/</filename></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>cat</command> <replaceable>NAME|FILE</replaceable></term> - <listitem><para>Show the settings file of the specified machines.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Show the settings file of the specified machines.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -407,7 +443,9 @@ change them in the copy.</para> <para>If combined with the <option>--read-only</option> switch a read-only cloned image is - created.</para></listitem> + created.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -415,7 +453,9 @@ <listitem><para>Renames a container or VM image. The arguments specify the name of the image to rename and the new - name of the image.</para></listitem> + name of the image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -424,7 +464,9 @@ <listitem><para>Marks or (unmarks) a container or VM image read-only. Takes a VM or container image name, followed by a boolean as arguments. If the boolean is omitted, positive is - implied, i.e. the image is marked read-only.</para></listitem> + implied, i.e. the image is marked read-only.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -433,7 +475,9 @@ <listitem><para>Removes one or more container or VM images. The special image <literal>.host</literal>, which refers to the host's own directory tree, may not be - removed.</para></listitem> + removed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -450,7 +494,9 @@ units. If the size limit shall be disabled, specify <literal>-</literal> as size.</para> - <para>Note that per-container size limits are only supported on btrfs file systems.</para></listitem> + <para>Note that per-container size limits are only supported on btrfs file systems.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -467,7 +513,9 @@ pull-raw</command> usually create hidden, read-only, unmodified machine images from the downloaded image first, before cloning a writable working copy of it, in order to avoid duplicate downloads in case of images that are reused multiple times. Use <command>machinectl clean</command> to remove old, hidden images created this - way.</para></listitem> + way.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></refsect2> @@ -526,7 +574,9 @@ <para>Note that pressing C-c during execution of this command will not abort the download. Use <command>cancel-transfer</command>, described - below.</para></listitem> + below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -565,7 +615,9 @@ <para>Note that pressing C-c during execution of this command will not abort the download. Use <command>cancel-transfer</command>, described - below.</para></listitem> + below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -591,7 +643,9 @@ <para>Much like image downloads, ongoing imports may be listed with <command>list-transfers</command> and aborted with - <command>cancel-transfer</command>.</para></listitem> + <command>cancel-transfer</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -600,7 +654,9 @@ <listitem><para>Imports a container image stored in a local directory into <filename>/var/lib/machines/</filename>, operates similarly to <command>import-tar</command> or <command>import-raw</command>, but the first argument is the source directory. If supported, this - command will create a btrfs snapshot or subvolume for the new image.</para></listitem> + command will create a btrfs snapshot or subvolume for the new image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -626,7 +682,9 @@ <para>Note that, currently, only directory and subvolume images may be exported as TAR images, and only raw disk images as RAW - images.</para></listitem> + images.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -634,7 +692,9 @@ <listitem><para>Shows a list of container or VM image downloads, imports and exports that are currently in - progress.</para></listitem> + progress.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -643,7 +703,9 @@ <listitem><para>Aborts a download, import or export of the container or VM image with the specified ID. To list ongoing transfers and their IDs, use - <command>list-transfers</command>. </para></listitem> + <command>list-transfers</command>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></refsect2> @@ -666,7 +728,9 @@ argument should be a property name, such as <literal>Name</literal>. If specified more than once, all properties with the specified names are - shown.</para></listitem> + shown.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -681,14 +745,18 @@ images beginning in a dot character (<literal>.</literal>).</para> - <para>When cleaning VM or container images, remove all images, not just hidden ones.</para></listitem> + <para>When cleaning VM or container images, remove all images, not just hidden ones.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--value</option></term> <listitem><para>When printing properties with <command>show</command>, only print the value, - and skip the property name and <literal>=</literal>.</para></listitem> + and skip the property name and <literal>=</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -697,6 +765,8 @@ <listitem><para>Do not ellipsize process tree entries or table. This implies <option>--max-addresses=full</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -708,7 +778,9 @@ <option>leader</option>, or <option>all</option> to select whether to kill only the leader process of the machine or all processes of the machine. If omitted, defaults to - <option>all</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>all</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="signal" /> @@ -720,7 +792,9 @@ open the interactive shell session as. If the argument to the <command>shell</command> command also specifies a user name, this option is ignored. If the name is not specified in either way, <literal>root</literal> will be used by default. Note that this switch is - not supported for the <command>login</command> command (see below).</para></listitem> + not supported for the <command>login</command> command (see below).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v225"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -733,7 +807,9 @@ the same name in the program environment will be used.</para> <para>Note that this option is not supported for the <command>login</command> command. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -742,7 +818,9 @@ <listitem><para>When used with <command>bind</command>, creates the destination file or directory before applying the bind mount. Note that even though the name of this option suggests that it is suitable only for directories, this option also creates the destination file node to mount over if the object to mount is not - a directory, but a regular file, device node, socket or FIFO.</para></listitem> + a directory, but a regular file, device node, socket or FIFO.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -751,7 +829,9 @@ <listitem><para>When used with <command>bind</command>, creates a read-only bind mount.</para> <para>When used with <command>clone</command>, <command>import-raw</command> or <command>import-tar</command> a - read-only container or VM image is created.</para></listitem> + read-only container or VM image is created.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -762,6 +842,8 @@ controls the number of journal lines to show, counting from the most recent ones. Takes a positive integer argument. Defaults to 10.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -773,7 +855,9 @@ controls the formatting of the journal entries that are shown. For the available choices, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - Defaults to <literal>short</literal>.</para></listitem> + Defaults to <literal>short</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -792,7 +876,9 @@ strongly recommended to set this option to <literal>signature</literal> if the server and protocol support this. Defaults to - <literal>signature</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>signature</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -803,6 +889,8 @@ the containers will also be started or powered off. The start or poweroff operation is only carried out when the respective enable or disable operation has been successful.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -812,7 +900,9 @@ <listitem><para>When downloading a container or VM image, and a local copy by the specified local machine name already exists, delete it first and replace it by the newly downloaded - image.</para></listitem> + image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -824,7 +914,9 @@ <literal>uncompressed</literal>, <literal>xz</literal>, <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>. By default, the format is determined automatically from the image file - name passed.</para></listitem> + name passed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -833,14 +925,18 @@ <listitem><para>When used with the <option>list-machines</option> command, limits the number of IP addresses shown for every machine. Defaults to 1. All addresses can be requested with <literal>all</literal>. If the limit is 0, the address column is not shown. Otherwise, if the machine - has more addresses than shown, <literal>…</literal> follows the last address.</para></listitem> + has more addresses than shown, <literal>…</literal> follows the last address.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-q</option></term> <term><option>--quiet</option></term> - <listitem><para>Suppresses additional informational output while running.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Suppresses additional informational output while running.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> @@ -852,7 +948,9 @@ <listitem><para>Connect to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-machined.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> running in a local container, to perform the specified operation within - the container.</para></listitem> + the container.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="no-pager" /> diff --git a/man/networkctl.xml b/man/networkctl.xml index 7d461786d7..9da988923d 100644 --- a/man/networkctl.xml +++ b/man/networkctl.xml @@ -73,30 +73,40 @@ <term>missing</term> <listitem> <para>the device is missing</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>off</term> <listitem> <para>the device is powered down</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>no-carrier</term> <listitem> <para>the device is powered up, but it does not yet have a carrier</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>dormant</term> <listitem> <para>the device has a carrier, but is not yet ready for normal traffic</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>degraded-carrier</term> <listitem> <para>one of the bonding or bridge slave network interfaces is in off, no-carrier, or dormant state, and the master interface has no address.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -104,6 +114,8 @@ <listitem> <para>the link has a carrier, or for bond or bridge master, all bonding or bridge slave network interfaces are enslaved to the master</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -112,12 +124,16 @@ <para>the link has carrier and addresses valid on the local link configured. For bond or bridge master this means that not all slave network interfaces have carrier but at least one does.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>enslaved</term> <listitem> <para>the link has carrier and is enslaved to bond or bridge master network interface</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -125,6 +141,8 @@ <listitem> <para>the link has carrier and routable address configured. For bond or bridge master it is not necessary for all slave network interfaces to have carrier, but at least one must.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -136,46 +154,62 @@ <term>pending</term> <listitem> <para>udev is still processing the link, we don't yet know if we will manage it</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>initialized</term> <listitem> <para>udev has processed the link, but we don't yet know if we will manage it</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>configuring</term> <listitem> <para>in the process of retrieving configuration or configuring the link</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>configured</term> <listitem> <para>link configured successfully</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>unmanaged</term> <listitem> <para>networkd is not handling the link</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>failed</term> <listitem> <para>networkd failed to manage the link</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>linger</term> <listitem> <para>the link is gone, but has not yet been dropped by networkd</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -213,28 +247,38 @@ <term>unknown</term> <listitem> <para>all links have unknown online status (i.e. there are no required links)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>offline</term> <listitem> <para>all required links are offline</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>partial</term> <listitem> <para>some, but not all, required links are online</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>online</term> <listitem> <para>all required links are online</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -263,6 +307,8 @@ t - Telephone; d - DOCSIS cable device; a - Station; c - Customer VLAN; s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) 1 neighbors listed.</programlisting></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -289,6 +335,8 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) ::ffff:0.0.0.0/96 4 ::/96 3 ::1/128 0</programlisting></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -297,7 +345,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <command>delete</command> <replaceable>DEVICE…</replaceable> </term> - <listitem><para>Deletes virtual netdevs. Takes interface name or index number.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Deletes virtual netdevs. Takes interface name or index number.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -305,7 +355,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <command>up</command> <replaceable>DEVICE…</replaceable> </term> - <listitem><para>Bring devices up. Takes interface name or index number.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Bring devices up. Takes interface name or index number.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -313,7 +365,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <command>down</command> <replaceable>DEVICE…</replaceable> </term> - <listitem><para>Bring devices down. Takes interface name or index number.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Bring devices down. Takes interface name or index number.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -322,7 +376,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <replaceable>DEVICE…</replaceable> </term> <listitem><para>Renew dynamic configurations e.g. addresses received from DHCP server. - Takes interface name or index number.</para></listitem> + Takes interface name or index number.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -331,7 +387,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <replaceable>DEVICE…</replaceable> </term> <listitem><para>Send a FORCERENEW message to all connected clients, triggering DHCP reconfiguration. - Takes interface name or index number.</para></listitem> + Takes interface name or index number.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -342,7 +400,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <listitem><para>Reconfigure network interfaces. Takes interface name or index number. Note that this does not reload <filename>.netdev</filename> or <filename>.network</filename> corresponding to the specified interface. So, if you edit config files, it is necessary to call - <command>networkctl reload</command> first to apply new settings.</para></listitem> + <command>networkctl reload</command> first to apply new settings.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -354,7 +414,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) Note that even if an existing <filename>.netdev</filename> is modified or removed, <command>systemd-networkd</command> does not update or remove the netdev. If a new, modified or removed <filename>.network</filename> file is found, then all interfaces - which match the file are reconfigured.</para></listitem> + which match the file are reconfigured.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -378,7 +440,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) Note that the changed link settings are not automatically applied after reloading. To achieve that, trigger uevents for the corresponding interface. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for more information.</para></listitem> + for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -387,7 +451,9 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>|<replaceable>@DEVICE</replaceable>… </term> <listitem><para>Show network configuration files. This command honors - the <literal>@</literal> prefix in the same way as <command>edit</command>.</para></listitem> + the <literal>@</literal> prefix in the same way as <command>edit</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -406,6 +472,8 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <listitem> <para>Show all links with <command>status</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -417,6 +485,8 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <listitem> <para>Show link statistics with <command>status</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -426,6 +496,8 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <listitem> <para>Do not ellipsize the output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -436,6 +508,8 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <listitem> <para>When used with <command>status</command>, controls the number of journal lines to show, counting from the most recent ones. Takes a positive integer argument. Defaults to 10.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -446,6 +520,8 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <listitem> <para>When used with <command>edit</command>, edit the drop-in file <replaceable>NAME</replaceable> instead of the main configuration file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -455,6 +531,8 @@ s - Service VLAN, m - Two-port MAC Relay (TPMR) <listitem> <para>When used with <command>edit</command>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> or <command>systemd-udevd</command> will not be reloaded after the editing finishes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/networkd.conf.xml b/man/networkd.conf.xml index f25083cc69..9668aed614 100644 --- a/man/networkd.conf.xml +++ b/man/networkd.conf.xml @@ -53,13 +53,17 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. If set to yes, then <command>systemd-networkd</command> measures the traffic of each interface, and <command>networkctl status <replaceable>INTERFACE</replaceable></command> shows the measured speed. - Defaults to no.</para></listitem> + Defaults to no.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>SpeedMeterIntervalSec=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Specifies the time interval to calculate the traffic speed of each interface. - If <varname>SpeedMeter=no</varname>, the value is ignored. Defaults to 10sec.</para></listitem> + If <varname>SpeedMeter=no</varname>, the value is ignored. Defaults to 10sec.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -68,7 +72,9 @@ that are not configured in .network files (except for rules with protocol <literal>kernel</literal>). When false, it will not remove any foreign rules, keeping them even if they are not configured in a .network file. Defaults to yes. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -79,7 +85,9 @@ is true or <literal>dhcp</literal>, and <literal>static</literal> when <varname>KeepConfiguration=</varname> is true or <literal>static</literal>). When false, it will not remove any foreign routes, keeping them even if they are not configured in a .network file. - Defaults to yes.</para></listitem> + Defaults to yes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -92,7 +100,9 @@ 254, and 255, respectively. The route table number must be an integer in the range 1…4294967295, except for predefined numbers 253, 254, and 255. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then the list specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -103,6 +113,8 @@ <literal>kernel</literal>. See for details in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.network</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -213,7 +225,9 @@ DUIDRawData=00:00:ab:11:f9:2a:c2:77:29:f9:5c:00</programlisting> <varlistentry> <term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term> <term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/nss-resolve.xml b/man/nss-resolve.xml index 49d67dd21b..6a1d84e721 100644 --- a/man/nss-resolve.xml +++ b/man/nss-resolve.xml @@ -74,7 +74,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. When false, cryptographic validation of resource records via DNSSEC will be disabled. This may be useful for testing, or when system time is known to be - unreliable.</para></listitem> + unreliable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -86,7 +88,9 @@ name, will not be returned. See section SYNTHETIC RECORDS in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information. This may be useful to query the "public" resource records, independent of the - configuration of the local machine.</para></listitem> + configuration of the local machine.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -97,7 +101,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. When false, the cache of previously queried records will not be used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -106,7 +112,9 @@ <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_NSS_RESOLVE_ZONE</varname></term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. When false, answers using locally registered public - LLMNR/mDNS resource records will not be returned.</para></listitem> + LLMNR/mDNS resource records will not be returned.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -115,7 +123,9 @@ <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_NSS_RESOLVE_TRUST_ANCHOR</varname></term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. When false, answers using locally configured trust anchors - will not be used.</para></listitem> + will not be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -126,7 +136,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. When false, answers will be returned without using the network, i.e. either from local sources or the cache in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/oomctl.xml b/man/oomctl.xml index 950e79df13..fd366c7edb 100644 --- a/man/oomctl.xml +++ b/man/oomctl.xml @@ -49,7 +49,9 @@ <term><command>dump</command></term> <listitem><para>Show the current state of the cgroups and system contexts stored by - <command>systemd-oomd</command>.</para></listitem> + <command>systemd-oomd</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/oomd.conf.xml b/man/oomd.conf.xml index 1092fee1da..1bcb9ecbbe 100644 --- a/man/oomd.conf.xml +++ b/man/oomd.conf.xml @@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ usage greater than 5% of total swap, starting from the ones with the highest swap usage. Which control groups are monitored and what action gets taken depends on what the unit has configured for <varname>ManagedOOMSwap=</varname>. Takes a value specified in percent (when suffixed with "%"), - permille ("‰") or permyriad ("‱"), between 0% and 100%, inclusive. Defaults to 90%.</para></listitem> + permille ("‰") or permyriad ("‱"), between 0% and 100%, inclusive. Defaults to 90%.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -72,7 +74,9 @@ ones with the most reclaim activity to the least reclaim activity. Which control groups are monitored and what action gets taken depends on what the unit has configured for <varname>ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=</varname>. Takes a fraction specified in the same way as - <varname>SwapUsedLimit=</varname> above. Defaults to 60%.</para></listitem> + <varname>SwapUsedLimit=</varname> above. Defaults to 60%.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -81,7 +85,9 @@ <listitem><para>Sets the amount of time a unit's control group needs to have exceeded memory pressure limits before <command>systemd-oomd</command> will take action. Memory pressure limits are defined by <varname>DefaultMemoryPressureLimit=</varname> and <varname>ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimit=</varname>. - Must be set to 0, or at least 1 second. Defaults to 30 seconds when unset or 0.</para></listitem> + Must be set to 0, or at least 1 second. Defaults to 30 seconds when unset or 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/org.freedesktop.resolve1.xml b/man/org.freedesktop.resolve1.xml index 403eb14538..f9cba4f612 100644 --- a/man/org.freedesktop.resolve1.xml +++ b/man/org.freedesktop.resolve1.xml @@ -803,59 +803,83 @@ node /org/freedesktop/resolve1/link/_1 { <variablelist> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.NoNameServers</constant></term> - <listitem><para>No suitable DNS servers were found to resolve a request.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>No suitable DNS servers were found to resolve a request.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.InvalidReply</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A response from the selected DNS server was not understood.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A response from the selected DNS server was not understood.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.NoSuchRR</constant></term> <listitem><para>The requested name exists, but there is no resource record of the requested type for - it. (This is the DNS NODATA case).</para></listitem></varlistentry> + it. (This is the DNS NODATA case).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.CNameLoop</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The look-up failed because a CNAME or DNAME loop was detected.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The look-up failed because a CNAME or DNAME loop was detected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.Aborted</constant></term> <listitem><para>The look-up was aborted because the selected protocol became unavailable while the - operation was ongoing.</para></listitem> + operation was ongoing.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.NoSuchService</constant></term> <listitem><para>A service look-up was successful, but the <constant class="dns">SRV</constant> record - reported that the service is not available.</para></listitem></varlistentry> + reported that the service is not available.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.DnssecFailed</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The acquired response did not pass DNSSEC validation.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The acquired response did not pass DNSSEC validation.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.NoTrustAnchor</constant></term> <listitem><para>No chain of trust could be established for the response to a configured DNSSEC trust - anchor.</para></listitem> + anchor.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.ResourceRecordTypeUnsupported</constant></term> <listitem><para>The requested resource record type is not supported on the selected DNS servers. This error is generated for example when an RRSIG record is requested from a DNS server that does not - support DNSSEC.</para></listitem> + support DNSSEC.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.NoSuchLink</constant></term> <listitem><para>No network interface with the specified network interface index exists. - </para></listitem></varlistentry> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.LinkBusy</constant></term> <listitem><para>The requested configuration change could not be made because <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, - already took possession of the interface and supplied configuration data for it.</para></listitem> + already took possession of the interface and supplied configuration data for it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.NetworkDown</constant></term> <listitem><para>The requested look-up failed because the system is currently not connected to any - suitable network.</para></listitem></varlistentry> + suitable network.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry><term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.DnsError.NXDOMAIN</constant></term> <term><constant>org.freedesktop.resolve1.DnsError.REFUSED</constant></term> @@ -863,7 +887,9 @@ node /org/freedesktop/resolve1/link/_1 { <listitem><para>The look-up failed with a DNS return code reporting a failure. The error names used as suffixes here are defined in by IANA in <ulink url="https://www.iana.org/assignments/dns-parameters/dns-parameters.xhtml#dns-parameters-6">DNS RCODEs</ulink>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/org.freedesktop.systemd1.xml b/man/org.freedesktop.systemd1.xml index e6164de8d9..75d3d457bd 100644 --- a/man/org.freedesktop.systemd1.xml +++ b/man/org.freedesktop.systemd1.xml @@ -1637,27 +1637,35 @@ node /org/freedesktop/systemd1 { For more information on this issue consult <ulink url="https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/TheCaseForTheUsrMerge"> The Case for the /usr Merge - </ulink>.</para></listitem> + </ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><literal>cgroups-missing</literal></term> - <listitem><para>Support for cgroups is unavailable.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Support for cgroups is unavailable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><literal>cgroupsv1</literal></term> - <listitem><para>The system is using the old cgroup hierarchy.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The system is using the old cgroup hierarchy.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><literal>local-hwclock</literal></term> <listitem><para>The local hardware clock (RTC) is configured to be in local time rather than - UTC.</para></listitem> + UTC.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1666,28 +1674,36 @@ node /org/freedesktop/systemd1 { <listitem><para>The system is running past the end of support declared by the vendor. See the description of <varname>SUPPORT_END=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>os-release</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><literal>old-kernel</literal></term> <listitem><para>The system is running a kernel version that is older than the minimum supported by - this version of systemd.</para></listitem> + this version of systemd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><literal>var-run-bad</literal></term> <listitem><para><filename>/run/</filename> does not exist or <filename>/var/run</filename> is not a - symlink to <filename>/run/</filename>.</para></listitem> + symlink to <filename>/run/</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><literal>overflowuid-not-65534</literal></term> <term><literal>overflowgid-not-65534</literal></term> - <listitem><para>The kernel overflow UID or GID have a value other than 65534.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The kernel overflow UID or GID have a value other than 65534.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1695,7 +1711,9 @@ node /org/freedesktop/systemd1 { <term><literal>short-gid-range</literal></term> <listitem><para>The UID or GID range assigned to the running systemd instance covers less than - 0…65534.</para></listitem> + 0…65534.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <!-- mtab-not-symlink was removed in b492ce8a22d4527c1372b2d3fbd580627d70c917 --> diff --git a/man/os-release.xml b/man/os-release.xml index 74bdea996c..1736b5017f 100644 --- a/man/os-release.xml +++ b/man/os-release.xml @@ -297,7 +297,9 @@ the local system.</para> <para>Examples: <literal>IMAGE_ID=vendorx-cashier-system</literal>, - <literal>IMAGE_ID=netbook-image</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>IMAGE_ID=netbook-image</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -309,7 +311,9 @@ </para> <para>Examples: <literal>IMAGE_VERSION=33</literal>, <literal>IMAGE_VERSION=47.1rc1</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -365,7 +369,9 @@ not</emphasis> provided.</para> <para>For example, <literal>SUPPORT_END=2001-01-01</literal> means that the system was supported - until the end of the last day of the previous millennium.</para></listitem> + until the end of the last day of the previous millennium.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -403,7 +409,9 @@ needed to distinguish the OS vendor from the OS itself. It is intended to be human readable.</para> <para>Examples: <literal>VENDOR_NAME="Fedora Project"</literal> for Fedora Linux, - <literal>VENDOR_NAME="Canonical"</literal> for Ubuntu.</para></listitem> + <literal>VENDOR_NAME="Canonical"</literal> for Ubuntu.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -419,7 +427,9 @@ setting.</para> <para>Examples: <literal>VENDOR_URL="https://fedoraproject.org/"</literal>, - <literal>VENDOR_URL="https://canonical.com/"</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>VENDOR_URL="https://canonical.com/"</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> @@ -454,7 +464,9 @@ It may provide redundant information when used in a GPT partition with a GUID type that already encodes the architecture. If this is not the case, the architecture should be specified in e.g., an extension image, to prevent an incompatible host from loading it. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -479,7 +491,9 @@ for more information.</para> <para>Examples: <literal>CONFEXT_LEVEL=2</literal>, <literal>CONFEXT_LEVEL=15.14</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -490,13 +504,17 @@ the system extension is applicable to: i.e. to regular systems, to initrds, or to portable service images. If unspecified, <literal>SYSEXT_SCOPE=system portable</literal> is implied, i.e. any system extension without this field is applicable to regular systems and to portable service environments, - but not to initrd environments.</para></listitem> + but not to initrd environments.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>CONFEXT_SCOPE=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>Semantically the same as <varname>SYSEXT_SCOPE=</varname> but for confext images.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Semantically the same as <varname>SYSEXT_SCOPE=</varname> but for confext images.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -507,7 +525,9 @@ (and thus allowing them to be distinguished from other OS images, such as bootable system images). It is also used when a portable service image is attached: the specified or implied portable service prefix is checked against the list specified here, to enforce restrictions how images may - be attached to a system.</para></listitem> + be attached to a system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/pam_systemd.xml b/man/pam_systemd.xml index c430e7dd51..114f18851c 100644 --- a/man/pam_systemd.xml +++ b/man/pam_systemd.xml @@ -94,7 +94,9 @@ environment variable (see below) takes precedence. One of <literal>user</literal>, <literal>greeter</literal>, <literal>lock-screen</literal> or <literal>background</literal>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_session_get_class</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details about the session class.</para></listitem> + details about the session class.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -104,7 +106,9 @@ environment variable (see below) takes precedence. One of <literal>unspecified</literal>, <literal>tty</literal>, <literal>x11</literal>, <literal>wayland</literal> or <literal>mir</literal>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_session_get_type</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details about the session type.</para></listitem> + details about the session type.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -119,7 +123,9 @@ Specification</ulink>. (However, note that the option only takes a single item, and not a colon-separated list like <varname>$XDG_CURRENT_DESKTOP</varname>.) See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_session_get_desktop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - further details.</para></listitem> + further details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -135,7 +141,9 @@ (i.e. usually contains the full set of capabilities). The default ambient set is set to <constant>CAP_WAKE_ALARM</constant> for regular users if the PAM session is associated with a local seat or if it is invoked for the <literal>systemd-user</literal> service. Otherwise defaults to the - empty set.</para></listitem> + empty set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -203,7 +211,9 @@ <term><varname>$LANG</varname></term> <listitem><para>If a JSON user record is known for the user logging in these variables are - initialized from the respective data in the record.</para></listitem> + initialized from the respective data in the record.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -218,28 +228,36 @@ <term><varname>$XDG_SESSION_TYPE</varname></term> <listitem><para>The session type. This may be used instead of <varname>type=</varname> on the module parameter - line, and is usually preferred.</para></listitem> + line, and is usually preferred.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>$XDG_SESSION_CLASS</varname></term> <listitem><para>The session class. This may be used instead of <varname>class=</varname> on the module parameter - line, and is usually preferred.</para></listitem> + line, and is usually preferred.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>$XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP</varname></term> <listitem><para>The desktop identifier. This may be used instead of <varname>desktop=</varname> on the module - parameter line, and is usually preferred.</para></listitem> + parameter line, and is usually preferred.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>$XDG_SEAT</varname></term> <listitem><para>The seat name the session shall be registered - for, if any.</para></listitem> + for, if any.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -247,7 +265,9 @@ <listitem><para>The VT number the session shall be registered for, if any. (Only applies to seats with a VT available, such - as <literal>seat0</literal>)</para></listitem> + as <literal>seat0</literal>)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -277,31 +297,41 @@ <varlistentry> <term><varname>systemd.memory_max=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>MemoryMax=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>MemoryMax=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>systemd.tasks_max=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>TasksMax=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>TasksMax=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>systemd.cpu_weight=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>CPUWeight=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>CPUWeight=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>systemd.io_weight=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>IOWeight=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>IOWeight=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>systemd.runtime_max_sec=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>RuntimeMaxSec=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Sets unit <varname>RuntimeMaxSec=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/pam_systemd_home.xml b/man/pam_systemd_home.xml index 489dde8711..e81fdbf28a 100644 --- a/man/pam_systemd_home.xml +++ b/man/pam_systemd_home.xml @@ -83,14 +83,18 @@ <para>This setting may also be controlled via the <varname>$SYSTEMD_HOME_SUSPEND</varname> environment variable (see below), which <command>pam_systemd_home</command> reads during initialization and sets for sessions. If both the environment variable is set and the module parameter specified the latter - takes precedence.</para></listitem> + takes precedence.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>debug</varname><optional>=</optional></term> <listitem><para>Takes an optional boolean argument. If yes or without the argument, the module will log - debugging information as it operates.</para></listitem> + debugging information as it operates.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -118,7 +122,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_HOME=1</varname></term> - <listitem><para>Indicates that the user's home directory is managed by <filename>systemd-homed.service</filename>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Indicates that the user's home directory is managed by <filename>systemd-homed.service</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -127,7 +133,9 @@ <listitem><para>Indicates whether the session has been registered with the suspend mechanism enabled or disabled (see above). The variable's value is either <literal>0</literal> or <literal>1</literal>. Note that the module both reads the variable when initializing, and sets it for - sessions.</para></listitem> + sessions.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/portablectl.xml b/man/portablectl.xml index 162db7658a..a94ffaf2d7 100644 --- a/man/portablectl.xml +++ b/man/portablectl.xml @@ -78,7 +78,9 @@ in the portable image search paths (see below), along with brief metadata and state information. Note that many of the commands below may both operate on images inside and outside of the search paths. This command is hence mostly a convenience option, the commands are generally not restricted to what this list - shows.</para></listitem> + shows.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -138,6 +140,8 @@ <para>If <option>--now</option> and/or <option>--enable</option> are passed, the portable services are immediately started (blocking operation unless <option>--no-block</option> is passed) and/or enabled after attaching the image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -149,7 +153,9 @@ again. This command expects an image name or path as parameter. Note that if a path is specified only the last component of it (i.e. the file or directory name itself, not the path to it) is used for finding matching unit files. This is a convenience feature to allow all arguments passed as <command>attach</command> also to - <command>detach</command>.</para></listitem> + <command>detach</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> <para>If <option>--now</option> and/or <option>--enable</option> are passed, the portable services are immediately stopped (blocking operation) and/or disabled before detaching the image. Prefix(es) are also accepted, @@ -163,7 +169,9 @@ This is useful in case the image was replaced. Running units are not stopped during the process. Partial matching, to allow for different versions in the image name, is allowed: only the part before the first <literal>_</literal> character has to match. If the new image doesn't exist, the existing one will not be detached. The parameters - follow the same syntax as the <command>attach</command> command.</para></listitem> + follow the same syntax as the <command>attach</command> command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> <para>If <option>--now</option> and/or <option>--enable</option> are passed, the portable services are immediately stopped if removed, started and/or enabled if added, or restarted if updated. Prefixes are also @@ -183,6 +191,8 @@ command is useful to determine whether an image qualifies as portable service image, and which unit files are included. This command expects the path to the image as parameter, optionally followed by a list of unit file prefixes to consider, similar to the <command>attach</command> command described above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -236,6 +246,8 @@ </tgroup> </table> + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> + </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -244,7 +256,9 @@ <listitem><para>Marks or (unmarks) a portable service image read-only. Takes an image name, followed by a boolean as arguments. If the boolean is omitted, positive is implied, i.e. the image is marked - read-only.</para></listitem> + read-only.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -252,7 +266,9 @@ <listitem><para>Removes one or more portable service images. Note that this command will only remove the specified image path itself — it refers to a symbolic link then the symbolic link is removed and not the - image it points to.</para></listitem> + image it points to.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -268,7 +284,9 @@ <para>Note that per-image size limits are only supported on btrfs file systems. Also, depending on <varname>BindPaths=</varname> settings in the portable service's unit files directories from the host might be visible in the image environment during runtime which are not affected by this setting, as only the image - itself is counted against this limit.</para></listitem> + itself is counted against this limit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -285,7 +303,9 @@ <term><option>-q</option></term> <term><option>--quiet</option></term> - <listitem><para>Suppresses additional informational output while running.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Suppresses additional informational output while running.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -293,7 +313,9 @@ <term><option>--profile=</option><replaceable>PROFILE</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>When attaching an image, select the profile to use. By default the <literal>default</literal> - profile is used. For details about profiles, see below.</para></listitem> + profile is used. For details about profiles, see below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -305,7 +327,9 @@ profile drop-ins are symlinked while unit files are copied. Note that this option expresses a preference only, in cases where symbolic links cannot be created — for example when the image operated on is a raw disk image, and hence not directly referentiable from the host file system — copying of files is used - unconditionally.</para></listitem> + unconditionally.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -314,7 +338,9 @@ <listitem><para>When specified the unit and drop-in files are placed in <filename>/run/systemd/system.attached/</filename> instead of <filename>/etc/systemd/system.attached/</filename>. Images attached with this option set hence remain attached - only until the next reboot, while they are normally attached persistently.</para></listitem> + only until the next reboot, while they are normally attached persistently.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -322,7 +348,9 @@ <listitem><para>Don't reload the service manager after attaching or detaching a portable service image. Normally the service manager is reloaded to ensure it is aware of added or removed unit - files.</para></listitem> + files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -331,26 +359,34 @@ <listitem><para>When inspecting portable service images, show the (unprocessed) contents of the metadata files pulled from the image, instead of brief summaries. Specifically, this will show the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>os-release</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and unit file - contents of the image.</para></listitem> + contents of the image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--enable</option></term> - <listitem><para>Immediately enable/disable the portable service after attaching/detaching.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Immediately enable/disable the portable service after attaching/detaching.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--now</option></term> <listitem><para>Immediately start/stop/restart the portable service after attaching/before - detaching/after upgrading.</para></listitem> + detaching/after upgrading.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--no-block</option></term> - <listitem><para>Don't block waiting for attach --now to complete.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Don't block waiting for attach --now to complete.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -371,7 +407,9 @@ </para> <para>Note that the same extensions have to be specified, in the same order, when attaching - and detaching.</para></listitem> + and detaching.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -380,7 +418,9 @@ <listitem><para>Skip safety checks and attach or detach images (with extensions) without first ensuring that the units are not running, and do not insist that the <filename>extension-release.<replaceable>NAME</replaceable></filename> file in the extension image has - to match the image filename.</para></listitem> + to match the image filename.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> diff --git a/man/poweroff.xml b/man/poweroff.xml index 2841dc7769..4abfa18bf7 100644 --- a/man/poweroff.xml +++ b/man/poweroff.xml @@ -56,13 +56,17 @@ <term><option>--help</option></term> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help-text" /> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--halt</option></term> <listitem><para>Halt the machine, regardless of which one of - the three commands is invoked.</para></listitem> + the three commands is invoked.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -71,14 +75,18 @@ <listitem><para>Power off the machine, when either <command>halt</command> or <command>poweroff</command> is invoked. This option is ignored when - <command>reboot</command> is invoked.</para></listitem> + <command>reboot</command> is invoked.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--reboot</option></term> <listitem><para>Reboot the machine, regardless of which one of - the three commands is invoked.</para></listitem> + the three commands is invoked.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -91,6 +99,8 @@ the command <command>reboot -f</command> is mostly equivalent to <command>systemctl reboot -ff</command>, instead of <command>systemctl reboot -f</command>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -99,14 +109,18 @@ <term><option>--wtmp-only</option></term> <listitem><para>Only write wtmp shutdown entry, do not actually power off, reboot, or halt. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-d</option></term> <term><option>--no-wtmp</option></term> - <listitem><para>Do not write wtmp shutdown entry.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Do not write wtmp shutdown entry.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -114,13 +128,17 @@ <term><option>--no-sync</option></term> <listitem><para>Don't sync hard disks/storage media before power-off, reboot, or halt. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--no-wall</option></term> - <listitem><para>Do not send wall message before power-off, reboot, or halt.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Do not send wall message before power-off, reboot, or halt.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/pstore.conf.xml b/man/pstore.conf.xml index 64e453b4d0..f54cef9e57 100644 --- a/man/pstore.conf.xml +++ b/man/pstore.conf.xml @@ -57,6 +57,8 @@ When <literal>external</literal> (the default), files are archived into <filename>/var/lib/systemd/pstore/</filename>, and logged into the journal. When <literal>journal</literal>, pstore file contents are logged only in the journal.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -70,7 +72,9 @@ normally, but the files remain in the pstore. The default is true in order to maintain the pstore in a nearly empty state, so that the pstore has storage available for the next kernel error event. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/repart.d.xml b/man/repart.d.xml index ac72d0e845..b8a2e7b8b9 100644 --- a/man/repart.d.xml +++ b/man/repart.d.xml @@ -239,7 +239,9 @@ <para>Most of the partition type UUIDs listed above are defined in the <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions - Specification</ulink>.</para></listitem> + Specification</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -249,7 +251,9 @@ setting is not used for matching. It is also not used when a label is already set for an existing partition. It is thus only used when a partition is newly created or when an existing one had a no label set (that is: an empty label). If not specified a label derived from the partition type is - automatically used. Simple specifier expansion is supported, see below.</para></listitem> + automatically used. Simple specifier expansion is supported, see below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -259,7 +263,9 @@ setting is not used for matching. It is also not used when a UUID is already set for an existing partition. It is thus only used when a partition is newly created or when an existing one had a all-zero UUID set. If set to <literal>null</literal>, the UUID is set to all zeroes. If not specified - a UUID derived from the partition type is automatically used.</para></listitem> + a UUID derived from the partition type is automatically used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -277,7 +283,9 @@ removed. If all partitions with a priority above 0 are removed and the partitions still do not fit on the device the operation fails. Note that this priority has no effect on ordering partitions, for that use the alphabetical order of the filenames of the partition definition files. Defaults to - 0.</para></listitem> + 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -293,7 +301,9 @@ "elastic" fashion, based on the disk size and existing partitions. If a partition shall have a fixed size use both <varname>SizeMinBytes=</varname> and <varname>SizeMaxBytes=</varname> with the same value in order to fixate the size to one value, in which case the weight has no - effect.</para></listitem> + effect.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -305,7 +315,9 @@ weight. Defaults to 0, i.e. by default no padding is applied.</para> <para>Padding is useful if empty space shall be left for later additions or a safety margin at the - end of the device or between partitions.</para></listitem> + end of the device or between partitions.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -327,7 +339,9 @@ fulfill the constraints placing the partition will fail. For partitions that shall be created, depending on the setting of <varname>Priority=</varname> (see above) the partition might be dropped and the placing algorithm restarted. By default a minimum size constraint of 10M and no maximum size - constraint is set.</para></listitem> + constraint is set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -338,7 +352,9 @@ partition (the "padding"). Semantics are similar to <varname>SizeMinBytes=</varname> and <varname>SizeMaxBytes=</varname>, except that unlike partition sizes free space can be shrunk and can be as small as zero. By default no size constraints on padding are set, so that only - <varname>PaddingWeight=</varname> determines the size of the padding applied.</para></listitem> + <varname>PaddingWeight=</varname> determines the size of the padding applied.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -377,7 +393,9 @@ the partition exists but is not or only partially populated.</para> <para>This option cannot be combined with <varname>Format=</varname> or - <varname>CopyFiles=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <varname>CopyFiles=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -398,7 +416,9 @@ before the partition is created, ensuring that the partition only ever exists with a fully initialized file system.</para> - <para>This option cannot be combined with <varname>CopyBlocks=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <para>This option cannot be combined with <varname>CopyBlocks=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -446,7 +466,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-repart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is invoked with the <option>--image=</option> or <option>--root=</option> command line switches the source paths specified are taken relative to the specified root directory or disk image root. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -471,7 +493,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-repart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is invoked with the <option>--image=</option> or <option>--root=</option> command line switches the paths specified are taken relative to the specified root directory or disk image root. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -498,7 +522,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-tmpfiles</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> with its <option>--image=</option> option to pre-create other, more complex directory hierarchies (as well as other inodes) with fine-grained control of ownership, access modes and other file - attributes.</para></listitem> + attributes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -513,7 +539,9 @@ <literal>btrfs</literal>.</para> <para>Note that due to limitations of <literal>mkfs.btrfs</literal>, this option is only supported - when running with <option>--offline=no</option>.</para></listitem> + when running with <option>--offline=no</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -538,7 +566,9 @@ of <varname>Format=</varname> and <varname>CopyBlocks=</varname> are increased by the space necessary for the LUKS2 superblock (see above).</para> - <para>This option has no effect if the partition already exists.</para></listitem> + <para>This option has no effect if the partition already exists.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -566,7 +596,9 @@ <para>For each unique <varname>VerityMatchKey=</varname> value, a single verity data partition (<literal>Verity=data</literal>) and a single verity hash partition (<literal>Verity=hash</literal>) - must be defined.</para></listitem> + must be defined.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -574,7 +606,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a short, user-chosen identifier string. This setting is used to find sibling verity partitions for the current verity partition. See the description for - <varname>Verity=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <varname>Verity=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -583,7 +617,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the data block size of the generated verity hash partition. Must be between 512 and 4096 bytes and must be a power of 2. Defaults to the sector size if configured explicitly, or the underlying block device sector size, or 4K if systemd-repart is not operating on a block device. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -592,7 +628,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the hash block size of the generated verity hash partition. Must be between 512 and 4096 bytes and must be a power of 2. Defaults to the sector size if configured explicitly, or the underlying block device sector size, or 4K if systemd-repart is not operating on a block device. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -600,7 +638,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If specified the partition is marked for removal during a factory reset operation. This functionality is useful to implement schemes where images can be reset - into their original state by removing partitions and creating them anew. Defaults to off.</para></listitem> + into their original state by removing partitions and creating them anew. Defaults to off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -612,7 +652,9 @@ <varname>NoAuto=</varname>, <varname>ReadOnly=</varname> and <varname>GrowFileSystem=</varname>; see below for details on the defaults for these three flags. Specify the flags value in hexadecimal (by prefixing it with <literal>0x</literal>), binary (prefix <literal>0b</literal>) or decimal (no - prefix).</para></listitem> + prefix).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -650,7 +692,9 @@ <para><varname>NoAuto=</varname> defaults to off. <varname>ReadOnly=</varname> defaults to on for Verity partition types, and off for all others. <varname>GrowFileSystem=</varname> defaults to on for all partition types that support it, except if the partition is marked read-only (and thus - effectively, defaults to off for Verity partitions).</para></listitem> + effectively, defaults to off for Verity partitions).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -661,7 +705,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-repart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used. Simple specifier expansion is supported, see below. Defaults to <literal>%t</literal>. To disable split artifact generation for a partition, set <varname>SplitName=</varname> to - <literal>-</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>-</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -677,7 +723,9 @@ <varname>CopyFiles=</varname>. Note that unless the filesystem is a read-only filesystem, <command>systemd-repart</command> will have to populate the filesystem twice to guess the minimal required size, so enabling this option might slow down repart when populating large partitions. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/resolvectl.xml b/man/resolvectl.xml index c6a878cc10..5249f9b909 100644 --- a/man/resolvectl.xml +++ b/man/resolvectl.xml @@ -67,7 +67,9 @@ <para>If an international domain name is specified, it is automatically translated according to IDNA rules when resolved via classic DNS — but not for look-ups via MulticastDNS or LLMNR. If <option>--type=</option>/<option>--class=</option> is used IDNA translation is turned off and domain - names are processed as specified.</para></listitem> + names are processed as specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -85,7 +87,9 @@ in. In this case no <constant class='dns'>TXT</constant> resource record is requested. Finally, if only one parameter is specified, it is assumed to be a domain name, that is already prefixed with an <constant class='dns'>SRV</constant> type, and an <constant class='dns'>SRV</constant> lookup is done - (no <constant class='dns'>TXT</constant>).</para></listitem> + (no <constant class='dns'>TXT</constant>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -94,7 +98,9 @@ <listitem><para>Query PGP keys stored as <constant class='dns'>OPENPGPKEY</constant> resource records, see <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7929">RFC 7929</ulink>. Specified e-mail addresses are converted to the corresponding DNS domain name, and any <constant class='dns'>OPENPGPKEY</constant> - keys are printed.</para></listitem> + keys are printed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -108,28 +114,36 @@ (<literal>_<replaceable>port</replaceable>._<replaceable>family</replaceable>.<replaceable>domain</replaceable></literal>). The port number may be specified after a colon (<literal>:</literal>), otherwise <constant>443</constant> will be used by default. The family may be specified as the first argument, - otherwise <constant>tcp</constant> will be used.</para></listitem> + otherwise <constant>tcp</constant> will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>status</command> [<replaceable>LINK</replaceable>…]</term> <listitem><para>Shows the global and per-link DNS settings currently in effect. If no command is specified, - this is the implied default.</para></listitem> + this is the implied default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>statistics</command></term> <listitem><para>Shows general resolver statistics, including information whether DNSSEC is - enabled and available, as well as resolution and validation statistics.</para></listitem> + enabled and available, as well as resolution and validation statistics.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>reset-statistics</command></term> <listitem><para>Resets the statistics counters shown in <command>statistics</command> to zero. - This operation requires root privileges.</para></listitem> + This operation requires root privileges.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -137,7 +151,9 @@ <listitem><para>Flushes all DNS resource record caches the service maintains locally. This is mostly equivalent to sending the <constant>SIGUSR2</constant> to the <command>systemd-resolved</command> - service.</para></listitem> + service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -146,7 +162,9 @@ <listitem><para>Flushes all feature level information the resolver learnt about specific servers, and ensures that the server feature probing logic is started from the beginning with the next look-up request. This is mostly equivalent to sending the <constant>SIGRTMIN+1</constant> to the <command>systemd-resolved</command> - service.</para></listitem> + service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -196,7 +214,9 @@ <command>domain</command>, <command>default-route</command>, <command>llmnr</command>, <command>mdns</command>, <command>dnssec</command>, <command>dnsovertls</command>, <command>nta</command>. Note that when a network interface disappears all configuration is lost - automatically, an explicit reverting is not necessary in that case.</para></listitem> + automatically, an explicit reverting is not necessary in that case.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -209,21 +229,27 @@ lookups may be answered from the local cache, or might result in multiple DNS transactions (for example to validate DNSSEC information). If CNAME/CNAME redirection chains are followed, a separate query will be displayed for each element of the chain. Use <option>--json=</option> to enable JSON - output.</para></listitem> + output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>show-cache</command></term> <listitem><para>Show current cache content, per scope. Use <option>--json=</option> to enable JSON - output.</para></listitem> + output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>show-server-state</command></term> <listitem><para>Show detailed server state information, per DNS Server. Use <option>--json=</option> - to enable JSON output.</para></listitem> + to enable JSON output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="systemctl.xml" xpointer="log-level" /> @@ -240,6 +266,8 @@ <listitem><para>By default, when resolving a hostname, both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are acquired. By specifying <option>-4</option> only IPv4 addresses are requested, by specifying <option>-6</option> only IPv6 addresses are requested.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -250,7 +278,9 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies the network interface to execute the query on. This may either be specified as numeric interface index or as network interface string (e.g. <literal>en0</literal>). Note that this option has no effect if system-wide DNS configuration (as configured in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> or - <filename>/etc/systemd/resolved.conf</filename>) in place of per-link configuration is used.</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/systemd/resolved.conf</filename>) in place of per-link configuration is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -270,7 +300,9 @@ the service to resolve the operation with the specified protocol, as that might require a suitable network interface and configuration. The special value <literal>help</literal> may be used to list known values. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -292,7 +324,9 @@ i.e. specified domain names need to be fully qualified domain names. Moreover, IDNA internal domain name translation is turned off as well, i.e. international domain names should be specified in <literal>xn--…</literal> notation, unless look-up in MulticastDNS/LLMNR is desired, in which case - UTF-8 characters should be used.</para></listitem> + UTF-8 characters should be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -300,7 +334,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter. If true (the default), when doing a service lookup with <option>--service</option> the hostnames contained in the <constant class='dns'>SRV</constant> - resource records are resolved as well.</para></listitem> + resource records are resolved as well.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -308,7 +344,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter. If true (the default), when doing a DNS-SD service lookup with <option>--service</option> the <constant class='dns'>TXT</constant> service metadata record is - resolved as well.</para></listitem> + resolved as well.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -317,7 +355,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter. If true (the default), DNS <constant class='dns'>CNAME</constant> or <constant class='dns'>DNAME</constant> redirections are followed. Otherwise, if a CNAME or DNAME record is encountered while resolving, an error is - returned.</para></listitem> + returned.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -329,7 +369,9 @@ is disabled for the specific query, regardless of whether it is enabled for the network or in the service. Note that setting this option to true does not force DNSSEC validation on systems/networks where DNSSEC is turned off. This option is only suitable to turn off such validation where otherwise - enabled, not enable validation where otherwise disabled.</para></listitem> + enabled, not enable validation where otherwise disabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -342,7 +384,9 @@ <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. If false these domains are not resolved locally, and either fail (in case of <literal>localhost</literal>, <literal>_gateway</literal> or <literal>_outbound</literal> and suchlike) or go to the network via regular DNS/mDNS/LLMNR lookups (in case of - <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> entries).</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> entries).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -350,7 +394,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with <command>query</command>. If true (the default), lookups use the local DNS resource record cache. If false, lookups are routed to the - network instead, regardless if already available in the local cache.</para></listitem> + network instead, regardless if already available in the local cache.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -359,7 +405,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with <command>query</command>. If true (the default), lookups are answered from locally registered LLMNR or mDNS resource records, if defined. If false, locally registered LLMNR/mDNS records are not considered for the lookup - request.</para></listitem> + request.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -367,7 +415,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with <command>query</command>. If true (the default), lookups for DS and DNSKEY are answered from the local DNSSEC trust anchors if - possible. If false, the local trust store is not considered for the lookup request.</para></listitem> + possible. If false, the local trust store is not considered for the lookup request.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -377,7 +427,9 @@ (the default), lookups are answered via DNS, LLMNR or mDNS network requests if they cannot be synthesized locally, or be answered from the local cache, zone or trust anchors (see above). If false, the request is not answered from the network and will thus fail if none of the indicated sources can - answer them.</para></listitem> + answer them.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -387,7 +439,9 @@ hostnames will be searched in the domains configured in the search domain list, if it is non-empty. Otherwise, the search domain logic is disabled. Note that this option has no effect if <option>--type=</option> is used (see above), in which case the search domain logic is - unconditionally turned off.</para></listitem> + unconditionally turned off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -397,14 +451,18 @@ <literal>payload</literal>, the payload of the packet is exported. If the argument is <literal>packet</literal>, the whole packet is dumped in wire format, prefixed by length specified as a little-endian 64-bit number. This format allows multiple packets - to be dumped and unambiguously parsed.</para></listitem> + to be dumped and unambiguously parsed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--legend=</option><replaceable>BOOL</replaceable></term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter. If true (the default), column headers and meta information about the - query response are shown. Otherwise, this output is suppressed.</para></listitem> + query response are shown. Otherwise, this output is suppressed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -412,7 +470,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with <command>query</command>. If true (the default), lookups are answered with stale data (expired resource records) if - possible. If false, the stale data is not considered for the lookup request.</para></listitem> + possible. If false, the stale data is not considered for the lookup request.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="json" /> @@ -420,7 +480,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><option>-j</option></term> - <listitem><para>Short for <option>--json=auto</option></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Short for <option>--json=auto</option></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="no-pager" /> @@ -461,20 +523,26 @@ DNS configuration data from its standard input. Relevant fields are <literal>nameserver</literal> and <literal>domain</literal>/<literal>search</literal>. This command is mostly identical to invoking <command>resolvectl</command> with a combination of <option>dns</option> and <option>domain</option> - commands.</para></listitem> + commands.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-d</option></term> <listitem><para>Unregisters per-interface DNS configuration data with <command>systemd-resolved</command>. This - command is mostly identical to invoking <command>resolvectl revert</command>.</para></listitem> + command is mostly identical to invoking <command>resolvectl revert</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-f</option></term> <listitem><para>When specified <option>-a</option> and <option>-d</option> will not complain about missing - network interfaces and will silently execute no operation in that case.</para></listitem> + network interfaces and will silently execute no operation in that case.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -483,14 +551,18 @@ <listitem><para>This switch for "exclusive" operation is supported only partially. It is mapped to an additional configured search domain of <literal>~.</literal> — i.e. ensures that DNS traffic is preferably routed to the DNS servers on this interface, unless there are other, more specific domains configured on other - interfaces.</para></listitem> + interfaces.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-m</option></term> <term><option>-p</option></term> - <listitem><para>These switches are not supported and are silently ignored.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>These switches are not supported and are silently ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -506,7 +578,9 @@ <term><option>--disable-updates</option></term> <term><option>--are-updates-enabled</option></term> - <listitem><para>These switches are not supported and the command will fail if used.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>These switches are not supported and the command will fail if used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/resolved.conf.xml b/man/resolved.conf.xml index d55d8194b3..b6178c1093 100644 --- a/man/resolved.conf.xml +++ b/man/resolved.conf.xml @@ -60,7 +60,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or set at runtime by external applications. For compatibility reasons, if this setting is not specified, the DNS servers listed in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> are used instead, if that file exists and any servers - are configured in it. This setting defaults to the empty list.</para></listitem> + are configured in it. This setting defaults to the empty list.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v213"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -70,7 +72,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> take precedence over this setting, as do any servers set via <varname>DNS=</varname> above or <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. This setting is hence only used if no other DNS server information is - known. If this option is not given, a compiled-in list of DNS servers is used instead.</para></listitem> + known. If this option is not given, a compiled-in list of DNS servers is used instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -102,6 +106,8 @@ <para>See "Protocols and Routing" in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details of how search and route-only domains are used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -118,7 +124,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> also maintains per-link LLMNR settings. LLMNR will be enabled on a link only if the per-link and the - global setting is on.</para></listitem> + global setting is on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -133,7 +141,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> also maintains per-link Multicast DNS settings. Multicast DNS will be enabled on a link only if the per-link and the - global setting is on.</para></listitem> + global setting is on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -209,6 +219,8 @@ logic does not work in all private zone setups.</para> <para>Defaults to <literal>&DEFAULT_DNSSEC_MODE;</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -249,6 +261,8 @@ it is unset in which case the global setting is used instead.</para> <para>Defaults to <literal>&DEFAULT_DNS_OVER_TLS_MODE;</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -261,7 +275,9 @@ when DNSSEC is used. If <literal>no-negative</literal>, only positive answers are cached.</para> <para>Note that caching is turned off by default for host-local DNS servers. - See <varname>CacheFromLocalhost=</varname> for details.</para></listitem> + See <varname>CacheFromLocalhost=</varname> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -269,6 +285,8 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean as argument. If <literal>no</literal> (the default), and response cames from host-local IP address (such as 127.0.0.1 or ::1), the result wouldn't be cached in order to avoid potential duplicate local caching.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -283,7 +301,9 @@ <xi:include href="systemd-resolved.service.xml" xpointer="proxy-stub" /> <para>Note that the DNS stub listener is turned off implicitly when its listening address and port are already - in use.</para></listitem> + in use.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -308,7 +328,9 @@ DNSStubListenerExtra=tcp:192.168.10.12 DNSStubListenerExtra=udp:2001:db8:0:f102::12 DNSStubListenerExtra=tcp:192.168.10.13:9953 DNSStubListenerExtra=udp:[2001:db8:0:f102::13]:9953</programlisting> - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -316,7 +338,9 @@ DNSStubListenerExtra=udp:[2001:db8:0:f102::13]:9953</programlisting> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If <literal>yes</literal> (the default), <command>systemd-resolved</command> will read <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>, and try to resolve hosts or address by using the entries in the file before sending query to DNS servers. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -333,7 +357,9 @@ DNSStubListenerExtra=udp:[2001:db8:0:f102::13]:9953</programlisting> servers are not used</emphasis>. Forwarding single-label names to servers not under your control is not standard-conformant, see <ulink url="https://www.iab.org/documents/correspondence-reports-documents/2013-2/iab-statement-dotless-domains-considered-harmful/">IAB - Statement</ulink>, and may create a privacy and security risk.</para></listitem> + Statement</ulink>, and may create a privacy and security risk.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>StaleRetentionSec=<replaceable>SECONDS</replaceable></term> @@ -348,6 +374,8 @@ DNSStubListenerExtra=udp:[2001:db8:0:f102::13]:9953</programlisting> <para>systemd-resolved always attempts to reach the upstream DNS servers first, before providing the client application with any stale data. If this feature is enabled, cache will not be flushed when changing servers.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/runlevel.xml b/man/runlevel.xml index f5e1e00da4..08447e6e8f 100644 --- a/man/runlevel.xml +++ b/man/runlevel.xml @@ -146,7 +146,9 @@ <term><filename>/run/utmp</filename></term> <listitem><para>The utmp database <command>runlevel</command> reads the previous and current runlevel - from.</para></listitem> + from.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/sd-bus-errors.xml b/man/sd-bus-errors.xml index cade523763..25e3913162 100644 --- a/man/sd-bus-errors.xml +++ b/man/sd-bus-errors.xml @@ -123,135 +123,193 @@ <listitem><para>A generic error indication. See the error message for further details. This error name should be avoided, in favor of a more expressive error - name.</para></listitem> + name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NO_MEMORY</constant></term> <listitem><para>A memory allocation failed, and the requested - operation could not be completed.</para></listitem> + operation could not be completed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_SERVICE_UNKNOWN</constant></term> <listitem><para>The contacted bus service is unknown and - cannot be activated.</para></listitem> + cannot be activated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NAME_HAS_NO_OWNER</constant></term> <listitem><para>The specified bus service name currently has - no owner.</para></listitem> + no owner.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY</constant></term> <listitem><para>A message did not receive a reply. This error - is usually generated after a timeout.</para></listitem> + is usually generated after a timeout.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_IO_ERROR</constant></term> <listitem><para>Generic input/output error, for example when - accessing a socket or other I/O context.</para></listitem> + accessing a socket or other I/O context.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_BAD_ADDRESS</constant></term> <listitem><para>The specified D-Bus bus address string is - malformed.</para></listitem> + malformed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED</constant></term> <listitem><para>The requested operation is not supported on - the local system.</para></listitem> + the local system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_LIMITS_EXCEEDED</constant></term> <listitem><para>Some limited resource has been - exhausted.</para></listitem> + exhausted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Access to a resource has been denied due to security restrictions.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Access to a resource has been denied due to security restrictions.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_AUTH_FAILED</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Authentication did not complete successfully.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Authentication did not complete successfully.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NO_SERVER</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Unable to connect to the specified server.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Unable to connect to the specified server.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_TIMEOUT</constant></term> <listitem><para>An operation timed out. Note that method calls which timeout generate a - <constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NO_REPLY</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_NO_NETWORK</constant></term> - <listitem><para>No network available to execute requested network operation on.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>No network available to execute requested network operation on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_ADDRESS_IN_USE</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The specified network address is already being listened on.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The specified network address is already being listened on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_DISCONNECTED</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The connection has been terminated.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The connection has been terminated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS</constant></term> - <listitem><para>One or more invalid arguments have been passed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>One or more invalid arguments have been passed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested file could not be found.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested file could not be found.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_FILE_EXISTS</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested file already exists.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested file already exists.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_METHOD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested method does not exist in the selected interface.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested method does not exist in the selected interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_OBJECT</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested object does not exist in the selected service.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested object does not exist in the selected service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_INTERFACE</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested interface does not exist on the selected object.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested interface does not exist on the selected object.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PROPERTY</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested property does not exist in the selected interface.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested property does not exist in the selected interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_PROPERTY_READ_ONLY</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A write operation was requested on a read-only property.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A write operation was requested on a read-only property.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_UNIX_PROCESS_ID_UNKNOWN</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested PID is not known.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested PID is not known.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE</constant></term> <listitem><para>The specified message signature is not valid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_INCONSISTENT_MESSAGE</constant></term> <listitem><para>The passed message does not validate - correctly.</para></listitem> + correctly.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_MATCH_RULE_NOT_FOUND</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The specified match rule does not exist.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The specified match rule does not exist.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_MATCH_RULE_INVALID</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The specified match rule is invalid.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The specified match rule is invalid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_ERROR_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION_REQUIRED</constant></term> @@ -262,7 +320,9 @@ authorization, when interactive authorization was not enabled with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_bus_message_set_allow_interactive_authorization</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for the method call message.</para></listitem> + for the method call message.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/sd-login.xml b/man/sd-login.xml index 61b555a7ab..13035df2ff 100644 --- a/man/sd-login.xml +++ b/man/sd-login.xml @@ -99,7 +99,9 @@ character from the range [a-zA-Z0-9], <literal>_</literal> and <literal>-</literal>. They are suitable for use as file names. Seat names may or may not be stable and may be reused if a seat becomes available again. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -124,6 +126,8 @@ a user name (a string). A multi-session system allows multiple user sessions on the same seat at the same time. A multi-seat system allows multiple independent seats that can be individually and simultaneously used by different users.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -160,7 +164,9 @@ as well, in which case all (current and future) devices plugged into it will also be assigned to the same seat (unless they are explicitly assigned to another seat). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -171,7 +177,9 @@ seat hence consists of an arbitrary number of devices marked with the <literal>seat</literal> tag, but (at least) one of these devices needs to be tagged with <literal>master-of-seat</literal> before the seat is actually - considered to be around.</para></listitem> + considered to be around.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -187,7 +195,9 @@ need to enumerate all devices and check the <varname>ID_SEAT</varname> property manually. Again, if a device is assigned to seat0 this is visible on the device in two ways: with a property <varname>ID_SEAT=seat0</varname> and with no property - <varname>ID_SEAT</varname> set for it at all.</para></listitem> + <varname>ID_SEAT</varname> set for it at all.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -197,6 +207,8 @@ generates a new and independent seat, which is named after the path of the device. This is set for specialized USB hubs like the Pluggable devices, which when plugged in should create a hotplug seat without further configuration.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -207,7 +219,9 @@ device this is a good choice to name the seat after. It is created from the path of the device. This is useful in UIs for configuring seats: as soon as you create a new seat from a graphics device, read this property and prefix it with - <literal>seat-</literal> and use it as name for the seat.</para></listitem> + <literal>seat-</literal> and use it as name for the seat.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_add_node_enumerator.xml b/man/sd_bus_add_node_enumerator.xml index 541fa7b06d..fd793294d8 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_add_node_enumerator.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_add_node_enumerator.xml @@ -99,25 +99,33 @@ <listitem><para>One of the required parameters is <constant>NULL</constant> or <parameter>path</parameter> is not a valid object path. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_add_object.xml b/man/sd_bus_add_object.xml index 5a9e67abb0..702bbb0f6b 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_add_object.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_add_object.xml @@ -378,6 +378,8 @@ <para><constant>SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS()</constant> is a shorthand for calling <constant>SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET()</constant> with an offset of zero.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -405,6 +407,8 @@ <constant>SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS()</constant> over these macros as they allow specifying argument types and names next to each other which is less error-prone than first specifying all argument types followed by specifying all argument names.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -419,7 +423,9 @@ <replaceable>args</replaceable>. If a signal has no parameters, pass <constant>SD_BUS_NO_ARGS</constant> to <replaceable>args</replaceable>. The elements at uneven indices describe the names of the signal's arguments. Parameter <replaceable>flags</replaceable> is - a combination of flags. See below for a complete example.</para></listitem> + a combination of flags. See below for a complete example.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -440,6 +446,8 @@ <para>Prefer using <constant>SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS()</constant> over these macros as it allows specifying argument types and names next to each other which is less error-prone than first specifying all argument types followed by specifying all argument names.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -465,13 +473,17 @@ </para> <para><constant>SD_BUS_PROPERTY()</constant> is used to define a read-only property. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_PARAM()</constant></term> <listitem><para>Parameter names should be wrapped in this macro, see the example below. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> @@ -490,7 +502,9 @@ <listitem><para>Mark this vtable entry as deprecated using the <constant>org.freedesktop.DBus.Deprecated</constant> annotation in introspection data. If specified for <constant>SD_BUS_VTABLE_START()</constant>, the annotation is applied to the - enclosing interface.</para></listitem> + enclosing interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -498,7 +512,9 @@ <listitem><para>Make this vtable entry hidden. It will not be shown in introspection data. If specified for <constant>SD_BUS_VTABLE_START()</constant>, all entries in the array are - hidden.</para></listitem> + hidden.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -506,7 +522,9 @@ <listitem><para>Mark this vtable entry as a method that will not return a reply using the <constant>org.freedesktop.DBus.Method.NoReply</constant> annotation in introspection data. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -525,7 +543,9 @@ <constant>true</constant> and means that the signal is emitted. <constant>SD_BUS_VTABLE_PROPERTY_EMITS_INVALIDATION</constant> corresponds to <constant>invalidates</constant> and means that the signal is emitted, but the value is - not included in the signal.</para></listitem> + not included in the signal.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -536,7 +556,9 @@ cannot be combined with <constant>SD_BUS_VTABLE_PROPERTY_EMITS_CHANGE</constant>, and will not be shown in property listings by default (e.g. <command>busctl introspect</command>). This corresponds to the <constant>org.freedesktop.systemd1.Explicit</constant> annotation - in introspection data.</para></listitem> + in introspection data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -545,7 +567,9 @@ <listitem><para>Mark this vtable method entry as processing sensitive data. When set, incoming method call messages and their outgoing reply messages are marked as sensitive using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_bus_message_sensitive</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>, - so that they are erased from memory when freed.</para></listitem> + so that they are erased from memory when freed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -555,7 +579,9 @@ its associated handler functions is determined slightly differently: instead of adding the offset parameter of the entry to the user data pointer specified during vtable registration, the offset is passed directly, converted to a pointer, without taking the user data pointer specified during - vtable registration into account.</para></listitem> + vtable registration into account.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -572,6 +598,8 @@ <para>Note that vtable entries may be marked as unprivileged and the whole bus may be marked as trusted, see the discussion of <constant>SD_BUS_VTABLE_UNPRIVILEGED</constant> below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -597,7 +625,9 @@ additional policy that may permit or deny connections, see "CONFIGURATION FILE" in <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>dbus-daemon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> @@ -637,25 +667,33 @@ <listitem><para>One of the required parameters is <constant>NULL</constant> or invalid. A reserved D-Bus interface was passed as the <replaceable>interface</replaceable> parameter. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -663,7 +701,9 @@ <listitem><para><function>sd_bus_add_object_vtable()</function> and <function>sd_bus_add_fallback_vtable()</function> have been both called for the same bus - object path, which is not allowed.</para></listitem> + object path, which is not allowed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -671,7 +711,9 @@ <listitem><para>This vtable has already been registered for this <replaceable>interface</replaceable> and <replaceable>path</replaceable>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_add_object_manager.xml b/man/sd_bus_add_object_manager.xml index 6c66fd3001..e178be9966 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_add_object_manager.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_add_object_manager.xml @@ -78,25 +78,33 @@ <listitem><para>One of the required parameters is <constant>NULL</constant> or <parameter>path</parameter> is not a valid object path. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_call.xml b/man/sd_bus_call.xml index 1f7dfc2e82..ee8104deb4 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_call.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_call.xml @@ -123,7 +123,9 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>m</parameter> is <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>m</parameter> is not a D-Bus method call. To create a new D-Bus method call, use @@ -142,40 +144,52 @@ <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus connection was allocated in a parent process and is being reused - in a child process after <function>fork()</function>.</para></listitem> + in a child process after <function>fork()</function>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOTCONN</constant></term> <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>bus</parameter> is - <constant>NULL</constant> or the bus is not connected.</para></listitem> + <constant>NULL</constant> or the bus is not connected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECONNRESET</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus connection was closed while waiting for the response. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ETIMEDOUT</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A response was not received within the given timeout.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A response was not received within the given timeout.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ELOOP</constant></term> <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> is addressed to its own client. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_can_send.xml b/man/sd_bus_can_send.xml index 632d9bc4ee..c7397629bb 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_can_send.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_can_send.xml @@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> could not be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -66,14 +68,18 @@ <term><constant>-ENOTCONN</constant></term> <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>bus</parameter> is - <constant>NULL</constant> or the bus is not connected.</para></listitem> + <constant>NULL</constant> or the bus is not connected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> was created in a different - process.</para></listitem> + process.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_default.xml b/man/sd_bus_default.xml index 8be4254be1..a5f0ffb67f 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_default.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_default.xml @@ -306,7 +306,9 @@ <listitem><para>The requested bus type is not available because of invalid environment (for example the user session bus is not available because <varname>$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR</varname> is not set). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_emit_signal.xml b/man/sd_bus_emit_signal.xml index ec2a7976fd..865120656e 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_emit_signal.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_emit_signal.xml @@ -214,25 +214,33 @@ <listitem><para>One of the required parameters is <constant>NULL</constant> or invalid. A reserved D-Bus interface was passed as the <replaceable>interface</replaceable> parameter. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -243,7 +251,9 @@ <function>sd_bus_emit_object_added()</function> or <function>sd_bus_emit_object_removed()</function> was called on an object without an object manager registered on its own object path or one of its parent object paths. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_enqueue_for_read.xml b/man/sd_bus_enqueue_for_read.xml index 601edafd6a..782271ccf1 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_enqueue_for_read.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_enqueue_for_read.xml @@ -67,7 +67,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus connection has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus connection has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_get_fd.xml b/man/sd_bus_get_fd.xml index 114b920c6c..6484761a0d 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_get_fd.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_get_fd.xml @@ -150,7 +150,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_get_name_creds.xml b/man/sd_bus_get_name_creds.xml index 5444eeddb1..7ebe58c17b 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_get_name_creds.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_get_name_creds.xml @@ -77,31 +77,41 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>An argument is invalid.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>An argument is invalid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus has already been started.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus has already been started.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_get_name_machine_id.xml b/man/sd_bus_get_name_machine_id.xml index cd702e4063..f0478742bd 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_get_name_machine_id.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_get_name_machine_id.xml @@ -60,25 +60,33 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>An argument is invalid.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>An argument is invalid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid.xml b/man/sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid.xml index 81a3fad0e2..f234ce72f6 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid.xml @@ -77,7 +77,9 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The <parameter>p</parameter> parameter is - <constant>NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_list_names.xml b/man/sd_bus_list_names.xml index 998c286663..62a28045c7 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_list_names.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_list_names.xml @@ -67,31 +67,41 @@ <listitem><para><parameter>bus</parameter> or both <parameter>acquired</parameter> and <parameter>activatable</parameter> were <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOTCONN</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus is not connected.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus is not connected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_message_at_end.xml b/man/sd_bus_message_at_end.xml index 9cff48a2ba..da3343d960 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_message_at_end.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_message_at_end.xml @@ -60,13 +60,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The <parameter>m</parameter> parameter is <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The message is not sealed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The message is not sealed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_message_open_container.xml b/man/sd_bus_message_open_container.xml index 0b9164e9bf..d08382edf0 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_message_open_container.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_message_open_container.xml @@ -118,13 +118,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para><parameter>m</parameter> or <parameter>contents</parameter> are - <constant>NULL</constant> or <parameter>type</parameter> is invalid.</para></listitem> + <constant>NULL</constant> or <parameter>type</parameter> is invalid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EBADMSG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Message <parameter>m</parameter> has invalid structure.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Message <parameter>m</parameter> has invalid structure.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -132,32 +136,42 @@ <listitem><para>Message <parameter>m</parameter> does not have a container of type <parameter>type</parameter> at the current position, or the contents do not match - <parameter>contents</parameter>.</para></listitem> + <parameter>contents</parameter>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> is already sealed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> is already sealed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ESTALE</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> is in an invalid state.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> is in an invalid state.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EBUSY</constant></term> <listitem><para><function>sd_bus_message_exit_container()</function> was called but there are - unread members left in the container.</para></listitem> + unread members left in the container.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_message_read.xml b/man/sd_bus_message_read.xml index aa325f39c2..9f75478e8d 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_message_read.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_message_read.xml @@ -185,7 +185,9 @@ <term><constant>-EBUSY</constant></term> <listitem><para>When reading from a container, this error will be returned if unread elements - are left in the container.</para></listitem> + are left in the container.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_message_read_strv.xml b/man/sd_bus_message_read_strv.xml index f034d02d8a..a88dab9fd2 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_message_read_strv.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_message_read_strv.xml @@ -75,26 +75,34 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para><parameter>m</parameter> or <parameter>l</parameter> are <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The message is not sealed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The message is not sealed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EBADMSG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The message cannot be parsed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The message cannot be parsed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENXIO</constant></term> <listitem><para>The message "read pointer" is not right before an array of the appropriate type. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_message_seal.xml b/man/sd_bus_message_seal.xml index 53d3a218bb..ced9f9773a 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_message_seal.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_message_seal.xml @@ -68,14 +68,18 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The <parameter>m</parameter> parameter is <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EBADMSG</constant></term> <listitem><para>The D-Bus message <parameter>m</parameter> has open containers. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -83,7 +87,9 @@ <listitem><para>The D-Bus message <parameter>m</parameter> is a reply but its type signature does not match the return type signature of its corresponding member in the - object vtable.</para></listitem> + object vtable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_message_sensitive.xml b/man/sd_bus_message_sensitive.xml index f953965983..7822ee87be 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_message_sensitive.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_message_sensitive.xml @@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The <parameter>message</parameter> parameter is - <constant>NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_negotiate_fds.xml b/man/sd_bus_negotiate_fds.xml index 22b6817de3..e88ef4a657 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_negotiate_fds.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_negotiate_fds.xml @@ -125,19 +125,25 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>An argument is invalid.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>An argument is invalid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_query_sender_creds.xml b/man/sd_bus_query_sender_creds.xml index b8fc7b3991..f6aa1d11e6 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_query_sender_creds.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_query_sender_creds.xml @@ -91,26 +91,34 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> or an output parameter is - <constant>NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOTCONN</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus of <parameter>m</parameter> is not connected.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus of <parameter>m</parameter> is not connected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus of <parameter>m</parameter> was created in a different process, library or module instance. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> is not sealed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The message <parameter>m</parameter> is not sealed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_reply_method_return.xml b/man/sd_bus_reply_method_return.xml index b9003e8293..4810413575 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_reply_method_return.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_reply_method_return.xml @@ -78,6 +78,8 @@ <para>Message <parameter>call</parameter> is not attached to a bus.</para> <para>Message <parameter>m</parameter> is not a method reply message.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -85,20 +87,26 @@ <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> <listitem><para>Message <parameter>call</parameter> has been sealed. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOTCONN</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus to which message <parameter>call</parameter> is attached is not - connected.</para></listitem> + connected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_request_name.xml b/man/sd_bus_request_name.xml index 28fda406a5..64b1dcd411 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_request_name.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_request_name.xml @@ -78,7 +78,9 @@ <listitem><para>After acquiring the name successfully, permit other peers to take over the name when they try to acquire it with the <constant>SD_BUS_NAME_REPLACE_EXISTING</constant> flag set. If <constant>SD_BUS_NAME_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT</constant> is not set on the original request, such a request by other - peers will be denied.</para></listitem> + peers will be denied.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -86,13 +88,17 @@ <listitem><para>Take over the name if it was already acquired by another peer, and that other peer has permitted takeover by setting <constant>SD_BUS_NAME_ALLOW_REPLACEMENT</constant> while acquiring - it.</para></listitem> + it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SD_BUS_NAME_QUEUE</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Queue the acquisition of the name when the name is already taken.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Queue the acquisition of the name when the name is already taken.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_send.xml b/man/sd_bus_send.xml index 315ad077ed..7088d67299 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_send.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_send.xml @@ -104,47 +104,61 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>m</parameter> is <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EOPNOTSUPP</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus connection does not support sending file descriptors. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus connection was allocated in a parent process and is being reused in a child - process after <function>fork()</function>.</para></listitem> + process after <function>fork()</function>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOBUFS</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus connection's write queue is full.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus connection's write queue is full.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOTCONN</constant></term> <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>bus</parameter> is - <constant>NULL</constant> or the bus is not connected.</para></listitem> + <constant>NULL</constant> or the bus is not connected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECONNRESET</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus connection was closed while waiting for the response. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_set_address.xml b/man/sd_bus_set_address.xml index 21742bdf5f..615d1f5d19 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_set_address.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_set_address.xml @@ -134,13 +134,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The input parameters <parameter>bus</parameter> or <parameter>address</parameter> are <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> could not be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -149,6 +153,8 @@ <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>bus</parameter> is in a wrong state (<function>sd_bus_set_address()</function> may only be called once on a newly-created bus object).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -157,6 +163,8 @@ <listitem><para>The bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> was created in a different process.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -164,6 +172,8 @@ <term><constant>-ENODATA</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> has no address configured.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_set_description.xml b/man/sd_bus_set_description.xml index 783a0b7922..dda54f4ebf 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_set_description.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_set_description.xml @@ -215,7 +215,9 @@ <term><constant>-ENODATA</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus object passed to <function>sd_bus_get_scope()</function> was not a - system or user session bus.</para></listitem> + system or user session bus.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -225,7 +227,9 @@ default bus object and is not attached to an event loop.</para> <para>The bus object passed to <function>sd_bus_get_description()</function> did - not have a <parameter>description</parameter>.</para></listitem> + not have a <parameter>description</parameter>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect.xml b/man/sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect.xml index aee5adffb3..6d2092601b 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect.xml @@ -80,19 +80,25 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A required parameter was <constant>NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A required parameter was <constant>NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus object could not be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus object could not be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus connection was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus connection was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_set_fd.xml b/man/sd_bus_set_fd.xml index a79458a534..3479d117fb 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_set_fd.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_set_fd.xml @@ -72,33 +72,43 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>An invalid bus object was passed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>An invalid bus object was passed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> <listitem><para>The bus connection was allocated in a parent process and is being reused - in a child process after <function>fork()</function>.</para></listitem> + in a child process after <function>fork()</function>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EBADF</constant></term> <listitem><para>An invalid file descriptor was passed to - <function>sd_bus_set_fd()</function>.</para></listitem> + <function>sd_bus_set_fd()</function>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus connection has already been started.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus connection has already been started.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout.xml b/man/sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout.xml index 0db13e22ae..1dec4ca62a 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout.xml @@ -74,13 +74,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The parameters <parameter>bus</parameter> or <parameter>ret</parameter> - are <constant>NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + are <constant>NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> <listitem><para>Bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> could not be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_set_server.xml b/man/sd_bus_set_server.xml index 7c4b087628..36c4933fad 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_set_server.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_set_server.xml @@ -147,19 +147,25 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus connection has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus connection has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus connection has already been started.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus connection has already been started.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus cannot be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -167,13 +173,17 @@ <listitem><para>A required parameter was <constant>NULL</constant> or <parameter>b</parameter> was zero and <parameter>id</parameter> did not equal - <constant>SD_ID128_NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>SD_ID128_NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOTCONN</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The bus is not connected.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus is not connected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_bus_start.xml b/man/sd_bus_start.xml index 68fe3e0e22..824f070082 100644 --- a/man/sd_bus_start.xml +++ b/man/sd_bus_start.xml @@ -76,13 +76,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>bus</parameter> is <constant>NULL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOPKG</constant></term> <listitem><para>Bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> could not be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -91,6 +95,8 @@ <listitem><para>The input parameter <parameter>bus</parameter> is in a wrong state (<function>sd_bus_start()</function> may only be called once on a newly-created bus object).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -99,6 +105,8 @@ <listitem><para>The bus object <parameter>bus</parameter> was created in a different process.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_device_get_syspath.xml b/man/sd_device_get_syspath.xml index 54cb87a3f4..e78f5db657 100644 --- a/man/sd_device_get_syspath.xml +++ b/man/sd_device_get_syspath.xml @@ -174,13 +174,17 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A specified parameter is invalid.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A specified parameter is invalid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOENT</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The requested field is not present in the device record.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The requested field is not present in the device record.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_event_add_child.xml b/man/sd_event_add_child.xml index 31b9d76340..5977290a0b 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_add_child.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_add_child.xml @@ -302,7 +302,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EOPNOTSUPP</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A pidfd was requested but the kernel does not support this concept.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A pidfd was requested but the kernel does not support this concept.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_event_add_inotify.xml b/man/sd_event_add_inotify.xml index 1f31907b0d..c8eebe6a70 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_add_inotify.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_add_inotify.xml @@ -183,14 +183,18 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EBADF</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The passed file descriptor is not valid.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The passed file descriptor is not valid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOSYS</constant></term> <listitem><para><function>sd_event_add_inotify_fd()</function> was called without - <filename>/proc/</filename> mounted.</para></listitem> + <filename>/proc/</filename> mounted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_event_add_io.xml b/man/sd_event_add_io.xml index d5495732a7..e67135edb2 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_add_io.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_add_io.xml @@ -285,7 +285,9 @@ project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>epoll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> API, for example because it is a regular file or directory. See <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>epoll_ctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_event_add_memory_pressure.xml b/man/sd_event_add_memory_pressure.xml index 08a27d15c1..20da8fdbb3 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_add_memory_pressure.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_add_memory_pressure.xml @@ -181,13 +181,17 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Not enough memory to allocate an object.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Not enough memory to allocate an object.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>An invalid argument has been passed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>An invalid argument has been passed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -195,28 +199,36 @@ <listitem><para>The <varname>$MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH</varname> variable has been set to the literal string <filename>/dev/null</filename>, in order to explicitly disable memory pressure - handling.</para></listitem> + handling.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EBADMSG</constant></term> <listitem><para>The <varname>$MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH</varname> variable has been set to an invalid - string, for example a relative rather than an absolute path.</para></listitem> + string, for example a relative rather than an absolute path.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOTTY</constant></term> <listitem><para>The <varname>$MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH</varname> variable points to a regular file - outside of the procfs or cgroupfs file systems.</para></listitem> + outside of the procfs or cgroupfs file systems.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EOPNOTSUPP</constant></term> <listitem><para>No configuration via <varname>$MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH</varname> has been specified - and the local kernel does not support the PSI interface.</para></listitem> + and the local kernel does not support the PSI interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -224,25 +236,33 @@ <listitem><para>This is returned by <function>sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type()</function> and <function>sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period()</function> if invoked on event sources - at a time later than immediately after allocating them.</para></listitem> + at a time later than immediately after allocating them.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ESTALE</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The event loop is already terminated.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The event loop is already terminated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EDOM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The passed event source is not a signal event source.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The passed event source is not a signal event source.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_event_add_time.xml b/man/sd_event_add_time.xml index 864cf9b268..2cb48d8cea 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_add_time.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_add_time.xml @@ -291,7 +291,9 @@ <term><constant>-EOVERFLOW</constant></term> <listitem><para>The passed relative time is outside of the allowed range for time values (i.e. the - specified value added to the current time is outside the 64 bit unsigned integer range).</para></listitem> + specified value added to the current time is outside the 64 bit unsigned integer range).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_event_set_signal_exit.xml b/man/sd_event_set_signal_exit.xml index cdf49a54f9..3a343f5f16 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_set_signal_exit.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_set_signal_exit.xml @@ -72,13 +72,17 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The passed event loop object was invalid.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The passed event loop object was invalid.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure.xml b/man/sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure.xml index 6f839cddc0..fbdb71ba73 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure.xml @@ -74,7 +74,9 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para><parameter>source</parameter> is not a valid pointer to an - <structname>sd_event_source</structname> object.</para></listitem> + <structname>sd_event_source</structname> object.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -82,7 +84,9 @@ <listitem><para>The event source refers to an exit event source (as created with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_event_add_exit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>), - for which this functionality is not supported.</para></listitem> + for which this functionality is not supported.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_event_source_set_floating.xml b/man/sd_event_source_set_floating.xml index db288094b6..1d038bd6ea 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_source_set_floating.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_source_set_floating.xml @@ -83,13 +83,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para><parameter>source</parameter> is not a valid pointer to an - <structname>sd_event_source</structname> object.</para></listitem> + <structname>sd_event_source</structname> object.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/sd_event_source_set_ratelimit.xml b/man/sd_event_source_set_ratelimit.xml index 89eb34fa9b..dc818bd571 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_source_set_ratelimit.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_source_set_ratelimit.xml @@ -125,27 +125,35 @@ <listitem><para><parameter>source</parameter> is not a valid pointer to an <structname>sd_event_source</structname> object. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The event loop has been created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EDOM</constant></term> <listitem><para>It was attempted to use the rate limiting feature on an event source type that does - not support rate limiting.</para></listitem> + not support rate limiting.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOEXEC</constant></term> <listitem><para><function>sd_event_source_get_ratelimit()</function> was called on an event source - that doesn't have rate limiting configured.</para></listitem> + that doesn't have rate limiting configured.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_event_wait.xml b/man/sd_event_wait.xml index dedf3c40be..6787a63f6f 100644 --- a/man/sd_event_wait.xml +++ b/man/sd_event_wait.xml @@ -145,7 +145,9 @@ before each event loop iteration. Use <function>sd_event_prepare()</function> to transition the event loop into the <constant>SD_EVENT_ARMED</constant> or - <constant>SD_EVENT_PENDING</constant> states.</para></listitem> + <constant>SD_EVENT_PENDING</constant> states.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -159,7 +161,9 @@ that is invoked from the <function>sd_event_prepare()</function> call and is immediately followed by <constant>SD_EVENT_ARMED</constant> or - <constant>SD_EVENT_PENDING</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>SD_EVENT_PENDING</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -170,7 +174,9 @@ dispatched. Use <function>sd_event_wait()</function> to wait for new events, and transition into <constant>SD_EVENT_PENDING</constant> or back into - <constant>SD_EVENT_INITIAL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>SD_EVENT_INITIAL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -182,7 +188,9 @@ <function>sd_event_dispatch()</function> to dispatch the highest priority event source and transition back to <constant>SD_EVENT_INITIAL</constant>, or - <constant>SD_EVENT_FINISHED</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>SD_EVENT_FINISHED</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -196,7 +204,9 @@ or <constant>SD_EVENT_FINISHED</constant> as soon the event source handler returns. Note that during dispatching of exit event sources the <constant>SD_EVENT_EXITING</constant> state - is seen instead.</para></listitem> + is seen instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -207,7 +217,9 @@ effect while dispatching exit event sources. It is followed by <constant>SD_EVENT_INITIAL</constant> or <constant>SD_EVENT_FINISHED</constant> as soon as the event - handler returns.</para></listitem> + handler returns.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -215,7 +227,9 @@ <listitem><para>The event loop has exited. All exit event sources have run. If the event loop is in this state it serves - no purpose anymore, and should be freed.</para></listitem> + no purpose anymore, and should be freed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_hwdb_get.xml b/man/sd_hwdb_get.xml index 6a6594f3f8..57e62e406c 100644 --- a/man/sd_hwdb_get.xml +++ b/man/sd_hwdb_get.xml @@ -108,21 +108,27 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A parameter is <constant>NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A parameter is <constant>NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOENT</constant></term> <listitem><para>An entry for the specified <parameter>modalias</parameter> was not found. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EAGAIN</constant></term> <listitem><para><function>sd_hwdb_seek()</function> was not called before - <function>sd_hwdb_enumerate()</function>.</para></listitem> + <function>sd_hwdb_enumerate()</function>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_hwdb_new.xml b/man/sd_hwdb_new.xml index 0584add423..0c817f725c 100644 --- a/man/sd_hwdb_new.xml +++ b/man/sd_hwdb_new.xml @@ -96,6 +96,8 @@ <listitem><para>The binary hardware database file could not be located. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-hwdb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -103,13 +105,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>The located binary hardware database file is in an incompatible format. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_id128_get_machine.xml b/man/sd_id128_get_machine.xml index ea9f999f88..40b9b6f582 100644 --- a/man/sd_id128_get_machine.xml +++ b/man/sd_id128_get_machine.xml @@ -141,7 +141,9 @@ <listitem><para>Returned by <function>sd_id128_get_machine()</function> and <function>sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific()</function> when <filename>/etc/machine-id</filename> - is missing.</para></listitem> + is missing.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -150,7 +152,9 @@ <listitem><para>Returned by <function>sd_id128_get_machine()</function> and <function>sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific()</function> when <filename>/etc/machine-id</filename> is empty or all zeros. Also returned by <function>sd_id128_get_invocation()</function> when the - invocation ID is all zeros.</para></listitem> + invocation ID is all zeros.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -158,7 +162,9 @@ <listitem><para>Returned by <function>sd_id128_get_machine()</function> and <function>sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific()</function> when the content of - <filename>/etc/machine-id</filename> is <literal>uninitialized</literal>.</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/machine-id</filename> is <literal>uninitialized</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -166,28 +172,36 @@ <listitem><para>Returned by <function>sd_id128_get_boot()</function> and <function>sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()</function> when <filename>/proc/</filename> is not - mounted.</para></listitem> + mounted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENXIO</constant></term> <listitem><para>Returned by <function>sd_id128_get_invocation()</function> if no invocation ID is - set.</para></listitem> + set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EUCLEAN</constant></term> <listitem><para>Returned by any of the functions described here when the configured value has - invalid format.</para></listitem> + invalid format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EPERM</constant></term> <listitem><para>Requested information could not be retrieved because of insufficient permissions. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_journal_get_data.xml b/man/sd_journal_get_data.xml index 9a90f95d1a..bf64b1b088 100644 --- a/man/sd_journal_get_data.xml +++ b/man/sd_journal_get_data.xml @@ -162,13 +162,17 @@ <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> <listitem><para>One of the required parameters is <constant>NULL</constant> or invalid. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='ECHILD'> <term><constant>-ECHILD</constant></term> - <listitem><para>The journal object was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The journal object was created in a different process, library or module instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='EADDRNOTAVAIL'> @@ -176,53 +180,69 @@ <listitem><para>The read pointer is not positioned at a valid entry; <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_journal_next</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> - or a related call has not been called at least once.</para></listitem> + or a related call has not been called at least once.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='ENOENT'> <term><constant>-ENOENT</constant></term> <listitem><para>The current entry does not include the specified field.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='ENOMEM'> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='ENOBUFS'> <term><constant>-ENOBUFS</constant></term> - <listitem><para>A compressed entry is too large.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A compressed entry is too large.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='E2BIG'> <term><constant>-E2BIG</constant></term> <listitem><para>The data field is too large for this computer architecture (e.g. above 4 GB on a - 32-bit architecture).</para></listitem> + 32-bit architecture).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='EPROTONOSUPPORT'> <term><constant>-EPROTONOSUPPORT</constant></term> <listitem><para>The journal is compressed with an unsupported method or the journal uses an - unsupported feature.</para></listitem> + unsupported feature.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='EBADMSG'> <term><constant>-EBADMSG</constant></term> <listitem><para>The journal is corrupted (possibly just the entry being iterated over). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='EIO'> <term><constant>-EIO</constant></term> - <listitem><para>An I/O error was reported by the kernel.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>An I/O error was reported by the kernel.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_notify.xml b/man/sd_notify.xml index a286beaf45..af6863ec6b 100644 --- a/man/sd_notify.xml +++ b/man/sd_notify.xml @@ -133,7 +133,9 @@ service manager is notified about with this mechanisms are propagated in the same way as they are when originally initiated through the service manager. This message is particularly relevant for <varname>Type=notify-reload</varname> services, to inform the service manager that the request to - reload the service has been received and is now being processed.</para></listitem> + reload the service has been received and is now being processed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -144,7 +146,9 @@ generated by the client. This is typically used in combination with <literal>RELOADING=1</literal>, to allow the service manager to properly synchronize reload cycles. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details, specifically <literal>Type=notify-reload</literal>.</para></listitem> + for details, specifically <literal>Type=notify-reload</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -152,7 +156,9 @@ <listitem><para>Tells the service manager that the service is beginning its shutdown. This is useful to allow the service manager to track the service's internal state, and present it to the - user.</para></listitem> + user.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -162,7 +168,9 @@ the service state. This is free-form and can be used for various purposes: general state feedback, fsck-like programs could pass completion percentages and failing programs could pass a human-readable error message. Example: <literal>STATUS=Completed 66% of file system - check…</literal></para></listitem> + check…</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -172,35 +180,45 @@ <varname>NotifyAccess=</varname> setting in the service unit file. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details, specifically <literal>NotifyAccess=</literal> for a list of accepted - values.</para></listitem> + values.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>ERRNO=…</term> <listitem><para>If a service fails, the errno-style error code, formatted as string. Example: - <literal>ERRNO=2</literal> for ENOENT.</para></listitem> + <literal>ERRNO=2</literal> for ENOENT.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>BUSERROR=…</term> <listitem><para>If a service fails, the D-Bus error-style error code. Example: - <literal>BUSERROR=org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.TimedOut</literal></para></listitem> + <literal>BUSERROR=org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.TimedOut</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>EXIT_STATUS=…</term> <listitem><para>If a service exits, the return value of its <function>main()</function> function. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>MAINPID=…</term> <listitem><para>The main process ID (PID) of the service, in case the service manager did not fork - off the process itself. Example: <literal>MAINPID=4711</literal></para></listitem> + off the process itself. Example: <literal>MAINPID=4711</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -224,7 +242,9 @@ in time. Note that <varname>WatchdogSec=</varname> does not need to be enabled for <literal>WATCHDOG=trigger</literal> to trigger the watchdog action. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for information about the watchdog behavior. </para></listitem> + for information about the watchdog behavior. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -233,7 +253,9 @@ <listitem><para>Reset <varname>watchdog_usec</varname> value during runtime. Notice that this is not available when using <function>sd_event_set_watchdog()</function> or <function>sd_watchdog_enabled()</function>. Example : - <literal>WATCHDOG_USEC=20000000</literal></para></listitem> + <literal>WATCHDOG_USEC=20000000</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -246,7 +268,9 @@ <varname>TimeoutStartSec=</varname>, <varname>RuntimeMaxSec=</varname>, and <varname>TimeoutStopSec=</varname>. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for effects on the service timeouts.</para></listitem> + for effects on the service timeouts.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -274,7 +298,9 @@ stopped, its file descriptor store is discarded and all file descriptors in it are closed. Use <function>sd_pid_notify_with_fds()</function> to send messages with <literal>FDSTORE=1</literal>, see below. The service manager will set the <varname>$FDSTORE</varname> environment variable for services - that have the file descriptor store enabled.</para></listitem> + that have the file descriptor store enabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -282,7 +308,9 @@ <listitem><para>Removes file descriptors from the file descriptor store. This field needs to be combined with <varname>FDNAME=</varname> to specify the name of the file descriptors to - remove.</para></listitem> + remove.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -299,7 +327,9 @@ them in separate invocations of <function>sd_pid_notify_with_fds()</function>. The name may consist of arbitrary ASCII characters except control characters or <literal>:</literal>. It may not be longer than 255 characters. If a submitted name does not follow these restrictions, it is - ignored.</para></listitem> + ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -310,7 +340,9 @@ automatic cleanup of the stored file descriptors on EPOLLERR and EPOLLHUP, care must be taken to ensure proper manual cleanup. Use of this option is not generally recommended except for when automatic cleanup has unwanted behavior such as prematurely discarding file descriptors from the - store.</para></listitem> + store.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -323,7 +355,9 @@ file descriptor can be used to synchronize against reception of all previous status messages. Note that this command cannot be mixed with other notifications, and has to be sent in a separate message to the service manager, otherwise all assignments will be ignored. Note that sending 0 or more than 1 - file descriptor with this command is a violation of the protocol.</para></listitem> + file descriptor with this command is a violation of the protocol.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/sd_path_lookup.xml b/man/sd_path_lookup.xml index 4c1346712b..5c8b84b104 100644 --- a/man/sd_path_lookup.xml +++ b/man/sd_path_lookup.xml @@ -169,13 +169,17 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EOPNOTSUPP</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Unknown identifier <parameter>type</parameter>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Unknown identifier <parameter>type</parameter>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-EINVAL</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Output argument is <constant>NULL</constant>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Output argument is <constant>NULL</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -183,13 +187,17 @@ <listitem><para>Query failed because of an undefined environment variable (e.g. for <constant>SD_PATH_USER_RUNTIME</constant> when <varname>$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR</varname> is not - defined).</para></listitem> + defined).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>-ENOMEM</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Memory allocation failed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/sd_watchdog_enabled.xml b/man/sd_watchdog_enabled.xml index 352b3606d7..644342f273 100644 --- a/man/sd_watchdog_enabled.xml +++ b/man/sd_watchdog_enabled.xml @@ -114,7 +114,9 @@ <listitem><para>Set by the system manager for supervised process for which watchdog support is enabled, and contains the PID of that process. See above for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -123,7 +125,9 @@ <listitem><para>Set by the system manager for supervised process for which watchdog support is enabled, and contains the watchdog timeout in μs. See above for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/shutdown.xml b/man/shutdown.xml index 24a934f45e..d973704ca0 100644 --- a/man/shutdown.xml +++ b/man/shutdown.xml @@ -122,7 +122,9 @@ <term><option>--show</option></term> <listitem><para>Show a pending shutdown action and time if - there is any.</para></listitem> + there is any.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/smbios-type-11.xml b/man/smbios-type-11.xml index c95dc741c9..ea7cf4c085 100644 --- a/man/smbios-type-11.xml +++ b/man/smbios-type-11.xml @@ -50,7 +50,9 @@ form. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <ulink url="https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS">System and Service Credentials</ulink> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -58,7 +60,9 @@ <listitem><para>This allows configuration of additional kernel command line options, and is read by the kernel UEFI stub. For details see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-stub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-stub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemctl.xml b/man/systemctl.xml index 7d114897f2..2a5597728c 100644 --- a/man/systemctl.xml +++ b/man/systemctl.xml @@ -124,6 +124,8 @@ binfmt_misc /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc yes 0 proc-sys-fs-binfmt_mis </para> <para>Also see <option>--show-types</option>, <option>--all</option>, and <option>--state=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -144,6 +146,8 @@ PATH CONDITION UNIT </para> <para>Also see <option>--show-types</option>, <option>--all</option>, and <option>--state=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -631,7 +635,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err current unit process exists. Note that the namespace mentioned here, where the bind mount will be added to, is the one where the main service process runs. Other processes (those exececuted by <option>ExecReload=</option>, <option>ExecStartPre=</option>, etc.) run in distinct namespaces. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -664,7 +670,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Example: <programlisting>systemctl mount-image foo.service /tmp/img.raw /var/lib/image root:ro,nosuid</programlisting> <programlisting>systemctl mount-image --mkdir bar.service /tmp/img.raw /var/lib/baz/img</programlisting> - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -688,7 +696,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <citerefentry><refentrytitle>org.freedesktop.LogControl1</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface. (<filename>systemctl</filename> will use the generic D-Bus protocol to access the <interfacename>org.freedesktop.LogControl1.LogLevel</interfacename> interface for the D-Bus name - <replaceable>destination</replaceable>.)</para></listitem> + <replaceable>destination</replaceable>.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -720,7 +730,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <citerefentry><refentrytitle>org.freedesktop.LogControl1</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> interface. (<filename>systemctl</filename> will use the generic D-Bus protocol to access the <interfacename>org.freedesktop.LogControl1.LogLevel</interfacename> interface for the D-Bus name - <replaceable>destination</replaceable>.)</para></listitem> + <replaceable>destination</replaceable>.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -746,7 +758,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <listitem><para>Returns the units the processes referenced by the given PIDs belong to (one per line). If no PID is specified returns the unit the <command>systemctl</command> command is invoked - in.</para></listitem> + in.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -767,6 +781,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Unlike <command>list-units</command> this command will list template units in addition to explicitly instantiated units.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -861,6 +877,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>This command honors <option>--system</option>, <option>--user</option>, <option>--runtime</option>, <option>--global</option> and <option>--no-warn</option> in a similar way as <command>enable</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -872,6 +890,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <command>disable</command> and <command>enable</command> and is useful to reset the symlinks a unit file is enabled with to the defaults configured in its [Install] section. This command expects a unit name only, it does not accept paths to unit files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -895,6 +915,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>For more information on the preset policy format, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.preset</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -908,6 +930,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Use <option>--preset-mode=</option> to control whether units shall be enabled and disabled, or only enabled, or only disabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1005,6 +1029,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err </tgroup> </table> + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> + </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1030,6 +1056,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err placed precisely in the two aforementioned directories). Similar restrictions apply for <option>--user</option> mode, in which case the directories are below the user's home directory however.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1040,6 +1068,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Unmask one or more unit files, as specified on the command line. This will undo the effect of <command>mask</command>. This command expects valid unit names only, it does not accept unit file paths.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1054,6 +1084,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err file system where the linked unit files are located must be accessible when systemd is started (e.g. anything underneath <filename>/home/</filename> or <filename>/var/</filename> is not allowed, unless those directories are located on the root file system).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1076,6 +1108,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Effectively, this command may be used to undo all changes made with <command>systemctl edit</command>, <command>systemctl set-property</command> and <command>systemctl mask</command> and puts the original unit file with its settings back in effect.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1095,6 +1129,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <option>--global</option> in a way similar to <command>enable</command>.</para> + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> + </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1138,6 +1174,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err and that you cannot temporarily edit units which are in <filename>/etc/</filename>, since they take precedence over <filename>/run/</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1158,6 +1196,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Set the default target to boot into. This sets (symlinks) the <filename>default.target</filename> alias to the given target unit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1177,6 +1217,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <replaceable>PATTERN</replaceable>s are specified, only containers matching one of them are shown. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1197,6 +1239,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>When combined with <option>--after</option> or <option>--before</option> the list is augmented with information on which other job each job is waiting for, and which other jobs are waiting for it, see above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1206,6 +1250,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Cancel one or more jobs specified on the command line by their numeric job IDs. If no job ID is specified, cancel all pending jobs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1258,6 +1304,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>Set one or more systemd manager environment variables, as specified on the command line. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1269,6 +1317,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err removed regardless of its value. If a variable and a value are specified, the variable is only removed if it has the specified value.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1290,6 +1340,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err arguments) is deprecated. A shell will set dozens of variables which only make sense locally and are only meant for processes which are descendants of the shell. Such variables in the global environment block are confusing to other processes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1339,7 +1391,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err current log level of the manager to <replaceable>LEVEL</replaceable> (accepts the same values as <option>--log-level=</option> described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1350,7 +1404,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err current log target of the manager to <replaceable>TARGET</replaceable> (accepts the same values as <option>--log-target=</option>, described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1361,7 +1417,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err service runtime watchdogs (<option>WatchdogSec=</option>) and emergency actions (e.g. <option>OnFailure=</option> or <option>StartLimitAction=</option>); see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - The hardware watchdog is not affected by this setting.</para></listitem> + The hardware watchdog is not affected by this setting.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> @@ -1463,6 +1521,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err </tbody> </tgroup> </table> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1548,6 +1608,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>This command honors <option>--force</option> and <option>--when=</option> in a similar way as <command>halt</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1594,6 +1656,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>This operation only reboots userspace, leaving the kernel running. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-soft-reboot.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1608,6 +1672,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>The service manager will exit with the specified exit code, if <replaceable>EXIT_CODE</replaceable> is passed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1626,6 +1692,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err omitted, equal to the empty string or identical to the path to the systemd binary, the state of the initrd's system manager process is passed to the main system manager, which allows later introspection of the state of the services involved in the initrd boot phase.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1667,6 +1735,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err This will trigger activation of the special target unit <filename>suspend-then-hibernate.target</filename>. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hybrid sleep operation is successfully enqueued. It will not wait for the sleep/wake-up or hibernate/thaw cycle to complete.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1754,6 +1824,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>As a special case, if one of the arguments is <option>help</option>, a list of allowed values will be printed and the program will exit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1798,6 +1870,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err value of the property without the property name or <literal>=</literal>. Note that using <option>-P</option> once will also affect all properties listed with <option>-p</option>/<option>--property=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1832,6 +1906,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err containers. Units of local containers will be prefixed with the container name, separated by a single colon character (<literal>:</literal>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1846,6 +1922,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <varname>PartOf=</varname>, <varname>BoundBy=</varname>, instead of <varname>Wants=</varname> and similar. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1888,6 +1966,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>When passed to the <command>list-jobs</command> command, for each printed job show which other jobs it is waiting for. May be combined with <option>--after</option> to show both the jobs waiting for each job as well as all jobs each job is waiting for.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1904,6 +1984,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <option>--after</option>, <option>--before</option> may be used to change what types of dependencies are shown.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1928,6 +2010,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <listitem> <para>When printing properties with <command>show</command>, only print the value, and skip the property name and <literal>=</literal>. Also see option <option>-P</option> above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1936,6 +2020,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <listitem> <para>When showing sockets, show the type of the socket.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v202"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2007,6 +2093,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <command>systemctl start</command>. In this mode, dependencies of the specified unit will receive restart propagation, as if a restart job had been enqueued for the unit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2021,6 +2109,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err immediately part of the transaction requested. It is possible that service start-up program code run as effect of the enqueued jobs might request further jobs to be pulled in. This means that completion of the listed jobs might ultimately entail more jobs than the listed ones.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2032,6 +2122,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>When used with the <command>kill</command> command, if no units were killed, the operation results in an error. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2054,6 +2146,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err attempted. If locks are present, the operation may require additional privileges.</para> <para>Option <option>--force</option> provides another way to override inhibitors.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2075,6 +2169,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <command>hybrid-sleep</command>, <command>suspend-then-hibernate</command>, <command>default</command>, <command>rescue</command>, <command>emergency</command>, and <command>exit</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2111,6 +2207,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err </listitem> </itemizedlist> </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2139,6 +2237,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>When used with <command>is-system-running</command>, wait until the boot process is completed before returning.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2151,6 +2251,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <listitem> <para>List units in failed state. This is equivalent to <option>--state=failed</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2225,6 +2327,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err defined (which are the invocations of <filename>&MOUNT_PATH;</filename> and <filename>&UMOUNT_PATH;</filename>), but no main process is defined. If omitted, defaults to <option>all</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2244,7 +2348,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>If this option is used the signal will only be enqueued on the control or main process of the unit, never on other processes belonging to the unit, i.e. <option>--kill-whom=all</option> will only - affect main and control processes but no other processes.</para></listitem> + affect main and control processes but no other processes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="signal" /> @@ -2265,6 +2371,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <constant>fdstore</constant> resource type is only useful if the <varname>FileDescriptorStorePreserve=</varname> option is enabled, since the file descriptor store is otherwise cleaned automatically when the unit is stopped.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2299,6 +2407,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>When used with <command>halt</command>, <command>poweroff</command> or <command>reboot</command>, set a short message explaining the reason for the operation. The message will be logged together with the default shutdown message.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v225"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2311,6 +2421,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <command>mask</command>, the units will also be stopped. The start or stop operation is only carried out when the respective enable or disable operation has been successful.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2338,7 +2450,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err table, following the <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>. For further information on supported disk images, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s - switch of the same name.</para></listitem> + switch of the same name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -2374,6 +2488,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err commands, controls whether units shall be disabled and enabled according to the preset rules, or only enabled, or only disabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2408,6 +2524,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>When used with the <command>reboot</command> command, indicate to the system's firmware to reboot into the firmware setup interface. Note that this functionality is not available on all systems.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2419,6 +2537,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err show the boot loader menu on the following boot. Takes a time value as parameter — indicating the menu timeout. Pass zero in order to disable the menu timeout. Note that not all boot loaders support this functionality.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2430,6 +2550,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err boot into a specific boot loader entry on the following boot. Takes a boot loader entry identifier as argument, or <literal>help</literal> in order to list available entries. Note that not all boot loaders support this functionality.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2440,6 +2562,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <para>This switch is used with <command>reboot</command>. The value is architecture and firmware specific. As an example, <literal>recovery</literal> might be used to trigger system recovery, and <literal>fota</literal> might be used to trigger a <quote>firmware over the air</quote> update.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2451,6 +2575,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <command>list-units</command> or <command>list-machines</command>, the output is printed as a list instead of a tree, and the bullet circles are omitted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2464,14 +2590,18 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term><option>pretty</option> (this is the default)</term> - <listitem><para><literal>Day YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS TZ</literal></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><literal>Day YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS TZ</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term><option>unix</option></term> - <listitem><para><literal>@seconds-since-the-epoch</literal></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><literal>@seconds-since-the-epoch</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2486,7 +2616,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term><option>utc</option></term> - <listitem><para><literal>Day YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS UTC</literal></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><literal>Day YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS UTC</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2497,6 +2629,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <listitem><para><literal>Day YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.UUUUUU UTC</literal></para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2506,7 +2640,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <listitem><para>When used with <command>bind</command>, creates the destination file or directory before applying the bind mount. Note that even though the name of this option suggests that it is suitable only for directories, this option also creates the destination file node to mount over if the object to mount is not - a directory, but a regular file, device node, socket or FIFO.</para></listitem> + a directory, but a regular file, device node, socket or FIFO.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2518,13 +2654,17 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err will be queued. Those properties can be set using <command>set-property Markers=…</command>.</para> <para>Unless <option>--no-block</option> is used, <command>systemctl</command> will wait for the - queued jobs to finish.</para></listitem> + queued jobs to finish.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--read-only</option></term> - <listitem><para>When used with <command>bind</command>, creates a read-only bind mount.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>When used with <command>bind</command>, creates a read-only bind mount.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2533,6 +2673,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <listitem> <para>When used with <command>edit</command>, use the given drop-in file name instead of <filename>override.conf</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2546,6 +2688,8 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> section "PARSING TIMESTAMPS". Specially, if <literal>show</literal> is given, the currently scheduled action will be shown, which can be canceled by passing an empty string or <literal>cancel</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2631,7 +2775,9 @@ Jan 12 10:46:45 example.com bluetoothd[8900]: gatt-time-server: Input/output err <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>nano</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>vim</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="common-variables.xml" xpointer="log-level"/> <xi:include href="common-variables.xml" xpointer="log-color"/> diff --git a/man/systemd-ac-power.xml b/man/systemd-ac-power.xml index e06a88a975..58aa706f80 100644 --- a/man/systemd-ac-power.xml +++ b/man/systemd-ac-power.xml @@ -47,7 +47,9 @@ <term><option>-v</option></term> <term><option>--verbose</option></term> - <listitem><para>Show result as text instead of just returning success or failure.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Show result as text instead of just returning success or failure.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -55,7 +57,9 @@ <listitem><para>Instead of showing AC power state, show low battery state. In this case will return zero if all batteries are currently discharging and below 5% of maximum charge. Returns non-zero - otherwise.</para></listitem> + otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-analyze.xml b/man/systemd-analyze.xml index 145d3f6188..d3a1de9a91 100644 --- a/man/systemd-analyze.xml +++ b/man/systemd-analyze.xml @@ -938,21 +938,27 @@ NR NAME SHA256 <term><option>--system</option></term> <listitem><para>Operates on the system systemd instance. This - is the implied default.</para></listitem> + is the implied default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--user</option></term> <listitem><para>Operates on the user systemd - instance.</para></listitem> + instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--global</option></term> <listitem><para>Operates on the system-wide configuration for - user systemd instance.</para></listitem> + user systemd instance.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -969,7 +975,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 <varname>Requisite=</varname>, <varname>Wants=</varname> and <varname>Conflicts=</varname> are shown. If neither is passed, this shows dependencies of - all these types.</para></listitem> + all these types.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -993,7 +1001,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 relation. In other words, patterns specified with those two options will trim the list of edges matched by the positional arguments, if any are given, and fully determine the list of - edges shown otherwise.</para></listitem> + edges shown otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v201"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1005,7 +1015,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 earlier, than the latest unit in the same level. The unit of <replaceable>timespan</replaceable> is seconds unless specified with a different unit, e.g. - "50ms".</para></listitem> + "50ms".</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1013,7 +1025,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 <listitem><para>Do not invoke <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - to verify the existence of man pages listed in <varname>Documentation=</varname>.</para></listitem> + to verify the existence of man pages listed in <varname>Documentation=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1022,7 +1036,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 <listitem><para>Invoke unit generators, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Some generators require root privileges. Under a normal user, running with - generators enabled will generally result in some warnings.</para></listitem> + generators enabled will generally result in some warnings.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1036,21 +1052,27 @@ NR NAME SHA256 unit. With <command>one</command>, return a non-zero process exit status when warnings arise during verification of either the specified unit or its immediate dependencies. If this option is not specified, zero is returned as the exit status regardless whether warnings arise during verification - or not.</para></listitem> + or not.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--root=<replaceable>PATH</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>With <command>cat-files</command> and <command>verify</command>, - operate on files underneath the specified root path <replaceable>PATH</replaceable>.</para></listitem> + operate on files underneath the specified root path <replaceable>PATH</replaceable>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--image=<replaceable>PATH</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>With <command>cat-files</command> and <command>verify</command>, - operate on files inside the specified image path <replaceable>PATH</replaceable>.</para></listitem> + operate on files inside the specified image path <replaceable>PATH</replaceable>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -1064,7 +1086,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 This means that <option>--offline=</option> can be used with <option>--root=</option> and <option>--image=</option> as well. If a unit's overall exposure level is above that set by <option>--threshold=</option> (default value is 100), <option>--offline=</option> will return - an error.</para></listitem> + an error.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1073,7 +1097,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 <listitem><para>With <command>security</command> <option>--offline=</option>, takes into consideration the specified portable profile when assessing unit settings. The profile can be passed by name, in which case the well-known system locations will - be searched, or it can be the full path to a specific drop-in file.</para></listitem> + be searched, or it can be the full path to a specific drop-in file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1083,7 +1109,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 to compare the overall exposure level with, for the specified unit files. If a unit's overall exposure level, is greater than that set by the user, <command>security</command> will return an error. <option>--threshold=</option> can be used with <option>--offline=</option> - as well and its default value is 100.</para></listitem> + as well and its default value is 100.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1345,7 +1373,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 </tgroup> </table> - <para>See example "JSON Policy" below.</para></listitem> + <para>See example "JSON Policy" below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1371,21 +1401,27 @@ NR NAME SHA256 from when it was initially started, <varname>deactivated</varname> which is the time after startup that the service was deactivated, <varname>deactivating</varname> which is the time after startup that the service was initially told to deactivate. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--iterations=<replaceable>NUMBER</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>When used with the <command>calendar</command> command, show the specified number of - iterations the specified calendar expression will elapse next. Defaults to 1.</para></listitem> + iterations the specified calendar expression will elapse next. Defaults to 1.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--base-time=<replaceable>TIMESTAMP</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>When used with the <command>calendar</command> command, show next iterations relative - to the specified point in time. If not specified defaults to the current time.</para></listitem> + to the specified point in time. If not specified defaults to the current time.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1399,14 +1435,18 @@ NR NAME SHA256 compiled in set of unit load paths; see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. All units files present in the directory containing the specified unit will be used in preference to the - other paths.</para></listitem> + other paths.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--table</option></term> <listitem><para>When used with the <command>plot</command> command, the raw time data is output in a table. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1414,7 +1454,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 <listitem><para>When used with the <command>plot</command> command in combination with either <option>--table</option> or <option>--json=</option>, no legends or hints are included in the output. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> @@ -1423,7 +1465,9 @@ NR NAME SHA256 <varlistentry> <term><option>--quiet</option></term> - <listitem><para>Suppress hints and other non-essential output.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Suppress hints and other non-essential output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-ask-password.xml b/man/systemd-ask-password.xml index ffd6c1c4d8..6484bbb8a6 100644 --- a/man/systemd-ask-password.xml +++ b/man/systemd-ask-password.xml @@ -113,7 +113,9 @@ recognition of queries by involved agents. It should include the subsystem doing the query and the specific object the query is done for. Example: - <literal>--id=cryptsetup:/dev/sda5</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>--id=cryptsetup:/dev/sda5</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -135,7 +137,9 @@ passwords. Use <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>keyctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to access the cached key via the kernel keyring - directly. Example: <literal>--keyname=cryptsetup</literal></para></listitem> + directly. Example: <literal>--keyname=cryptsetup</literal></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -146,7 +150,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details. If not specified, defaults to <literal>password</literal>. This option has no effect if no credentials directory is passed to the program (i.e. <varname>$CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY</varname> is not - set) or if the no credential of the specified name exists.</para></listitem> + set) or if the no credential of the specified name exists.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -166,7 +172,9 @@ <literal>masked</literal>, an asterisk (<literal>*</literal>) is echoed for each character typed. In this mode, if the user hits the tabulator key (<literal>↹</literal>), echo is turned off. (Alternatively, if the user hits the backspace key (<literal>⌫</literal>) while no data has - been entered otherwise, echo is turned off, too).</para></listitem> + been entered otherwise, echo is turned off, too).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -182,7 +190,9 @@ <listitem><para>Controls whether or not to prefix the query with a lock and key emoji (🔐), if the TTY settings permit this. The default is <literal>auto</literal>, which defaults to <literal>yes</literal>, - unless <option>--echo=yes</option> is given.</para></listitem> + unless <option>--echo=yes</option> is given.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -212,7 +222,9 @@ <listitem><para>Do not print passwords to standard output. This is useful if you want to store a password in kernel keyring with <option>--keyname=</option> but do not want it to show up on screen - or in logs.</para></listitem> + or in logs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -222,7 +234,9 @@ by a newline character. This may be turned off with the <option>-n</option> switch, similarly to the switch of the same name of the <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>echo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - command.</para></listitem> + command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-backlight@.service.xml b/man/systemd-backlight@.service.xml index 85609949ff..08e14ad09c 100644 --- a/man/systemd-backlight@.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-backlight@.service.xml @@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Defaults to <literal>1</literal>. If <literal>0</literal>, does not restore the backlight settings on boot. However, settings will - still be stored on shutdown. </para></listitem> + still be stored on shutdown. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-battery-check.service.xml b/man/systemd-battery-check.service.xml index 6f1b0ea687..62d6bf5660 100644 --- a/man/systemd-battery-check.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-battery-check.service.xml @@ -77,6 +77,8 @@ existence, and the service <filename>systemd-battery-check.service</filename> will succeed. This may be useful when the command wrongly detects and reports battery capacity percentage or AC power existence, or when you want to boot the system forcibly.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-binfmt.service.xml b/man/systemd-binfmt.service.xml index 25c5e6dcc2..b52b58494e 100644 --- a/man/systemd-binfmt.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-binfmt.service.xml @@ -46,7 +46,9 @@ <term><option>--unregister</option></term> <listitem><para>If passed, instead of registering configured binary formats in the kernel, the reverse operation is executed: all currently registered binary formats are unregistered from the - kernel.</para></listitem> + kernel.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="cat-config" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-bless-boot.service.xml b/man/systemd-bless-boot.service.xml index 3a4ff308fe..66454d18e8 100644 --- a/man/systemd-bless-boot.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-bless-boot.service.xml @@ -65,7 +65,9 @@ <option>good</option> command below, and "bad" conversely after the <option>bad</option> command was invoked. The string <literal>clean</literal> is returned when boot counting is currently not in effect.</para> - <para>This command is implied if no command argument is specified.</para></listitem> + <para>This command is implied if no command argument is specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -74,7 +76,9 @@ <listitem><para>When invoked, the current boot loader entry file or unified kernel image file will be marked as "good", executing the file rename operation described above. This command is intended to be invoked at the end of a successful boot. The <filename>systemd-bless-boot.service</filename> unit invokes this - command.</para></listitem> + command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -84,7 +88,9 @@ file name is set to zero, marking the boot loader entry or kernel image as "bad", so that the boot loader won't consider it anymore on future boots (at least as long as there are other entries available that are not marked "bad" yet). This command is normally not executed, but can be used to instantly put an end to the boot counting - logic if a problem is detected and persistently mark the boot entry as bad.</para></listitem> + logic if a problem is detected and persistently mark the boot entry as bad.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -92,7 +98,9 @@ <listitem><para>This command undoes any marking of the current boot loader entry file or unified kernel image file as good or bad. This is implemented by renaming the boot loader entry file or unified kernel image file - back to the path encoded in the <varname>LoaderBootCountPath</varname> EFI variable.</para></listitem> + back to the path encoded in the <varname>LoaderBootCountPath</varname> EFI variable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-boot.xml b/man/systemd-boot.xml index 56044281d4..fa73def8b1 100644 --- a/man/systemd-boot.xml +++ b/man/systemd-boot.xml @@ -131,50 +131,68 @@ <term><keycap>PageDown</keycap></term> <term><keycap>Home</keycap></term> <term><keycap>End</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Navigate up/down in the entry list</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Navigate up/down in the entry list</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>↵</keycap> (Enter)</term> <term><keycap>→</keycap> (Right)</term> - <listitem><para>Boot selected entry</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Boot selected entry</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>d</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Make selected entry the default</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Make selected entry the default</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>e</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Edit the kernel command line for selected entry</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Edit the kernel command line for selected entry</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>+</keycap></term> <term><keycap>t</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Increase the timeout before default entry is booted</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Increase the timeout before default entry is booted</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>-</keycap></term> <term><keycap>T</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Decrease the timeout</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Decrease the timeout</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>r</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Change screen resolution, skipping any unsupported modes.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Change screen resolution, skipping any unsupported modes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>R</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Reset screen resolution to firmware or configuration file default.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Reset screen resolution to firmware or configuration file default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>p</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Print status</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Print status</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -190,17 +208,23 @@ <para>For compatibility with the keybindings of several firmware implementations this operation may also be reached with <keycap>F2</keycap>, <keycap>F10</keycap>, <keycap>Del</keycap> and - <keycap>Esc</keycap>.</para></listitem> + <keycap>Esc</keycap>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>o</keycap></keycombo></term> - <listitem><para>Power off the system.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Power off the system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>b</keycap></keycombo></term> - <listitem><para>Reboot the system.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Reboot the system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -210,22 +234,30 @@ <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>l</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Linux</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Linux</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>w</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Windows</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Windows</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>a</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>macOS</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>macOS</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycap>s</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>EFI shell</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>EFI shell</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -238,7 +270,9 @@ <term><keycap>7</keycap></term> <term><keycap>8</keycap></term> <term><keycap>9</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Boot entry number 1 … 9</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Boot entry number 1 … 9</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -262,7 +296,9 @@ <term><keycap>→</keycap> (Right)</term> <term><keycap>Home</keycap></term> <term><keycap>End</keycap></term> - <listitem><para>Navigate left/right</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Navigate left/right</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -273,13 +309,17 @@ <varlistentry> <term><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>k</keycap></keycombo></term> - <listitem><para>Clear the command line forwards</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Clear the command line forwards</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>w</keycap></keycombo></term> <term><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Backspace</keycap></keycombo></term> - <listitem><para>Delete word backwards</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Delete word backwards</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -290,7 +330,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><keycap>↵</keycap> (Enter)</term> - <listitem><para>Boot entry with the edited command line</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Boot entry with the edited command line</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -351,7 +393,9 @@ encoded. Set by the boot loader. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-bless-boot.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> uses this information to mark a boot as successful as determined by the successful activation of the - <filename>boot-complete.target</filename> target unit.</para></listitem> + <filename>boot-complete.target</filename> target unit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -361,7 +405,9 @@ is maintained persistently, while <varname>LoaderConfigTimeoutOneShot</varname> is a one-time override which is read once (in which case it takes precedence over <varname>LoaderConfigTimeout</varname>) and then removed. <varname>LoaderConfigTimeout</varname> may be manipulated with the - <keycap>t</keycap>/<keycap>T</keycap> keys, see above.</para></listitem> + <keycap>t</keycap>/<keycap>T</keycap> keys, see above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -371,14 +417,18 @@ the boot loader. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-gpt-auto-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> uses this information to automatically find the disk booted from, in order to discover various other partitions - on the same disk automatically.</para></listitem> + on the same disk automatically.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>LoaderEntries</varname></term> <listitem><para>A list of the identifiers of all discovered boot loader entries. Set by the boot - loader.</para></listitem> + loader.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -391,14 +441,18 @@ boots. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <option>set-default</option> and <option>set-oneshot</option> commands make use of these variables. The boot loader modifies <varname>LoaderEntryDefault</varname> on request, when the <keycap>d</keycap> key is used, see - above.</para></listitem> + above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>LoaderEntrySelected</varname></term> <listitem><para>The identifier of the boot loader entry currently being booted. Set by the boot - loader.</para></listitem> + loader.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -406,7 +460,9 @@ <listitem><para>A set of flags indicating the features the boot loader supports. Set by the boot loader. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view this - data.</para></listitem> + data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -415,7 +471,9 @@ <listitem><para>Brief firmware information. Set by the boot loader. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view this - data.</para></listitem> + data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -424,7 +482,9 @@ <listitem><para>The path of executable of the boot loader used for the current boot, relative to the EFI System Partition's root directory. Set by the boot loader. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view this - data.</para></listitem> + data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -432,7 +492,9 @@ <listitem><para>Brief information about the boot loader. Set by the boot loader. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view this - data.</para></listitem> + data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -442,7 +504,9 @@ <listitem><para>Information about the time spent in various parts of the boot loader. Set by the boot loader. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-analyze</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - to view this data. </para></listitem> + to view this data. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -450,7 +514,9 @@ <listitem><para>A binary random data field, that is used for generating the random seed to pass to the OS (see above). Note that this random data is generally only generated once, during OS - installation, and is then never updated again.</para></listitem> + installation, and is then never updated again.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-bsod.service.xml b/man/systemd-bsod.service.xml index 8530468d1d..9f54b40359 100644 --- a/man/systemd-bsod.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-bsod.service.xml @@ -51,7 +51,9 @@ <term><option>--continuous</option></term> <listitem><para>When specified, <command>systemd-bsod</command> waits continuously for changes in the - journal if it doesn't find any emergency messages on the initial attempt.</para></listitem> + journal if it doesn't find any emergency messages on the initial attempt.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-cat.xml b/man/systemd-cat.xml index a4b6139a8c..8d59ce2d69 100644 --- a/man/systemd-cat.xml +++ b/man/systemd-cat.xml @@ -109,7 +109,9 @@ because one channel is used for both. When the default priority differs, two channels are used, and so stdout messages will not be strictly ordered with respect to stderr messages - though - they will tend to be approximately ordered.</para></listitem> + they will tend to be approximately ordered.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v241"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-cgls.xml b/man/systemd-cgls.xml index 794ff868f9..8b72b9d06d 100644 --- a/man/systemd-cgls.xml +++ b/man/systemd-cgls.xml @@ -79,6 +79,8 @@ <term><option>--unit</option></term> <listitem><para>Show cgroup subtrees for the specified units.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -86,6 +88,8 @@ <term><option>--user-unit</option></term> <listitem><para>Show cgroup subtrees for the specified user units.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-cgtop.xml b/man/systemd-cgtop.xml index f08304d300..9be6701191 100644 --- a/man/systemd-cgtop.xml +++ b/man/systemd-cgtop.xml @@ -116,7 +116,9 @@ <option>--iterations=</option> is exhausted or until killed. This mode could be useful for sending output from <command>systemd-cgtop</command> to other programs or to a - file.</para></listitem> + file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v188"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -125,7 +127,9 @@ <listitem><para>Format byte counts (as in memory usage and I/O metrics) and CPU time with raw numeric values rather than human-readable - numbers.</para></listitem> + numbers.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v221"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -135,7 +139,9 @@ <listitem><para>Controls whether the CPU usage is shown as percentage or time. By default, the CPU usage is shown as percentage. This setting may also be toggled at runtime by - pressing the <keycap>%</keycap> key.</para></listitem> + pressing the <keycap>%</keycap> key.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -149,7 +155,9 @@ threads it consists of. This setting may also be toggled at runtime by pressing the <keycap>P</keycap> key. This option may not be combined with - <option>-k</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>-k</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -163,7 +171,9 @@ regardless how many threads it consists of. This setting may also be toggled at runtime by pressing the <keycap>k</keycap> key. This option may not be combined with - <option>-P</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>-P</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -180,7 +190,9 @@ only applies to process counting, i.e. when the <option>-P</option> or <option>-k</option> options are used. It has not effect if all tasks are counted, in which - case the counting is always recursive.</para></listitem> + case the counting is always recursive.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -189,13 +201,17 @@ <listitem><para>Perform only this many iterations. A value of 0 indicates that the program should run - indefinitely.</para></listitem> + indefinitely.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v188"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-1</option></term> - <listitem><para>A shortcut for <option>--iterations=1</option>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A shortcut for <option>--iterations=1</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -228,7 +244,9 @@ <listitem><para>Limit control groups shown to the part corresponding to the container <replaceable>MACHINE</replaceable>. - This option may not be used when a control group path is specified.</para></listitem> + This option may not be used when a control group path is specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -253,7 +271,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><keycap function="space"/></term> - <listitem><para>Immediately refresh output.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Immediately refresh output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -281,7 +301,9 @@ <listitem><para>Toggle between showing CPU time as time or percentage. This setting may also be controlled using the - <option>--cpu=</option> command line switch.</para></listitem> + <option>--cpu=</option> command line switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v201"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -300,7 +322,9 @@ <listitem><para>Toggle between counting all tasks, or only userspace processes. This setting may also be controlled using the <option>-P</option> command line switch (see - above).</para></listitem> + above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -309,7 +333,9 @@ <listitem><para>Toggle between counting all tasks, or only userspace processes and kernel threads. This setting may also be controlled using the <option>-k</option> command line - switch (see above).</para></listitem> + switch (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -322,7 +348,9 @@ not available if all tasks are counted, it is only available if processes are counted, as enabled with the <keycap>P</keycap> or <keycap>k</keycap> - keys.</para></listitem> + keys.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-coredump.xml b/man/systemd-coredump.xml index 4c98c6771a..14fd217429 100644 --- a/man/systemd-coredump.xml +++ b/man/systemd-coredump.xml @@ -187,12 +187,16 @@ COREDUMP_FILENAME=/var/lib/systemd/coredump/core.Web….552351.….zst <para>When the crashed process was part of a container (or in a process or user namespace in general), those are the values as seen <emphasis>outside</emphasis>, in the namespace where <filename>systemd-coredump</filename> is running.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>COREDUMP_TIMESTAMP=</varname></term> <listitem><para>The time of the crash as reported by the kernel (in μs since the epoch).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -200,7 +204,9 @@ COREDUMP_FILENAME=/var/lib/systemd/coredump/core.Web….552351.….zst <term><varname>COREDUMP_RLIMIT=</varname></term> <listitem><para>The core file size soft resource limit, see <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>getrlimit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -210,6 +216,8 @@ COREDUMP_FILENAME=/var/lib/systemd/coredump/core.Web….552351.….zst <para>When the crashed process was in container, those are the units names <emphasis>outside</emphasis>, in the main system manager.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -222,6 +230,8 @@ COREDUMP_FILENAME=/var/lib/systemd/coredump/core.Web….552351.….zst <para>When the crashed process was in a container, this is the full path, as seen outside of the container.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -234,6 +244,8 @@ COREDUMP_FILENAME=/var/lib/systemd/coredump/core.Web….552351.….zst <para>When the crashed process was in container, those are the values <emphasis>outside</emphasis>, in the main system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -249,6 +261,8 @@ COREDUMP_FILENAME=/var/lib/systemd/coredump/core.Web….552351.….zst the prefix; all systemd tools accept signal names both with and without the prefix. </para></footnote>) and numerical value. (Both are included because signal numbers vary by architecture.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -260,6 +274,8 @@ COREDUMP_FILENAME=/var/lib/systemd/coredump/core.Web….552351.….zst <para>When the crashed process is in a container, those paths are relative to the root of the container's mount namespace.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -281,7 +297,9 @@ flags: ... <para>The first line contains the file descriptor number <replaceable>fd</replaceable> and the path, while subsequent lines show the contents of <filename>/proc/<replaceable>pid</replaceable>/fdinfo/<replaceable>fd</replaceable></filename>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -291,7 +309,9 @@ flags: ... symlink.</para> <para>When the crashed process is in a container, that path is relative to the root of the - container's mount namespace.</para></listitem> + container's mount namespace.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -315,7 +335,9 @@ flags: ... <para>See <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>proc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for more information.</para></listitem> + for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -324,6 +346,8 @@ flags: ... <listitem><para>The system hostname.</para> <para>When the crashed process was in container, this is the container hostname.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -331,13 +355,17 @@ flags: ... <term><varname>COREDUMP_CONTAINER_CMDLINE=</varname></term> <listitem><para>For processes running in a container, the commandline of the process spawning the - container (the first parent process with a different mount namespace).</para></listitem> + container (the first parent process with a different mount namespace).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>COREDUMP=</varname></term> <listitem><para>When the core is stored in the journal, the core image itself.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -345,6 +373,8 @@ flags: ... <term><varname>COREDUMP_FILENAME=</varname></term> <listitem><para>When the core is stored externally, the path to the core file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -353,7 +383,9 @@ flags: ... <listitem><para>Set to <literal>1</literal> when the saved coredump was truncated. (A partial core image may still be processed by some tools, though obviously not all information is available.) - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -367,6 +399,8 @@ flags: ... JSON-formatted content of all modules will be appended as a single JSON object, each with the module name as the key. For more information about this metadata format and content, see <ulink url="https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/">the coredump metadata spec</ulink>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -375,7 +409,9 @@ flags: ... <listitem><para>The message generated by <command>systemd-coredump</command> that includes the backtrace if it was successfully generated. When <command>systemd-coredump</command> is invoked with - <option>--backtrace</option>, this field is provided by the caller.</para></listitem> + <option>--backtrace</option>, this field is provided by the caller.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -404,7 +440,9 @@ flags: ... <varname>COREDUMP_SIGNAL=</varname>, <varname>COREDUMP_TIMESTAMP=</varname>, <varname>COREDUMP_RLIMIT=</varname>, <varname>COREDUMP_HOSTNAME=</varname>, <varname>COREDUMP_COMM=</varname>, and <varname>COREDUMP_EXE=</varname>, described above. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-creds.xml b/man/systemd-creds.xml index a5cfe0901a..f2dff10ff1 100644 --- a/man/systemd-creds.xml +++ b/man/systemd-creds.xml @@ -65,7 +65,9 @@ <literal>secure</literal> (in case the credential is backed by unswappable memory, i.e. <literal>ramfs</literal>), <literal>weak</literal> (in case it is backed by any other type of memory), or <literal>insecure</literal> (if having any access mode that is not 0400, i.e. if readable - by anyone but the owner).</para></listitem> + by anyone but the owner).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -76,7 +78,9 @@ output.</para> <para>When combined with <option>--json=</option> or <option>--transcode=</option> the output is - transcoded in simple ways before outputting.</para></listitem> + transcoded in simple ways before outputting.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -88,7 +92,9 @@ credentials with <command>encrypt</command> or <command>decrypt</command>, and is only accessible to the root user. Note that there's typically no need to invoke this command explicitly as it is implicitly called when <command>encrypt</command> is invoked, and credential host key encryption - selected.</para></listitem> + selected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -141,6 +147,8 @@ <para>The credential data is encrypted using AES256-GCM, i.e. providing both confidentiality and integrity, keyed by a SHA256 hash of one or both of the secret keys described above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -164,7 +172,9 @@ <para>Decrypting credentials requires access to the original TPM2 chip and/or credentials host key, see above. Information about which keys are required is embedded in the encrypted credential data, - and thus decryption is entirely automatic.</para></listitem> + and thus decryption is entirely automatic.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -178,7 +188,9 @@ exits with non-zero exit status. It also shows four lines indicating separately whether firmware, drivers, the system and the kernel discovered/support/use TPM2.</para> - <para>Combine with <option>--quiet</option> to suppress the output.</para></listitem> + <para>Combine with <option>--quiet</option> to suppress the output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -197,7 +209,9 @@ <listitem><para>When specified with the <command>list</command> and <command>cat</command> commands operates on the credentials passed to system as a whole instead of on those passed to the current execution context. This is useful in container environments where credentials may be passed in from - the container manager.</para></listitem> + the container manager.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -209,7 +223,9 @@ to encode/decode the credential data with Base64 or as series of hexadecimal values.</para> <para>Note that this has no effect on the <command>encrypt</command> command, as encrypted - credentials are unconditionally encoded in Base64.</para></listitem> + credentials are unconditionally encoded in Base64.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -219,7 +235,9 @@ whether to add a trailing newline character to the end of the output if it doesn't end in one, anyway. Takes one of <literal>auto</literal>, <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>no</literal>. The default mode of <literal>auto</literal> will suffix the output with a single newline character only - when writing credential data to a TTY.</para></listitem> + when writing credential data to a TTY.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -229,7 +247,9 @@ <listitem><para>When specified with <command>encrypt</command> controls whether to show the encrypted credential as <varname>SetCredentialEncrypted=</varname> setting that may be pasted directly into a unit file. Has effect only when used together with <option>--name=</option> and <literal>-</literal> - as the output file.</para></listitem> + as the output file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -250,7 +270,9 @@ <para>Embedding the credential name in the encrypted credential is done in order to protect against reuse of credentials for purposes they weren't originally intended for, under the assumption the - credential name is chosen carefully to encode its intended purpose.</para></listitem> + credential name is chosen carefully to encode its intended purpose.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -263,7 +285,9 @@ <para>When specified with the <command>decrypt</command> command controls the timestamp to use to validate the "not-after" timestamp that was configured with <option>--not-after=</option> during - encryption. If not specified defaults to the current system time.</para></listitem> + encryption. If not specified defaults to the current system time.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -274,7 +298,9 @@ credential. During decryption the timestamp is checked against the current system clock, and if the timestamp is in the past the decryption will fail. By default no such timestamp is set. Takes a timestamp specification in the format described in - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -310,7 +336,9 @@ <option>--with-key=auto-initrd</option> mode, to disable binding against the host secret.</para> <para>This switch has no effect on the <command>decrypt</command> command, as information on which - key to use for decryption is included in the encrypted credential already.</para></listitem> + key to use for decryption is included in the encrypted credential already.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -320,7 +348,9 @@ chip (e.g. <filename>/dev/tpmrm0</filename>). Alternatively the special value <literal>auto</literal> may be specified, in order to automatically determine the device node of a suitable TPM2 device (of which there must be exactly one). The special value <literal>list</literal> may be used to enumerate - all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered.</para></listitem> + all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -330,7 +360,9 @@ key to. Takes a <literal>+</literal> separated list of numeric PCR indexes in the range 0…23. If not used, defaults to PCR 7 only. If an empty string is specified, binds the encryption key to no PCRs at all. For details about the PCRs available, see the documentation of the switch of the same name for - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-cryptenroll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-cryptenroll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -351,7 +383,9 @@ <option>--tpm2-public-key-pcrs=</option>: the former binds decryption to the current, specific PCR values; the latter binds decryption to any set of PCR values for which a signature by the specified public key can be provided. The latter is hence more useful in scenarios where software updates shall - be possible without losing access to all previously encrypted secrets.</para></listitem> + be possible without losing access to all previously encrypted secrets.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -364,7 +398,9 @@ with a signed PCR policy is attempted to be decrypted, a suitable signature file <filename>tpm2-pcr-signature.json</filename> is searched for in <filename>/etc/systemd/</filename>, <filename>/run/systemd/</filename>, <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/</filename> (in this order) and - used.</para></listitem> + used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -372,7 +408,9 @@ <term><option>-q</option></term> <listitem><para>When used with <command>has-tpm2</command> suppresses the output, and only returns an - exit status indicating support for TPM2.</para></listitem> + exit status indicating support for TPM2.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="no-pager" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-cryptenroll.xml b/man/systemd-cryptenroll.xml index a959217ebb..27b072cbdb 100644 --- a/man/systemd-cryptenroll.xml +++ b/man/systemd-cryptenroll.xml @@ -244,7 +244,9 @@ <listitem><para>Enroll a regular password/passphrase. This command is mostly equivalent to <command>cryptsetup luksAddKey</command>, however may be combined with - <option>--wipe-slot=</option> in one call, see below.</para></listitem> + <option>--wipe-slot=</option> in one call, see below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -253,7 +255,9 @@ <listitem><para>Enroll a recovery key. Recovery keys are mostly identical to passphrases, but are computer-generated instead of being chosen by a human, and thus have a guaranteed high entropy. The key uses a character set that is easy to type in, and may be scanned off screen via a QR code. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -262,7 +266,9 @@ <listitem><para>Use a file instead of a password/passphrase read from stdin to unlock the volume. Expects the PATH to the file containing your key to unlock the volume. Currently there is nothing like <option>--key-file-offset=</option> or <option>--key-file-size=</option> so this file has to only - contain the full key.</para></listitem> + contain the full key.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -273,7 +279,9 @@ <filename>/dev/hidraw1</filename>). Alternatively the special value <literal>auto</literal> may be specified, in order to automatically determine the device node of a currently plugged in security token (of which there must be exactly one). This automatic discovery is unsupported if - <option>--fido2-device=</option> option is also specified.</para></listitem> + <option>--fido2-device=</option> option is also specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -295,7 +303,9 @@ <para>See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypttab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more comprehensive example of a <command>systemd-cryptenroll</command> invocation and its matching - <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> line.</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> line.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -308,7 +318,9 @@ denotes 2048-bit RSA with PKCS#1.5 padding and SHA-256. <literal>eddsa</literal> denotes EDDSA over Curve25519 with SHA-512.</para> - <para>Note that your authenticator may not support some algorithms.</para></listitem> + <para>Note that your authenticator may not support some algorithms.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -332,7 +344,9 @@ <para>See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypttab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more comprehensive example of a <command>systemd-cryptenroll</command> invocation and its matching - <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> line.</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> line.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -342,7 +356,9 @@ a PIN when unlocking the volume (the FIDO2 <literal>clientPin</literal> feature). Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support the <literal>clientPin</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling - it.)</para></listitem> + it.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -352,7 +368,9 @@ verify presence (tap the token, the FIDO2 <literal>up</literal> feature) when unlocking the volume. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support the <literal>up</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it.) - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -361,7 +379,9 @@ <listitem><para>When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require user verification when unlocking the volume (the FIDO2 <literal>uv</literal> feature). Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support - the <literal>uv</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it.)</para></listitem> + the <literal>uv</literal> feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -384,7 +404,9 @@ <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> line.</para> <para>Use <option>--tpm2-pcrs=</option> (see below) to configure which TPM2 PCR indexes to bind the - enrollment to.</para></listitem> + enrollment to.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -407,6 +429,8 @@ specifies that PCR register 4 from the SHA1 bank should be used, and a hash digest value of 3a3f780f11a4b49969fcaa80cd6e3957c33b2275 will be used instead of reading the current PCR value.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -426,7 +450,9 @@ project='mankier'><refentrytitle>tpm2_getcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry project='mankier'><refentrytitle>tpm2_dictionarylockout</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - commands, respectively.</para></listitem> + commands, respectively.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -464,7 +490,9 @@ to ensure that access to a volume is not lost if a public key is enrolled for which no valid signature for the current PCR state is available. If the supplied signature does not unlock the current PCR state and public key combination, no slot is enrolled and the operation will fail. If no - signature file is specified or found no such safety verification is done.</para></listitem> + signature file is specified or found no such safety verification is done.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -500,6 +528,8 @@ <para>Or for replacing an enrolled empty password by TPM2:</para> <programlisting>systemd-cryptenroll /dev/sda1 --wipe-slot=empty --tpm2-device=auto</programlisting> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-cryptsetup-generator.xml b/man/systemd-cryptsetup-generator.xml index b803c268df..43f636388f 100644 --- a/man/systemd-cryptsetup-generator.xml +++ b/man/systemd-cryptsetup-generator.xml @@ -53,7 +53,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. If <literal>no</literal>, disables the generator entirely. <varname>rd.luks=</varname> is honored only in the initrd while <varname>luks=</varname> is honored by both the main system and in the initrd. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -65,7 +67,9 @@ <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> (<varname>luks.uuid=</varname> will still work however). <varname>rd.luks.crypttab=</varname> is honored only in initrd while <varname>luks.crypttab=</varname> is honored by both the main system and in the initrd. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -84,6 +88,8 @@ <para>If <filename>/etc/crypttab</filename> exists, only those UUIDs specified on the kernel command line will be activated in the initrd or the real root.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -103,6 +109,8 @@ <para><varname>rd.luks.name=</varname> is honored only in the initrd, while <varname>luks.name=</varname> is honored by both the main system and in the initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -131,6 +139,8 @@ <para><varname>rd.luks.data=</varname> is honored only in the initrd, while <varname>luks.data=</varname> is honored by both the main system and in the initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -167,6 +177,8 @@ <para><varname>rd.luks.key=</varname> is honored only in the initrd, while <varname>luks.key=</varname> is honored by both the main system and in the initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v202"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -205,6 +217,8 @@ <para><varname>rd.luks.options=</varname> is honored only by initial RAM disk (initrd) while <varname>luks.options=</varname> is honored by both the main system and in the initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v208"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-delta.xml b/man/systemd-delta.xml index 7a83bc9fca..dd72061c79 100644 --- a/man/systemd-delta.xml +++ b/man/systemd-delta.xml @@ -116,7 +116,9 @@ <term><varname>extended</varname></term> <listitem><para>Show <filename>*.conf</filename> files - in drop-in directories for units.</para></listitem> + in drop-in directories for units.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-detect-virt.xml b/man/systemd-detect-virt.xml index 29d234ad93..cc0238dd2d 100644 --- a/man/systemd-detect-virt.xml +++ b/man/systemd-detect-virt.xml @@ -244,7 +244,9 @@ environment. In this mode, no output is written, but the return value indicates whether the process was invoked in a <function>chroot()</function> - environment or not.</para></listitem> + environment or not.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -254,7 +256,9 @@ output is written, but the return value indicates whether the process was invoked inside of a user namespace or not. See <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>user_namespaces</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for more information.</para></listitem> + for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ The result of this detection may be used to disable features that should not be used in confidential VMs. It must not be used to release security sensitive information. The latter must only be released after attestation - of the confidential environment.</para></listitem> + of the confidential environment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -278,13 +284,17 @@ <varlistentry> <term><option>--list</option></term> - <listitem><para>Output all currently known and detectable container and VM environments.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Output all currently known and detectable container and VM environments.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--list-cvm</option></term> - <listitem><para>Output all currently known and detectable confidential virtualization technologies.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Output all currently known and detectable confidential virtualization technologies.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-dissect.xml b/man/systemd-dissect.xml index 29f19af7cc..078ee50857 100644 --- a/man/systemd-dissect.xml +++ b/man/systemd-dissect.xml @@ -153,13 +153,17 @@ project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> via a command such as <command>mount -t ddi myimage.raw targetdir/</command>, as well as in <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For - details, see below.</para></listitem> + details, see below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-M</option></term> - <listitem><para>This is a shortcut for <option>--mount --mkdir</option>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>This is a shortcut for <option>--mount --mkdir</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -170,13 +174,17 @@ a directory where an OS image was mounted.</para> <para>All mounted partitions will be recursively unmounted, and the underlying loop device will be - removed, along with all its partition sub-devices.</para></listitem> + removed, along with all its partition sub-devices.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-U</option></term> - <listitem><para>This is a shortcut for <option>--umount --rmdir</option>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>This is a shortcut for <option>--umount --rmdir</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -186,7 +194,9 @@ and print the path to the loopback block device to standard output. This is similar to an invocation of <command>losetup --find --show</command>, but will validate the image as DDI before attaching, and derive the correct sector size to use automatically. Moreover, it ensures the per-partition block - devices are created before returning. Takes a path to a disk image file.</para></listitem> + devices are created before returning. Takes a path to a disk image file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -195,7 +205,9 @@ <listitem><para>Detach the specified disk image from a loopback block device. This undoes the effect of <option>--attach</option> above. This expects either a path to a loopback block device as an argument, or the path to the backing image file. In the latter case it will automatically determine - the right device to detach.</para></listitem> + the right device to detach.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -203,7 +215,9 @@ <term><option>-l</option></term> <listitem><para>Prints the paths of all the files and directories in the specified OS image or - directory to standard output.</para></listitem> + directory to standard output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -222,7 +236,9 @@ subvolume information, and various other file metadata. File content information is shown via a SHA256 digest. Additional fields might be added in future. Note that inode information such as link counts, inode numbers and timestamps is excluded from the output on purpose, as it typically - complicates reproducibility.</para></listitem> + complicates reproducibility.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -236,7 +252,9 @@ <varname>$SYSTEMD_DISSECT_ROOT</varname> environment variable set, containing the absolute path name of the temporary mount point, i.e. the same directory that is set as the current working directory. It will also have the <varname>$SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE</varname> environment variable set, - containing the absolute path name of the loop device the image was attached to.</para></listitem> + containing the absolute path name of the loop device the image was attached to.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -252,7 +270,9 @@ the destination path. In this case access mode, extended attributes and timestamps are copied as well, but file ownership is not. If the source path in the image refers to a directory, it is copied to the destination path, recursively with all containing files and directories. In this case the file - ownership is copied too.</para></listitem> + ownership is copied too.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -271,7 +291,9 @@ ownership is copied too.</para> <para>As with <option>--mount</option> file system checks are implicitly run before the copy - operation begins.</para></listitem> + operation begins.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -282,7 +304,9 @@ <filename>/usr/lib/machines/</filename>, <filename>/usr/lib/portables/</filename>, <filename>/usr/lib/confexts/</filename>, <filename>/var/lib/machines/</filename>, <filename>/var/lib/portables/</filename>, <filename>/var/lib/extensions/</filename> and so - on.</para></listitem> + on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -296,7 +320,9 @@ unlike all other commands implemented by this tool – requires no privileges other than the ability to access the specified file. Prints "OK" and returns zero if the image appears to be in order and matches the specified image dissection policy. Otherwise prints an error message and returns - non-zero.</para></listitem> + non-zero.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -317,7 +343,9 @@ <listitem><para>Operate in read-only mode. By default <option>--mount</option> will establish writable mount points. If this option is specified they are established in read-only mode - instead.</para></listitem> + instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -328,7 +356,9 @@ OS image are automatically checked using the appropriate <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, in automatic fixing mode. This behavior may be switched off using - <option>--fsck=no</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--fsck=no</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -350,6 +380,8 @@ <listitem><para>Bit 59 of the GPT partition flags for this partition is set, as per specification</para></listitem> <listitem><para>The <option>--growfs=no</option> option is not passed.</para></listitem> </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -358,14 +390,18 @@ <listitem><para>If combined with <option>--mount</option> the directory to mount the OS image to is created if it is missing. Note that the directory is not automatically removed when the disk image is - unmounted again.</para></listitem> + unmounted again.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--rmdir</option></term> <listitem><para>If combined with <option>--umount</option> the specified directory where the OS image - is mounted is removed after unmounting the OS image.</para></listitem> + is mounted is removed after unmounting the OS image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -375,7 +411,9 @@ <literal>all</literal>, <literal>crypto</literal>. If <literal>disabled</literal> the image is accessed with empty block discarding turned off. If <literal>loop</literal> discarding is enabled if operating on a regular file. If <literal>crypt</literal> discarding is enabled even on encrypted file - systems. If <literal>all</literal> discarding is unconditionally enabled.</para></listitem> + systems. If <literal>all</literal> discarding is unconditionally enabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -384,7 +422,9 @@ <listitem><para>If specified an in-memory copy of the specified disk image is used. This may be used to operate with write-access on a (possibly read-only) image, without actually modifying the original file. This may also be used in order to operate on a disk image without keeping the originating file - system busy, in order to allow it to be unmounted.</para></listitem> + system busy, in order to allow it to be unmounted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -401,7 +441,9 @@ image, in case it is stored in a detached file. It is recommended to embed the Verity data directly in the image, using the Verity mechanisms in the <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -421,7 +463,9 @@ <filename>/dev/disk/by-loop-ref/…</filename> symlinks. Example: first, set up the loopback device via <command>systemd-dissect attach --loop-ref=quux foo.raw</command>, and then reference it in a command via the specified filename: <command>cfdisk /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/quux</command>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -429,7 +473,9 @@ <listitem><para>If combined with <option>--mtree</option>, turns off inclusion of file hashes in the mtree output. This makes the <option>--mtree</option> faster when operating on large images. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-escape.xml b/man/systemd-escape.xml index f5d78be488..6a5f31a2e3 100644 --- a/man/systemd-escape.xml +++ b/man/systemd-escape.xml @@ -65,7 +65,9 @@ systemd, such as <literal>service</literal> or <literal>mount</literal>. May not be used in conjunction with <option>--template=</option>, <option>--unescape</option> or - <option>--mangle</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--mangle</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -79,7 +81,9 @@ part. May not be used in conjunction with <option>--suffix=</option>, <option>--instance</option> or - <option>--mangle</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--mangle</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -91,7 +95,9 @@ <literal>..</literal> path components. This is particularly useful for generating strings suitable for unescaping with the <literal>%f</literal> specifier in unit files, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -126,7 +132,9 @@ like <filename>ssh.service</filename>. Must be used in conjunction with <option>--unescape</option> and may not be used in conjunction with - <option>--template</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--template</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-firstboot.xml b/man/systemd-firstboot.xml index 192b91c296..bada361933 100644 --- a/man/systemd-firstboot.xml +++ b/man/systemd-firstboot.xml @@ -95,7 +95,9 @@ <replaceable>root</replaceable> path, including config search paths. This is useful to operate on a system image mounted to the specified directory instead of the host system itself. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -107,7 +109,9 @@ <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>. For further information on supported disk images, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s - switch of the same name.</para></listitem> + switch of the same name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -119,7 +123,9 @@ settings. The argument should be a valid locale identifier, such as <literal>de_DE.UTF-8</literal>. This controls the <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>locale.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - configuration file.</para></listitem> + configuration file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -128,7 +134,9 @@ <listitem><para>Sets the system keyboard layout. The argument should be a valid keyboard map, such as <literal>de-latin1</literal>. This controls the <literal>KEYMAP</literal> entry in the <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>vconsole.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - configuration file.</para></listitem> + configuration file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -138,7 +146,9 @@ be a valid time zone identifier, such as <literal>Europe/Berlin</literal>. This controls the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>localtime</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - symlink.</para></listitem> + symlink.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -147,7 +157,9 @@ <listitem><para>Sets the system hostname. The argument should be a hostname, compatible with DNS. This controls the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hostname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - configuration file.</para></listitem> + configuration file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -161,14 +173,18 @@ <option>--image=</option>. On a running system, <filename>machine-id</filename> is written by the manager with help from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-machine-id-commit.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--machine-id=<replaceable>ID</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Set the system's machine ID to the specified value. The same restrictions apply - as to <option>--setup-machine-id</option>.</para></listitem> + as to <option>--setup-machine-id</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -194,7 +210,9 @@ <listitem><para>Sets the shell of the system's root user. This creates/modifies the <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - file.</para></listitem> + file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -203,7 +221,9 @@ <listitem><para>Sets the system's kernel command line. This controls the <filename>/etc/kernel/cmdline</filename> file which is used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kernel-install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -231,6 +251,8 @@ <option>--prompt-hostname</option>, <option>--prompt-root-password</option>, <option>--prompt-root-shell</option> in combination.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -256,6 +278,8 @@ <option>--copy-timezone</option>, <option>--copy-root-password</option>, <option>--copy-root-shell</option> in combination.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -266,7 +290,9 @@ <filename>systemd-firstboot</filename> doesn't modify or replace existing files. Note that when configuring the root account, even with this option, <filename>systemd-firstboot</filename> only modifies the entry of the <literal>root</literal> user, leaving other entries in - <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> intact.</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/shadow</filename> intact.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -276,7 +302,9 @@ <command>systemd-firstboot</command> are removed. Note that the files are removed regardless of whether they'll be configured with a new value or not. This operation ensures that the next boot of the image will be considered a first boot, and <command>systemd-firstboot</command> will prompt again - to configure each of the removed files.</para></listitem> + to configure each of the removed files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -284,7 +312,9 @@ <listitem><para>Removes the password of the system's root user, enabling login as root without a password unless the root account is locked. Note that this is extremely insecure and hence this - option should not be used lightly.</para></listitem> + option should not be used lightly.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -292,7 +322,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. By default when prompting the user for configuration options a brief welcome text is shown before the first question is asked. Pass false to this option - to turn off the welcome text.</para></listitem> + to turn off the welcome text.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -316,7 +348,9 @@ <listitem><para>A hashed or plaintext version of the root password to use, in place of prompting the user. These credentials are equivalent to the same ones defined for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-sysusers.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> - service.</para></listitem> + service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -325,7 +359,9 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies the shell binary to use for the specified account. Equivalent to the credential of the same name defined for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-sysusers.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> - service.</para></listitem> + service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -333,7 +369,9 @@ <term><varname>firstboot.locale-messages</varname></term> <listitem><para>These credentials specify the locale settings to set during first boot, in place of - prompting the user.</para></listitem> + prompting the user.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -348,14 +386,18 @@ <filename>/etc/vconsole.conf</filename> on first boot (if not already configured), and then read from there by <command>systemd-vconsole-setup</command>, while <varname>vconsole.keymap</varname> is read on every boot, and is not persisted to disk (but any configuration in - <filename>vconsole.conf</filename> will take precedence if present).</para></listitem> + <filename>vconsole.conf</filename> will take precedence if present).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>firstboot.timezone</varname></term> <listitem><para>This credential specifies the system timezone setting to set during first boot, in - place of prompting the user.</para></listitem> + place of prompting the user.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -387,7 +429,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument, defaults to on. If off, <filename>systemd-firstboot.service</filename> won't interactively query the user for basic settings at first boot, even if those settings are not - initialized yet.</para></listitem> + initialized yet.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-fsck@.service.xml b/man/systemd-fsck@.service.xml index 5eaef91009..22aa876878 100644 --- a/man/systemd-fsck@.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-fsck@.service.xml @@ -84,7 +84,9 @@ system checker deems them necessary. <literal>force</literal> unconditionally results in full file system checks. <literal>skip</literal> skips any file system - checks.</para></listitem> + checks.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -96,7 +98,9 @@ and will automatically repair problems that can be safely fixed. <literal>yes</literal> will answer yes to all questions by fsck and <literal>no</literal> will answer no to - all questions. </para></listitem> + all questions. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v213"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-fstab-generator.xml b/man/systemd-fstab-generator.xml index a1174530a0..b046e382e7 100644 --- a/man/systemd-fstab-generator.xml +++ b/man/systemd-fstab-generator.xml @@ -73,7 +73,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. If <literal>no</literal>, causes the generator to ignore any mounts or swap devices configured in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <varname>rd.fstab=</varname> is honored only in the initrd, while - <varname>fstab=</varname> is honored by both the main system and the initrd.</para></listitem> + <varname>fstab=</varname> is honored by both the main system and the initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -95,7 +97,9 @@ system as root file system of the OS. This is useful in combination with <varname>mount.usr=</varname> (see below) in order to combine a volatile root file system with a separate, immutable <filename>/usr/</filename> file system. Also see - <varname>systemd.volatile=</varname> below.</para></listitem> + <varname>systemd.volatile=</varname> below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -103,7 +107,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes the root filesystem type that will be passed to the mount command. <varname>rootfstype=</varname> is - honored by the initrd.</para></listitem> + honored by the initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -115,7 +121,9 @@ <para>Note that unlike most kernel command line options this setting does not override settings made in configuration files (specifically: the mount option string in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>). See - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-remount-fs.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-remount-fs.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -133,7 +141,9 @@ <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> on the root filesystem.</para> <para><varname>mount.usr=</varname> is honored by the initrd. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -151,7 +161,9 @@ <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> on the root filesystem.</para> <para><varname>mount.usrfstype=</varname> is honored by the - initrd.</para></listitem> + initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -168,7 +180,9 @@ <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> on the root filesystem.</para> <para><varname>mount.usrflags=</varname> is honored by the - initrd.</para></listitem> + initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -180,7 +194,9 @@ set this indicates that the root file system (or <filename>/usr/</filename>) shall be mounted from Verity volumes with the specified hashes. If these kernel command line options are set the root (or <filename>/usr/</filename>) file system is thus mounted from a device mapper volume - <filename>/dev/mapper/root</filename> (or <filename>/dev/mapper/usr</filename>).</para></listitem> + <filename>/dev/mapper/root</filename> (or <filename>/dev/mapper/usr</filename>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -228,7 +244,9 @@ <varname>mount.usr=</varname> is that the former operates on top of a regular root file system and temporarily obstructs the files and directories above its <filename>/usr/</filename> subdirectory, while the latter does not hide any files, but simply mounts a unpopulated tmpfs as root file system - and combines it with a user picked <filename>/usr/</filename> file system.</para></listitem> + and combines it with a user picked <filename>/usr/</filename> file system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -237,7 +255,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument. If disabled, causes the generator to ignore any swap devices configured in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. - Defaults to enabled.</para></listitem> + Defaults to enabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -255,6 +275,8 @@ <programlisting> systemd.mount-extra=/dev/sda1:/mount-point:ext4:rw,noatime</programlisting> </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -271,6 +293,8 @@ systemd.mount-extra=/dev/sda1:/mount-point:ext4:rw,noatime</programlisting> <programlisting> systemd.swap=/dev/sda2:x-systemd.makefs</programlisting> </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -286,7 +310,9 @@ systemd.swap=/dev/sda2:x-systemd.makefs</programlisting> <listitem><para>This credential may contain addition mounts to establish, in the same format as <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, with - one mount per line. It is read in addition to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>.</para></listitem> + one mount per line. It is read in addition to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-getty-generator.xml b/man/systemd-getty-generator.xml index 3728b7f5e7..91751c3e5b 100644 --- a/man/systemd-getty-generator.xml +++ b/man/systemd-getty-generator.xml @@ -66,7 +66,9 @@ <listitem><para>this options take an optional boolean argument, and default to yes. The generator is enabled by default, and a false value may be used to disable it. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -80,7 +82,9 @@ <listitem><para>This variable takes an optional boolean argument, and default to yes. The generator is enabled by default, and a false value may be used to disable it. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -97,7 +101,9 @@ TTYs. The two credentials should contain a newline-separated list of TTY names to spawn instances of <filename>serial-getty@.service</filename> (in case of <varname>getty.ttys.serial</varname>) and <filename>container-getty@.service</filename> (in case of <varname>getty.ttys.container</varname>) - on.</para></listitem> + on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-gpt-auto-generator.xml b/man/systemd-gpt-auto-generator.xml index 69620feff4..c6bbbfa0b0 100644 --- a/man/systemd-gpt-auto-generator.xml +++ b/man/systemd-gpt-auto-generator.xml @@ -251,7 +251,9 @@ <listitem><para>Those options take an optional boolean argument, and default to yes. The generator is enabled by default, and a false value may be used to disable it (e.g. <literal>systemd.gpt_auto=0</literal>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -261,7 +263,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes an image dissection policy string as argument (as per <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.image-policy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>), and allows enforcing a policy on dissection and use of the automatically discovered GPT partition - table entries.</para></listitem> + table entries.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -287,7 +291,9 @@ <para>Note that unlike most kernel command line options these settings do not override configuration in the file system, and the file system may be remounted later. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-remount-fs.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -295,7 +301,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument. If disabled, automatic discovery of swap partition(s) based on GPT partition type is disabled. - Defaults to enabled.</para></listitem> + Defaults to enabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-hibernate-resume-generator.xml b/man/systemd-hibernate-resume-generator.xml index 8bc61c7dfb..9771350643 100644 --- a/man/systemd-hibernate-resume-generator.xml +++ b/man/systemd-hibernate-resume-generator.xml @@ -54,28 +54,36 @@ <filename index="false">/dev/disk/by-foo/bar</filename> and <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>-style specifiers like <literal>FOO=bar</literal> are - supported.</para></listitem> + supported.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>resume_offset=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Takes the page offset of the swap space from the resume device. - Defaults to <literal>0</literal>.</para></listitem> + Defaults to <literal>0</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>resumeflags=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Takes the resume device mount options to - use. Defaults <varname>rootflags=</varname> if not specified.</para></listitem> + use. Defaults <varname>rootflags=</varname> if not specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>noresume</varname></term> <listitem><para>Do not try to resume from hibernation. If this parameter is - present, <varname>resume=</varname> is ignored.</para></listitem> + present, <varname>resume=</varname> is ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-homed.service.xml b/man/systemd-homed.service.xml index 9564cec6f5..e14752b662 100644 --- a/man/systemd-homed.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-homed.service.xml @@ -63,14 +63,18 @@ <term><filename>/var/lib/systemd/home/local.private</filename></term> <listitem><para>The private key of the public/private key pair used for local records. Currently, - only a single such key may be installed.</para></listitem> + only a single such key may be installed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>/var/lib/systemd/home/local.public</filename></term> <listitem><para>The public key of the public/private key pair used for local records. Currently, - only a single such key may be installed.</para></listitem> + only a single such key may be installed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -78,7 +82,9 @@ <listitem><para>Additional public keys. Any users whose user records are signed with any of these keys are permitted to log in locally. An arbitrary number of keys may be installed this - way.</para></listitem> + way.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-hwdb.xml b/man/systemd-hwdb.xml index 70c052ef8d..de71f1d302 100644 --- a/man/systemd-hwdb.xml +++ b/man/systemd-hwdb.xml @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ <term><option>--usr</option></term> <listitem> <para>Generate in /usr/lib/udev instead of /etc/udev.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ <term><option>--root=<replaceable>PATH</replaceable></option></term> <listitem> <para>Alternate root path in the filesystem.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -54,6 +58,8 @@ <term><option>--strict</option></term> <listitem> <para>When updating, return non-zero exit value on any parsing error.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-id128.xml b/man/systemd-id128.xml index 8d558251aa..2211550451 100644 --- a/man/systemd-id128.xml +++ b/man/systemd-id128.xml @@ -91,7 +91,9 @@ <term><option>-p</option></term> <term><option>--pretty</option></term> - <listitem><para>Generate output as programming language snippets.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Generate output as programming language snippets.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -102,6 +104,8 @@ application identifier <replaceable>app-id</replaceable> and the machine identifier will be printed. The <replaceable>app-id</replaceable> argument must be a valid sd-id128 string identifying the application.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -112,7 +116,9 @@ <listitem><para>Generate output as a UUID formatted in the "canonical representation", with five groups of digits separated by hyphens. See the <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format">wikipedia</ulink> - for more discussion.</para></listitem> + for more discussion.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-integritysetup@.service.xml b/man/systemd-integritysetup@.service.xml index 8906511aff..5a37858532 100644 --- a/man/systemd-integritysetup@.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-integritysetup@.service.xml @@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ and <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.html"> Kernel dm-integrity</ulink> documentation for details. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -73,7 +75,9 @@ </term> <listitem><para>Detach (destroy) the block device - <replaceable>volume</replaceable>.</para></listitem> + <replaceable>volume</replaceable>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -81,7 +85,9 @@ <option>help</option> </term> - <listitem><para>Print short information about command syntax.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Print short information about command syntax.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-journal-gatewayd.service.xml b/man/systemd-journal-gatewayd.service.xml index 609d05037f..800bf6e430 100644 --- a/man/systemd-journal-gatewayd.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-journal-gatewayd.service.xml @@ -61,7 +61,9 @@ <listitem><para>Specify the path to a file or <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket to read the server certificate from. The certificate must be in PEM format. This option switches <command>systemd-journal-gatewayd</command> into HTTPS mode and must be used together with - <option>--key=</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--key=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -69,14 +71,18 @@ <listitem><para>Specify the path to a file or <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket to read the secret server key corresponding to the certificate specified with <option>--cert=</option> from. The - key must be in PEM format.</para></listitem> + key must be in PEM format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--trust=</option></term> <listitem><para>Specify the path to a file or <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket to read a CA - certificate from. The certificate must be in PEM format.</para></listitem> + certificate from. The certificate must be in PEM format.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -90,7 +96,9 @@ for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If neither is specified, all accessible entries are served. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -100,7 +108,9 @@ <listitem><para>Serve entries interleaved from all available journals, including other machines. This has the same meaning as <option>--merge</option> option for - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -110,7 +120,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a directory path as argument. If specified, <command>systemd-journal-gatewayd</command> will serve the specified journal directory <replaceable>DIR</replaceable> instead of - the default runtime and system journal paths.</para></listitem> + the default runtime and system journal paths.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -123,7 +135,9 @@ which case files will be suitably interleaved. This has the same meaning as <option>--file=</option> option for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -140,7 +154,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><uri>/browse</uri></term> - <listitem><para>Interactive browsing.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Interactive browsing.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -159,6 +175,8 @@ <para>GET parameters can be used to modify what events are returned. Supported parameters are described below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -175,6 +193,8 @@ "virtualization" : "kvm", …}</programlisting> </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -182,6 +202,8 @@ <term><uri>/fields/<replaceable>FIELD_NAME</replaceable></uri></term> <listitem><para>Return a list of values of this field present in the logs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -203,6 +225,8 @@ <listitem><para>The default. Plaintext syslog-like output, one line per journal entry (like <command>journalctl --output short</command>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -214,6 +238,8 @@ (like <command>journalctl --output json</command>). See <ulink url="https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS#journal-json-format">Journal JSON Format</ulink> for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -226,6 +252,8 @@ Server-Sent Events</ulink> (like <command>journalctl --output json-sse</command>). </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -236,6 +264,8 @@ backups and network transfer (like <command>journalctl --output export</command>). See <ulink url="https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS#journal-export-format">Journal Export Format</ulink> for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -269,6 +299,8 @@ <listitem><para>wait for new events (like <command>journalctl --follow</command>, except that the number of events returned is not limited).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -277,6 +309,8 @@ <listitem><para>Test that the specified cursor refers to an entry in the journal. Returns just this entry.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -284,7 +318,9 @@ <term><uri>boot</uri></term> <listitem><para>Limit events to the current boot of the system - (like <command>journalctl -b</command>).</para></listitem> + (like <command>journalctl -b</command>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -292,6 +328,8 @@ <listitem><para>Match journal fields. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.journal-fields</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-journal-remote.service.xml b/man/systemd-journal-remote.service.xml index c8a702ad58..beb0574211 100644 --- a/man/systemd-journal-remote.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-journal-remote.service.xml @@ -92,7 +92,9 @@ <listitem><para>When <option>-</option> is given as a positional argument, events will be read from standard input. Other positional arguments will be treated as filenames - to open and read from.</para></listitem> + to open and read from.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -105,7 +107,9 @@ root of a remote <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-journal-gatewayd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> instance, e.g. http://some.host:19531/ or - https://some.host:19531/.</para></listitem> + https://some.host:19531/.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -119,6 +123,8 @@ <programlisting>--getter='curl "-HAccept: application/vnd.fdo.journal" https://some.host:19531/'</programlisting> <programlisting>--getter='wget --header="Accept: application/vnd.fdo.journal" -O- https://some.host:19531/'</programlisting> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -136,6 +142,8 @@ <command>systemd-journal-remote</command> will listen on this socket for connections. Each connection is expected to be a stream of journal events.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -156,6 +164,8 @@ <option>--listen-https=</option>. Currently, only POST requests to <filename>/upload</filename> with <literal>Content-Type: application/vnd.fdo.journal</literal> are supported.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -174,6 +184,8 @@ above. In the latter case, an HTTP or HTTPS server will be spawned using this descriptor and connections must be made over the HTTP protocol.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -183,7 +195,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a path to a SSL secret key file in PEM format. Defaults to <filename>&CERTIFICATE_ROOT;/private/journal-remote.pem</filename>. This option can be used with <option>--listen-https=</option>. If the path refers to an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket - in the file system a connection is made to it and the key read from it.</para></listitem> + in the file system a connection is made to it and the key read from it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -192,7 +206,9 @@ <listitem><para> Takes a path to a SSL certificate file in PEM format. Defaults to <filename>&CERTIFICATE_ROOT;/certs/journal-remote.pem</filename>. This option can be used with <option>--listen-https=</option>. If the path refers to an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket - in the file system a connection is made to it and the certificate read from it.</para></listitem> + in the file system a connection is made to it and the certificate read from it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -202,7 +218,9 @@ <option>all</option> is set, then certificate checking will be disabled. Defaults to <filename>&CERTIFICATE_ROOT;/ca/trusted.pem</filename>. This option can be used with <option>--listen-https=</option>. If the path refers to an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket - in the file system a connection is made to it and the certificate read from it.</para></listitem> + in the file system a connection is made to it and the certificate read from it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -212,7 +230,9 @@ Takes a comma separated list of gnutls logging categories. This option can be used with <option>--listen-http=</option> or <option>--listen-https=</option>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -284,7 +304,9 @@ <para>In the case that "active" sources are given by the positional arguments or <option>--getter=</option> option, the output file name must always be given explicitly and only <constant>none</constant> - is allowed.</para></listitem> + is allowed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -292,7 +314,9 @@ <listitem><para>If this is set to <literal>yes</literal> then compress the data in the journal using XZ. The default is <literal>yes</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -300,7 +324,9 @@ <listitem><para>If this is set to <literal>yes</literal> then periodically sign the data in the journal using Forward Secure Sealing. - The default is <literal>no</literal>.</para></listitem> + The default is <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-journal-upload.service.xml b/man/systemd-journal-upload.service.xml index 57d72af96b..fead24c6b6 100644 --- a/man/systemd-journal-upload.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-journal-upload.service.xml @@ -71,7 +71,9 @@ hostname. <constant>https</constant> is the default. The port number may be specified after a colon (<literal>:</literal>), otherwise <constant>19532</constant> will be used by default. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -85,7 +87,9 @@ for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If neither is specified, all accessible entries are uploaded. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -95,7 +99,9 @@ <listitem><para>Upload entries interleaved from all available journals, including other machines. This has the same meaning as <option>--merge</option> option for - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -106,7 +112,9 @@ <replaceable>NAMESPACE</replaceable> instead of the default namespace. This has the same meaning as <option>--namespace=</option> option for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -119,7 +127,9 @@ and system journal paths. This has the same meaning as <option>--directory=</option> option for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -132,7 +142,9 @@ which case files will be suitably interleaved. This has the same meaning as <option>--file=</option> option for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -141,7 +153,9 @@ <listitem><para>Upload entries from the location in the journal specified by the passed cursor. This has the same meaning as <option>--cursor=</option> option for - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -152,7 +166,9 @@ the this cursor. This has the same meaning as <option>--after-cursor=</option> option for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -164,7 +180,9 @@ (<filename>/var/lib/systemd/journal-upload/state</filename> by default). After an entry is successfully uploaded, update this file with the cursor of that entry. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -172,7 +190,9 @@ <listitem><para> If set to yes, then <command>systemd-journal-upload</command> waits for input. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -183,7 +203,9 @@ If <option>-</option> is set, then client certificate authentication checking will be disabled. Defaults to <filename>&CERTIFICATE_ROOT;/private/journal-upload.pem</filename>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -194,7 +216,9 @@ If <option>-</option> is set, then client certificate authentication checking will be disabled. Defaults to <filename>&CERTIFICATE_ROOT;/certs/journal-upload.pem</filename>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -204,7 +228,9 @@ Takes a path to a SSL CA certificate file in PEM format, or <option>-</option>/<option>all</option>. If <option>-</option>/<option>all</option> is set, then certificate checking will be disabled. Defaults to <filename>&CERTIFICATE_ROOT;/ca/trusted.pem</filename>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-journald.service.xml b/man/systemd-journald.service.xml index 55e7d1669a..1a2dc18bbf 100644 --- a/man/systemd-journald.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-journald.service.xml @@ -191,7 +191,9 @@ systemd-tmpfiles --create --prefix /var/log/journal</programlisting> <command>journalctl --flush</command> command to request flushing of the journal files, and wait for the operation to complete. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -199,7 +201,9 @@ systemd-tmpfiles --create --prefix /var/log/journal</programlisting> <listitem><para>Request immediate rotation of the journal files. Use the <command>journalctl --rotate</command> command to request journal file rotation, and wait for the operation to - complete.</para></listitem> + complete.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -207,7 +211,9 @@ systemd-tmpfiles --create --prefix /var/log/journal</programlisting> <listitem><para>Request that all unwritten log data is written to disk. Use the <command>journalctl --sync</command> command to trigger journal synchronization, and wait for the operation to - complete.</para></listitem> + complete.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -282,7 +288,9 @@ systemd-tmpfiles --create --prefix /var/log/journal</programlisting> <listitem><para>Configure <command>systemd-journald</command> behavior. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journald.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -320,7 +328,9 @@ systemd-tmpfiles --create --prefix /var/log/journal</programlisting> archived journal files to limit disk use. See <varname>SystemMaxUse=</varname> and related settings in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journald.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -335,7 +345,9 @@ systemd-tmpfiles --create --prefix /var/log/journal</programlisting> <command>systemd-journald</command> can listen for audit events using <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlink</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, depending on whether <literal>systemd-journald-audit.socket</literal> is enabled or - not.</para></listitem> + not.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-machine-id-setup.xml b/man/systemd-machine-id-setup.xml index c07a853418..8ad8389cb8 100644 --- a/man/systemd-machine-id-setup.xml +++ b/man/systemd-machine-id-setup.xml @@ -85,14 +85,18 @@ <term><option>--root=<replaceable>path</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Takes a directory path as argument. All paths operated on will be prefixed with the given alternate <replaceable>root</replaceable> path, including the path for - <filename>/etc/machine-id</filename> itself.</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/machine-id</filename> itself.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--image=<replaceable>path</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Takes a path to a device node or regular file as argument. This is similar to <option>--root=</option> as described above, but operates on a disk image instead of a directory - tree.</para></listitem> + tree.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -120,13 +124,17 @@ <para>This command is primarily used by the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-machine-id-commit.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> - early boot service.</para></listitem> + early boot service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--print</option></term> - <listitem><para>Print the machine ID generated or committed after the operation is complete.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Print the machine ID generated or committed after the operation is complete.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-measure.xml b/man/systemd-measure.xml index 7279df8d08..8db34b2300 100644 --- a/man/systemd-measure.xml +++ b/man/systemd-measure.xml @@ -64,7 +64,9 @@ <listitem><para>This is the default command if none is specified. This queries the local system's TPM2 PCR 11+12+13 values and displays them. The data is written in a similar format as the <command>calculate</command> command below, and may be used to quickly compare expectation with - reality.</para></listitem> + reality.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -76,6 +78,8 @@ <option>--splash=</option>, <option>--dtb=</option>, <option>--sbat=</option>, <option>--pcrpkey=</option> see below. Only <option>--linux=</option> is mandatory. (Alternatively, specify <option>--current</option> to use the current values of PCR register 11 instead.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -95,7 +99,9 @@ provided.</para> <para>Note that a TPM2 device must be available for this signing to take place, even though the - result is not tied to any TPM2 device or its state.</para></listitem> + result is not tied to any TPM2 device or its state.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -128,7 +134,9 @@ <listitem><para>When used with the <command>calculate</command> or <command>sign</command> verb, takes the PCR 11 values currently in effect for the system (which should typically reflect the hashes of the currently booted kernel). This can be used in place of <option>--linux=</option> and the other - switches listed above.</para></listitem> + switches listed above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -138,7 +146,9 @@ <command>calculate</command> or <command>sign</command> is invoked –, or the banks to show in the <command>status</command> output. May be used more then once to specify multiple banks. If not specified, defaults to the four banks <literal>sha1</literal>, <literal>sha256</literal>, - <literal>sha384</literal>, <literal>sha512</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>sha384</literal>, <literal>sha512</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -156,7 +166,9 @@ same PEM key should be supplied in both cases.</para> <para>If the <option>--public-key=</option> is not specified but <option>--private-key=</option> is - specified the public key is automatically derived from the private key.</para></listitem> + specified the public key is automatically derived from the private key.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -166,7 +178,9 @@ chip (e.g. <filename>/dev/tpmrm0</filename>). Alternatively the special value <literal>auto</literal> may be specified, in order to automatically determine the device node of a suitable TPM2 device (of which there must be exactly one). The special value <literal>list</literal> may be used to enumerate - all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered.</para></listitem> + all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -189,7 +203,9 @@ parts of the boot process.</para> <para>For further details about PCR boot phases, see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-pcrphase.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-pcrphase.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -202,7 +218,9 @@ resulting object is written to standard output. Use this to generate a single JSON object consisting from signatures made with a number of signing keys (for example, to have one key per boot phase). The command will suppress duplicates: if a specific signature is already included in a JSON signature - object it is not added a second time.</para></listitem> + object it is not added a second time.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="json" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-modules-load.service.xml b/man/systemd-modules-load.service.xml index 69b9629c10..ab32c1852e 100644 --- a/man/systemd-modules-load.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-modules-load.service.xml @@ -54,7 +54,9 @@ <term><varname>rd.modules_load=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Takes a comma-separated list of kernel modules to statically load during early boot. - The option prefixed with <literal>rd.</literal> is read in the initrd only.</para></listitem> + The option prefixed with <literal>rd.</literal> is read in the initrd only.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-mount.xml b/man/systemd-mount.xml index dfa4a95cb1..854a2812e7 100644 --- a/man/systemd-mount.xml +++ b/man/systemd-mount.xml @@ -102,6 +102,8 @@ <para>Do not synchronously wait for the requested operation to finish. If this is not specified, the job will be verified, enqueued and <command>systemd-mount</command> will wait until the mount or automount unit's start-up is completed. By passing this argument, it is only verified and enqueued.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -111,6 +113,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Do not ellipsize the output when <option>--list</option> is specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -122,7 +126,9 @@ <term><option>--quiet</option></term> <term><option>-q</option></term> - <listitem><para>Suppresses additional informational output while running.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Suppresses additional informational output while running.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -133,7 +139,9 @@ example, a descriptive string for the transient units is generated from the file system label and device model. Moreover if a removable block device (e.g. USB stick) is detected an automount unit instead of a regular mount unit is created, with a short idle timeout, in order to ensure the file-system is placed in a clean - state quickly after each access.</para></listitem> + state quickly after each access.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -142,14 +150,18 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies the file system type to mount (e.g. <literal>vfat</literal> or <literal>ext4</literal>). If omitted or set to <literal>auto</literal>, the file system type is - determined automatically.</para></listitem> + determined automatically.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--options=</option></term> <term><option>-o</option></term> - <listitem><para>Additional mount options for the mount point.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Additional mount options for the mount point.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -157,7 +169,9 @@ <listitem><para>Let the specified user <replaceable>USER</replaceable> own the mounted file system. This is done by appending <option>uid=</option> and <option>gid=</option> options to the list - of mount options. Only certain file systems support this option.</para></listitem> + of mount options. Only certain file systems support this option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -166,7 +180,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument, defaults to on. Controls whether to run a file system check immediately before the mount operation. In the automount case (see <option>--automount=</option> below) the check will be run the moment the first access to the device is made, which might slightly delay the - access.</para></listitem> + access.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -174,7 +190,9 @@ <listitem><para>Provide a description for the mount or automount unit. See <varname>Description=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -184,6 +202,8 @@ <listitem><para>Sets a unit property for the mount unit that is created. This takes an assignment in the same format as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <command>set-property</command> command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -200,13 +220,17 @@ <para>If this switch is not specified it defaults to false. If not specified and <option>--discover</option> is used (or only a single argument passed, which implies <option>--discover</option>, see above), and the file system block device is detected to be removable, it is set to true, in order to increase the chance that the - file system is in a fully clean state if the device is unplugged abruptly.</para></listitem> + file system is in a fully clean state if the device is unplugged abruptly.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-A</option></term> - <listitem><para>Equivalent to <option>--automount=yes</option>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Equivalent to <option>--automount=yes</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -221,14 +245,18 @@ <para>Note that if <option>--discover</option> is used (or only a single argument passed, which implies <option>--discover</option>, see above), and the file system block device is detected to be removable, - <option>--timeout-idle-sec=1s</option> is implied.</para></listitem> + <option>--timeout-idle-sec=1s</option> is implied.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--automount-property=</option></term> <listitem><para>Similar to <option>--property=</option>, but applies additional properties to the automount - unit created, instead of the mount unit.</para></listitem> + unit created, instead of the mount unit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -242,7 +270,9 @@ <para>Note that if <option>--discover</option> is used (or only a single argument passed, which implies <option>--discover</option>, see above), and the file system block device is detected to be removable, this - option is implied.</para></listitem> + option is implied.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -250,7 +280,9 @@ <listitem><para>Instead of establishing a mount or automount point, print a terse list of block devices containing file systems that may be mounted with <literal>systemd-mount</literal>, along with useful metadata - such as labels, etc.</para></listitem> + such as labels, etc.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -264,7 +296,9 @@ corresponding to loop devices, like <command>systemd-mount --umount /path/to/umount /dev/sda1 UUID=xxxxxx-xxxx LABEL=xxxxx /path/to/disk.img</command>. Note that when <option>-H</option> or <option>-M</option> is specified, only absolute paths to mount points are - supported.</para></listitem> + supported.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -279,7 +313,9 @@ <command>--property=CollectMode=inactive-or-failed</command>, see the explanation for <varname>CollectMode=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further - information.</para></listitem> + information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -298,6 +334,8 @@ <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mkdir</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> does, but is different from the kernel default of <literal>rwxrwxrwxt</literal>, i.e. a world-writable directory with the sticky bit set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -329,14 +367,18 @@ <varlistentry> <term><varname>SYSTEMD_MOUNT_OPTIONS=</varname></term> - <listitem><para>The mount options to use, if <option>--options=</option> is not used.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The mount options to use, if <option>--options=</option> is not used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>SYSTEMD_MOUNT_WHERE=</varname></term> <listitem><para>The file system path to place the mount point at, instead of the automatically generated - one.</para></listitem> + one.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-network-generator.service.xml b/man/systemd-network-generator.service.xml index d1584b89cc..776daec05a 100644 --- a/man/systemd-network-generator.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-network-generator.service.xml @@ -61,6 +61,8 @@ <listitem> <para>— translated into <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.network</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -81,6 +83,8 @@ <listitem> <para>— translated into <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-networkd-wait-online.service.xml b/man/systemd-networkd-wait-online.service.xml index a3a70db209..c53f7213a0 100644 --- a/man/systemd-networkd-wait-online.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-networkd-wait-online.service.xml @@ -74,7 +74,9 @@ for possible operational states. If the operational state is not specified here, then the value from <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> in the corresponding <filename>.network</filename> file is used if present, and <literal>degraded</literal> otherwise. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -83,7 +85,9 @@ <listitem><para>Network interfaces to be ignored when deciding if the system is online. By default, only the loopback interface is ignored. This option may be used more than once - to ignore multiple network interfaces. </para></listitem> + to ignore multiple network interfaces. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -95,7 +99,9 @@ for possible operational states. If set, the specified value overrides <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> settings in <filename>.network</filename> files. But this does not override operational states specified in <option>--interface=</option> option. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -113,7 +119,9 @@ <para>If neither <option>--ipv4</option> nor <option>--ipv6</option> is specified, then the value from <varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=</varname> in the corresponding <filename>.network</filename> - file is used if present.</para></listitem> + file is used if present.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -131,7 +139,9 @@ <para>If neither <option>--ipv4</option> nor <option>--ipv6</option> is specified, then the value from <varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=</varname> in the corresponding <filename>.network</filename> - file is used if present.</para></listitem> + file is used if present.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -142,7 +152,9 @@ becomes online. When this option is specified with <option>--interface=</option>, then <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> waits for one of the specified interfaces to be online. This option is useful when some interfaces may not have carrier on boot. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -150,14 +162,18 @@ <listitem><para>Fail the service if the network is not online by the time the timeout elapses. A timeout of 0 disables the - timeout. Defaults to 120 seconds. </para></listitem> + timeout. Defaults to 120 seconds. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>-q</option></term> <term><option>--quiet</option></term> - <listitem><para>Suppress log messages.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Suppress log messages.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-notify.xml b/man/systemd-notify.xml index 8554f39e48..77ce2b5b6d 100644 --- a/man/systemd-notify.xml +++ b/man/systemd-notify.xml @@ -100,7 +100,9 @@ services, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details). For details about the semantics of this option see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -109,7 +111,9 @@ <listitem><para>Inform the invoking service manager about the beginning of the shutdown phase of the service. This is equivalent to <command>systemd-notify STOPPING=1</command>. For details about the semantics of this option see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -139,7 +143,9 @@ <listitem><para>Set the user ID to send the notification from. Takes a UNIX user name or numeric UID. When specified the notification message will be sent with the specified UID as sender, in place of the user the command was invoked as. This option requires sufficient privileges in order to be able manipulate the user - identity of the process.</para></listitem> + identity of the process.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -174,7 +180,9 @@ is only recommended when <command>systemd-notify</command> is spawned by the service manager, or when the invoking process is directly spawned by the service manager and has enough privileges to allow <command>systemd-notify</command> to send the notification on its behalf. Sending notifications with - this option set is prone to race conditions in all other cases.</para></listitem> + this option set is prone to race conditions in all other cases.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -188,7 +196,9 @@ <para>Note that many shells interpret <literal>;</literal> as their own separator for command lines, hence when <command>systemd-notify</command> is invoked from a shell the semicolon must usually be - escaped as <literal>\;</literal>.</para></listitem> + escaped as <literal>\;</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -202,7 +212,9 @@ notification message.</para> <para>To use this functionality from a <command>bash</command> shell, use an expression like the following:</para> - <programlisting>systemd-notify --fd=4 --fd=5 4</some/file 5</some/other/file</programlisting></listitem> + <programlisting>systemd-notify --fd=4 --fd=5 4</some/file 5</some/other/file</programlisting> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -211,7 +223,9 @@ <listitem><para>Set a name to assign to the file descriptors passed via <option>--fd=</option> (see above). This controls the <literal>FDNAME=</literal> field. This setting may only be specified once, and applies to all file descriptors passed. Invoke this tool multiple times in case multiple file - descriptors with different file descriptor names shall be submitted.</para></listitem> + descriptors with different file descriptor names shall be submitted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-nspawn.xml b/man/systemd-nspawn.xml index e4537a5c13..aa96186173 100644 --- a/man/systemd-nspawn.xml +++ b/man/systemd-nspawn.xml @@ -140,7 +140,9 @@ <listitem><para>Turns off any status output by the tool itself. When this switch is used, the only output from nspawn will be the console output of the container OS - itself.</para></listitem> + itself.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -191,7 +193,9 @@ <para>If disabled, no <filename>.nspawn</filename> file is read and no settings except the ones on the command line are in - effect.</para></listitem> + effect.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -318,7 +322,9 @@ policy is enforced when operating on the disk image specified via <option>--image=</option>, see above. If not specified defaults to <literal>root=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent:usr=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent:home=encrypted+unprotected+absent:srv=encrypted+unprotected+absent:esp=unprotected+absent:xbootldr=unprotected+absent:tmp=encrypted+unprotected+absent:var=encrypted+unprotected+absent</literal>, - i.e. all recognized file systems in the image are used, but not the swap partition.</para></listitem> + i.e. all recognized file systems in the image are used, but not the swap partition.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -327,7 +333,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes the path to an OCI runtime bundle to invoke, as specified in the <ulink url="https://github.com/opencontainers/runtime-spec/blob/master/spec.md">OCI Runtime Specification</ulink>. In this case no <filename>.nspawn</filename> file is loaded, and the root directory and various settings are read - from the OCI runtime JSON data (but data passed on the command line takes precedence).</para></listitem> + from the OCI runtime JSON data (but data passed on the command line takes precedence).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -429,7 +437,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a PKCS7 signature of the <option>--root-hash=</option> option. The semantics are the same as for the <varname>RootHashSignature=</varname> option, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -440,7 +450,9 @@ The integrity data must be matched by the root hash. If this option is not specified, but a file with the <filename>.verity</filename> suffix is found next to the image file, bearing otherwise the same name (except if the image has the <filename>.raw</filename> suffix, in which case the verity data file must not have it in its name), - the verity data is read from it and automatically used.</para></listitem> + the verity data is read from it and automatically used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -545,7 +557,9 @@ may be used to override the default variables or to set additional variables. It may be used more than once to set multiple variables. When <literal>=</literal> and <replaceable>VALUE</replaceable> are omitted, the value of the variable with the same name in the program environment will be used. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -597,7 +611,9 @@ container runtime performance – as long as these guarantees are not required or desirable, for example because any data written by the container is of temporary, redundant nature, or just an intermediary artifact that will be further processed and finalized by a later step in a - pipeline. Defaults to false.</para></listitem> + pipeline. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -806,7 +822,9 @@ <para>The <option>--private-users-ownership=auto</option> option is implied if <option>--private-users=pick</option> is used. This option has no effect if user namespacing is not - used.</para></listitem> + used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1121,7 +1139,9 @@ After=sys-subsystem-net-devices-ens1.device</programlisting> <para>If the special value of <literal>help</literal> is passed, the program will print known capability names and - exit.</para></listitem> + exit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1467,7 +1487,9 @@ After=sys-subsystem-net-devices-ens1.device</programlisting> not detect existing accounts in other databases.</para> <para>This operation is only supported in combination with - <option>--private-users=</option>/<option>-U</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--private-users=</option>/<option>-U</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1477,7 +1499,9 @@ After=sys-subsystem-net-devices-ens1.device</programlisting> (which must exist in the container) with a file node of the same type that is empty and has the most restrictive access mode supported. This is an effective way to mask files, directories and other file system objects from the container payload. This option may be used more than once in case all specified paths are - masked.</para></listitem> + masked.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1582,14 +1606,18 @@ After=sys-subsystem-net-devices-ens1.device</programlisting> passed file descriptor refers to a TTY of some form, APIs such as <constant>TIOCSTI</constant> may be used to synthesize input that might be used for escaping the container. Hence <option>pipe</option> mode should only be used if the payload is sufficiently trusted or when the standard - input/output/error output file descriptors are known safe, for example pipes.</para></listitem> + input/output/error output file descriptors are known safe, for example pipes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--pipe</option></term> <term><option>-P</option></term> - <listitem><para>Equivalent to <option>--console=pipe</option>.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Equivalent to <option>--console=pipe</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1641,6 +1669,8 @@ After=sys-subsystem-net-devices-ens1.device</programlisting> container payload will recognize this as a first boot, and will invoke <filename>systemd-firstboot.service</filename>, which then reads the two passed credentials to configure the system's initial locale and root password.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-oomd.service.xml b/man/systemd-oomd.service.xml index 45c791b831..d8ecfde8eb 100644 --- a/man/systemd-oomd.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-oomd.service.xml @@ -111,7 +111,9 @@ <term><option>--dry-run</option></term> <listitem><para>Do a dry run of <command>systemd-oomd</command>: when a kill is triggered, print it - to the log instead of killing the cgroup.</para></listitem> + to the log instead of killing the cgroup.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-path.xml b/man/systemd-path.xml index f2ca87d368..81ce31d608 100644 --- a/man/systemd-path.xml +++ b/man/systemd-path.xml @@ -54,7 +54,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><option>--suffix=</option></term> - <listitem><para>Printed paths are suffixed by the specified string.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Printed paths are suffixed by the specified string.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-pcrphase.service.xml b/man/systemd-pcrphase.service.xml index fad9d8247a..f6e7bba9d1 100644 --- a/man/systemd-pcrphase.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-pcrphase.service.xml @@ -143,7 +143,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes the PCR banks to extend the specified word into. If not specified the tool automatically determines all enabled PCR banks and measures the word into all of - them.</para></listitem> + them.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -153,7 +155,9 @@ chip (e.g. <filename>/dev/tpmrm0</filename>). Alternatively the special value <literal>auto</literal> may be specified, in order to automatically determine the device node of a suitable TPM2 device (of which there must be exactly one). The special value <literal>list</literal> may be used to enumerate - all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered.</para></listitem> + all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -161,14 +165,18 @@ <listitem><para>If no TPM2 firmware, kernel subsystem, kernel driver or device support is found, exit with exit status 0 (i.e. indicate success). If this is not specified any attempt to measure without a - TPM2 device will cause the invocation to fail.</para></listitem> + TPM2 device will cause the invocation to fail.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--machine-id</option></term> <listitem><para>Instead of measuring a word specified on the command line into PCR 11, measure the - host's machine ID into PCR 15.</para></listitem> + host's machine ID into PCR 15.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -176,7 +184,9 @@ <listitem><para>Instead of measuring a word specified on the command line into PCR 11, measure identity information of the specified file system into PCR 15. The parameter must be the path to the - established mount point of the file system to measure.</para></listitem> + established mount point of the file system to measure.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-quotacheck.service.xml b/man/systemd-quotacheck.service.xml index 8d80f272bf..7d9ff0e1a8 100644 --- a/man/systemd-quotacheck.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-quotacheck.service.xml @@ -53,7 +53,9 @@ file system quota checker deems them necessary. <literal>force</literal> unconditionally results in full file system quota checks. <literal>skip</literal> skips any file - system quota checks.</para></listitem> + system quota checks.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-random-seed.service.xml b/man/systemd-random-seed.service.xml index 4dda01487f..48928edb12 100644 --- a/man/systemd-random-seed.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-random-seed.service.xml @@ -76,7 +76,9 @@ a boolean parameter or the special string <literal>force</literal>. Defaults to false, in which case no entropy is credited. If true, entropy is credited if the random seed file and system state pass various superficial concisistency checks. If set to <literal>force</literal> entropy is credited, - regardless of these checks, as long as the random seed file exists.</para></listitem> + regardless of these checks, as long as the random seed file exists.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-repart.xml b/man/systemd-repart.xml index 9f2c08d2dd..89d7f2c285 100644 --- a/man/systemd-repart.xml +++ b/man/systemd-repart.xml @@ -172,7 +172,9 @@ the implied default. Controls whether <filename>systemd-repart</filename> executes the requested re-partition operations or whether it should only show what it would do. Unless <option>--dry-run=no</option> is specified <filename>systemd-repart</filename> will not actually - touch the device's partition table.</para></listitem> + touch the device's partition table.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -191,7 +193,9 @@ <literal>force</literal> no existing partitions will be taken into account or survive the operation. Hence: use with care, this is a great way to lose all your data. If <literal>create</literal> a new loopback file is create under the path passed via the device node - parameter, of the size indicated with <option>--size=</option>, see below.</para></listitem> + parameter, of the size indicated with <option>--size=</option>, see below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -202,7 +206,9 @@ command on the space taken up by any added partitions or on the space in between them. Usually, it's a good idea to issue this request since it tells the underlying hardware that the covered blocks shall be considered empty, improving performance. If operating on a regular file instead of a block - device node, a sparse file is generated.</para></listitem> + device node, a sparse file is generated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -227,7 +233,9 @@ <para>Also note that the automatic size determination does not take files or directories specified with <option>CopyFiles=</option> into account: operation might fail if the specified files or directories require more disk space then the configured per-partition minimal size - limit.</para></listitem> + limit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -240,7 +248,9 @@ your data. Note that partition files need to explicitly turn <varname>FactoryReset=</varname> on, as the option defaults to off. If no partitions are marked for factory reset this switch has no effect. Note that there are two other methods to request factory reset operation: via the kernel - command line and via an EFI variable, see above.</para></listitem> + command line and via an EFI variable, see above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -250,7 +260,9 @@ if any existing partitions are marked with <varname>FactoryReset=</varname>. If there are the tool will exit with exit status zero, otherwise non-zero. This switch may be used to quickly determine whether the running system supports a factory reset mechanism built on - <command>systemd-repart</command>.</para></listitem> + <command>systemd-repart</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -262,14 +274,18 @@ default when invoked on the regular system this defaults to the host's root file system <filename>/</filename>. If invoked from the initrd this defaults to <filename>/sysroot/</filename>, so that the tool operates on the configuration and machine ID stored in the root file system later - transitioned into itself.</para></listitem> + transitioned into itself.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--image=</option></term> <listitem><para>Takes a path to a disk image file or device to mount and use in a similar fashion to - <option>--root=</option>, see above.</para></listitem> + <option>--root=</option>, see above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -283,7 +299,9 @@ (or more precisely, the root directory configured via <option>--root=</option>) and use it as seed instead, falling back to a randomized seed otherwise. Use <option>--seed=random</option> to force a randomized seed. Explicitly specifying the seed may be used to generated strictly reproducible - partition tables.</para></listitem> + partition tables.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -291,7 +309,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If this switch is not specified, it defaults to on when called from an interactive terminal and off otherwise. Controls whether to show a user friendly table - and graphic illustrating the changes applied.</para></listitem> + and graphic illustrating the changes applied.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -302,7 +322,9 @@ <filename>/etc/repart.d/*.conf</filename>, <filename>/run/repart.d/*.conf</filename>.</para> - <para>This parameter can be specified multiple times.</para></listitem> + <para>This parameter can be specified multiple times.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -314,7 +336,9 @@ file system. In the latter case a connection is made to it and the key read from it. If this switch is not specified the empty key (i.e. zero length key) is used. This behaviour is useful for setting up encrypted partitions during early first boot that receive their user-supplied password only in a - later setup step.</para></listitem> + later setup step.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -322,7 +346,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a file system path. Configures the signing key to use when creating verity signature partitions with the <varname>Verity=signature</varname> setting in partition files. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -330,7 +356,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a file system path. Configures the PEM encoded X.509 certificate to use when creating verity signature partitions with the <varname>Verity=signature</varname> setting in - partition files.</para></listitem> + partition files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -341,7 +369,9 @@ the <varname>Encrypt=tpm2</varname> option. These options take the same parameters as the identically named options to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-cryptenroll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - and have the same effect on partitions where TPM2 enrollment is requested.</para></listitem> + and have the same effect on partitions where TPM2 enrollment is requested.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -350,7 +380,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures a TPM2 signed PCR policy to bind encryption to. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-cryptenroll</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details on these two options.</para></listitem> + for details on these two options.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -365,7 +397,9 @@ <para>Note that <option>--split</option> is independent from <option>--dry-run</option>. Even if <option>--dry-run</option> is enabled, split artifacts will still be generated from an existing image - if <option>--split</option> is enabled.</para></listitem> + if <option>--split</option> is enabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -378,7 +412,9 @@ are excluded. Both options take a comma separated list of GPT partition type UUIDs or identifiers (see <varname>Type=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>repart.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -389,7 +425,9 @@ calculating the sizes and offsets of other partitions, but aren't actually written to the disk image. The net effect of this option is that if you run <command>systemd-repart</command> again without this option, the missing partitions will be added as if they had not been deferred the first time - <command>systemd-repart</command> was executed.</para></listitem> + <command>systemd-repart</command> was executed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -398,7 +436,9 @@ <listitem><para>This option allows configuring the sector size of the image produced by <command>systemd-repart</command>. It takes a value that is a power of <literal>2</literal> between <literal>512</literal> and <literal>4096</literal>. This option is useful when building images for - disks that use a different sector size as the disk on which the image is produced.</para></listitem> + disks that use a different sector size as the disk on which the image is produced.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -426,7 +466,9 @@ <literal>s390x</literal>, <literal>tilegx</literal>, <literal>x86</literal> or - <literal>x86-64</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>x86-64</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -438,7 +480,9 @@ are not available. If disabled, the image is always built using loop devices. If <literal>auto</literal>, <command>systemd-repart</command> will build the image online if possible and fall back to building the image offline if loop devices are not available or cannot be accessed - due to missing permissions.</para></listitem> + due to missing permissions.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -451,7 +495,9 @@ but might have a different partition number and might be located at a different offset in the destination partition table. These definitions can be combined with partition definitions read from regular partition definition files. The synthesized definitions take precedence over the definitions - read from partition definition files.</para></listitem> + read from partition definition files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-resolved.service.xml b/man/systemd-resolved.service.xml index 4fba1964a0..3f2512a285 100644 --- a/man/systemd-resolved.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-resolved.service.xml @@ -368,7 +368,9 @@ search foobar.com barbar.com <listitem><para>Upon reception of the <constant>SIGUSR1</constant> process signal <command>systemd-resolved</command> will dump the contents of all DNS resource record caches it maintains, as well as all feature level information it learnt about configured DNS servers into the - system logs.</para></listitem> + system logs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -380,7 +382,9 @@ search foobar.com barbar.com <command>systemd-resolved</command> flushes the caches automatically anyway any time the host's network configuration changes. Sending this signal to <command>systemd-resolved</command> is equivalent to the <command>resolvectl flush-caches</command> command, however the latter is - recommended since it operates in a synchronous way.</para></listitem> + recommended since it operates in a synchronous way.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -395,7 +399,9 @@ search foobar.com barbar.com any time the DNS server configuration changes. Sending this signal to <command>systemd-resolved</command> is equivalent to the <command>resolvectl reset-server-features</command> command, however the latter is recommended since it operates in a - synchronous way.</para></listitem> + synchronous way.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -416,7 +422,9 @@ search foobar.com barbar.com <listitem><para>May contain a space separated list of DNS server IP addresses and DNS search domains. This information is only used when no explicit configuration via <filename>/etc/systemd/resolved.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> or the kernel - command line has been provided.</para></listitem> + command line has been provided.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -438,7 +446,9 @@ search foobar.com barbar.com <varname>Domains=</varname> settings of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> will be ignored. These two kernel command line options hence override system - configuration.</para></listitem> + configuration.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-rfkill.service.xml b/man/systemd-rfkill.service.xml index 7aa965284d..f2ff4869ec 100644 --- a/man/systemd-rfkill.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-rfkill.service.xml @@ -51,7 +51,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Defaults to <literal>1</literal>. If <literal>0</literal>, does not restore the rfkill settings on boot. However, settings will - still be stored on shutdown. </para></listitem> + still be stored on shutdown. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-run.xml b/man/systemd-run.xml index fecedda25c..a8026df84d 100644 --- a/man/systemd-run.xml +++ b/man/systemd-run.xml @@ -109,7 +109,9 @@ <term><option>--no-ask-password</option></term> <listitem><para>Do not query the user for authentication for - privileged operations.</para></listitem> + privileged operations.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -119,6 +121,8 @@ <para>Create a transient <filename>.scope</filename> unit instead of the default transient <filename>.service</filename> unit (see above). </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -138,6 +142,8 @@ in the same format as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <command>set-property</command> command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -147,7 +153,9 @@ <listitem><para>Provide a description for the service, scope, path, socket, or timer unit. If not specified, the command itself will be used as a description. See <varname>Description=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -157,6 +165,8 @@ of the specified slice, instead of <filename>system.slice</filename> (when running in <option>--system</option> mode) or the root slice (when running in <option>--user</option> mode).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -171,6 +181,8 @@ <option>--slice=</option> argument is <filename>bar</filename>, the unit will be placed under the <filename>foo-bar.slice</filename>.</para> + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> + </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -194,6 +206,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of variable expansion. Disabling variable expansion is useful if the specified command includes or may include a <literal>$</literal> sign.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -217,6 +231,8 @@ <varname>SendSIGHUP=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v207"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -229,6 +245,8 @@ option has no effect in conjunction with <option>--scope</option>. Defaults to <constant>simple</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -239,6 +257,8 @@ <listitem><para>Runs the service process under the specified UNIX user and group. Also see <varname>User=</varname> and <varname>Group=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -248,6 +268,8 @@ <listitem><para>Runs the service process with the specified nice level. Also see <varname>Nice=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -257,6 +279,8 @@ <listitem><para>Runs the service process with the specified working directory. Also see <varname>WorkingDirectory=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -265,7 +289,9 @@ <term><option>-d</option></term> <listitem><para>Similar to <option>--working-directory=</option>, but uses the current working - directory of the caller for the service to execute.</para></listitem> + directory of the caller for the service to execute.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -279,6 +305,8 @@ <para>Also see <varname>Environment=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -295,7 +323,9 @@ <command>shell</command> command is usually a better alternative for requesting a new, interactive login session on the local host or a local container.</para> - <para>See below for details on how this switch combines with <option>--pipe</option>.</para></listitem> + <para>See below for details on how this switch combines with <option>--pipe</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -319,7 +349,9 @@ descriptors, due to normal file descriptor access restrictions. If the invoked process is a shell script that uses the <command>echo "hello" >/dev/stderr</command> construct for writing messages to stderr, this might cause problems, as this only works if stderr can be re-opened. To mitigate this use the construct <command>echo - "hello" >&2</command> instead, which is mostly equivalent and avoids this pitfall.</para></listitem> + "hello" >&2</command> instead, which is mostly equivalent and avoids this pitfall.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -328,7 +360,9 @@ <listitem><para>A shortcut for <literal>--pty --same-dir --wait --collect --service-type=exec $SHELL</literal>, i.e. requests an interactive shell in the current working directory, running in service context, accessible - with a single switch.</para></listitem> + with a single switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -338,7 +372,9 @@ <listitem><para>Suppresses additional informational output while running. This is particularly useful in combination with <option>--pty</option> when it will suppress the initial - message explaining how to terminate the TTY connection.</para></listitem> + message explaining how to terminate the TTY connection.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -354,6 +390,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.timer</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details. These options are shortcuts for <command>--timer-property=</command> with the relevant properties. These options may not be combined with <option>--scope</option> or <option>--pty</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -364,6 +402,8 @@ in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.timer</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This option is a shortcut for <command>--timer-property=OnCalendar=</command>. This option may not be combined with <option>--scope</option> or <option>--pty</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -376,7 +416,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.timer</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These options are shortcuts for <command>--timer-property=OnClockChange=yes</command> and <command>--timer-property=OnTimezoneChange=yes</command>. These options may not be combined with - <option>--scope</option> or <option>--pty</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--scope</option> or <option>--pty</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -401,6 +443,8 @@ start request for the transient unit will be verified, enqueued and <command>systemd-run</command> will wait until the unit's start-up is completed. By passing this argument, it is only verified and enqueued. This option may not be combined with <option>--wait</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -413,7 +457,9 @@ completed). On exit, terse information about the unit's runtime is shown, including total runtime (as well as CPU usage, if <option>--property=CPUAccounting=1</option> was set) and the exit code and status of the main process. This output may be suppressed with <option>--quiet</option>. This option may not be combined with - <option>--no-block</option>, <option>--scope</option> or the various path, socket, or timer options.</para></listitem> + <option>--no-block</option>, <option>--scope</option> or the various path, socket, or timer options.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -428,7 +474,9 @@ <command>--property=CollectMode=inactive-or-failed</command>, see the explanation for <varname>CollectMode=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further - information.</para></listitem> + information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="user" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-sleep.conf.xml b/man/systemd-sleep.conf.xml index bdc4c3c193..67933ebaf2 100644 --- a/man/systemd-sleep.conf.xml +++ b/man/systemd-sleep.conf.xml @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ enter and exit. This corresponds to suspend, standby, or freeze states as understood by the kernel. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -58,7 +60,9 @@ be slow to enter and exit. This corresponds to the hibernation as understood by the kernel. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -71,7 +75,9 @@ lost data but might be slower to exit in that case. This mode is called suspend-to-both by the kernel. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -86,6 +92,8 @@ RTC alarm and hibernated. The estimated timespan is calculated from the change of the battery capacity level after the time specified by <varname>SuspendEstimationSec=</varname> or when the system is woken up from the suspend.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -130,7 +138,9 @@ <varname>AllowHybridSleep=no</varname>, since those methods use both suspend and hibernation internally. <varname>AllowSuspendThenHibernate=yes</varname> and <varname>AllowHybridSleep=yes</varname> can be used to override and enable those specific - modes.</para></listitem> + modes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -155,7 +165,9 @@ <para> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-suspend-then-hibernate.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> uses the value of <varname>SuspendMode=</varname> when suspending and the value of - <varname>HibernateMode=</varname> when hibernating.</para></listitem> + <varname>HibernateMode=</varname> when hibernating.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -181,7 +193,9 @@ <para> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-suspend-then-hibernate.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> uses the value of <varname>SuspendState=</varname> when suspending and the value of - <varname>HibernateState=</varname> when hibernating.</para></listitem> + <varname>HibernateState=</varname> when hibernating.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v203"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -193,6 +207,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-suspend-then-hibernate.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If the system has a battery, then defaults to the estimated timespan until the system battery charge level goes down to 5%. If the system has no battery, then defaults to 2h.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -204,7 +220,9 @@ capacity level and estimate battery discharging rate, which is used for estimating timespan until the system battery charge level goes down to 5%. Only used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-suspend-then-hibernate.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - Defaults to 1h.</para></listitem> + Defaults to 1h.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-socket-activate.xml b/man/systemd-socket-activate.xml index a9d00dce21..2b850c5e18 100644 --- a/man/systemd-socket-activate.xml +++ b/man/systemd-socket-activate.xml @@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ <listitem><para>Listen on this <replaceable>address</replaceable>. Takes a string like <literal>2000</literal> or <literal>127.0.0.1:2001</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -70,7 +72,9 @@ <term><option>--accept</option></term> <listitem><para>Launch an instance of the service program for each connection and pass the connection - socket.</para></listitem> + socket.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -78,7 +82,9 @@ <term><option>--datagram</option></term> <listitem><para>Listen on a datagram socket (<constant>SOCK_DGRAM</constant>), instead of a stream socket - (<constant>SOCK_STREAM</constant>). May not be combined with <option>--seqpacket</option>.</para></listitem> + (<constant>SOCK_STREAM</constant>). May not be combined with <option>--seqpacket</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -86,7 +92,9 @@ <listitem><para>Listen on a sequential packet socket (<constant>SOCK_SEQPACKET</constant>), instead of a stream socket (<constant>SOCK_STREAM</constant>). May not be combined with - <option>--datagram</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--datagram</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -94,7 +102,9 @@ <listitem><para>Use the inetd protocol for passing file descriptors, i.e. as standard input and standard output, instead of the new-style protocol for passing file descriptors using <varname>$LISTEN_FDS</varname> - (see above).</para></listitem> + (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -106,7 +116,9 @@ followed by <literal>=</literal>, assume that it is a variable–value pair. Otherwise, obtain the value from the environment of <command>systemd-socket-activate</command> itself. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -118,7 +130,9 @@ Multiple entries may be specifies using separate options or by separating names with colons (<literal>:</literal>) in one option. In case more names are given than descriptors, superfluous ones will be ignored. In case less names are given than descriptors, the remaining file descriptors will be unnamed. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -135,7 +149,9 @@ <term><varname>$LISTEN_FDNAMES</varname></term> <listitem><para>See - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_listen_fds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_listen_fds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-socket-proxyd.xml b/man/systemd-socket-proxyd.xml index bf51c0558c..57a6827ff4 100644 --- a/man/systemd-socket-proxyd.xml +++ b/man/systemd-socket-proxyd.xml @@ -65,14 +65,18 @@ <term><option>-c</option></term> <listitem><para>Sets the maximum number of simultaneous connections, defaults to 256. - If the limit of concurrent connections is reached further connections will be refused.</para></listitem> + If the limit of concurrent connections is reached further connections will be refused.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--exit-idle-time=</option></term> <listitem><para>Sets the time before exiting when there are no connections, defaults to <constant>infinity</constant>. Takes a unit-less value in seconds, or a time span value such - as <literal>5min 20s</literal>.</para></listitem> + as <literal>5min 20s</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-stdio-bridge.xml b/man/systemd-stdio-bridge.xml index 0dce5659d7..f96dbf8eeb 100644 --- a/man/systemd-stdio-bridge.xml +++ b/man/systemd-stdio-bridge.xml @@ -64,7 +64,9 @@ <term><option>--bus-path=<replaceable>PATH</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Path to the bus address. Default: <literal>unix:path=/run/dbus/system_bus_socket</literal> - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-stub.xml b/man/systemd-stub.xml index f172de447c..06a71bc4fb 100644 --- a/man/systemd-stub.xml +++ b/man/systemd-stub.xml @@ -296,7 +296,9 @@ <listitem><para>Contains the partition UUID of the EFI System Partition the EFI image was run from. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-gpt-auto-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> uses this information to automatically find the disk booted from, in order to discover various other - partitions on the same disk automatically.</para></listitem> + partitions on the same disk automatically.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -305,7 +307,9 @@ <listitem><para>Brief firmware information. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view this - data.</para></listitem> + data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -314,7 +318,9 @@ <listitem><para>The path of EFI executable, relative to the EFI System Partition's root directory. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view - this data.</para></listitem> + this data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -322,7 +328,9 @@ <listitem><para>Brief stub information. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view - this data.</para></listitem> + this data.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -331,7 +339,9 @@ <listitem><para>The PCR register index the kernel image, initrd image, boot splash, devicetree database, and the embedded command line are measured into, formatted as decimal ASCII string (e.g. <literal>11</literal>). This variable is set if a measurement was successfully completed, and remains - unset otherwise.</para></listitem> + unset otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -339,7 +349,9 @@ <listitem><para>The PCR register index the kernel command line and credentials are measured into, formatted as decimal ASCII string (e.g. <literal>12</literal>). This variable is set if a measurement - was successfully completed, and remains unset otherwise.</para></listitem> + was successfully completed, and remains unset otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -348,7 +360,9 @@ <listitem><para>The PCR register index the systemd extensions for the initrd, which are picked up from the file system the kernel image is located on. Formatted as decimal ASCII string (e.g. <literal>13</literal>). This variable is set if a measurement was successfully completed, and remains - unset otherwise.</para></listitem> + unset otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -367,7 +381,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><filename>/</filename></term> - <listitem><para>The main initrd from the <literal>.initrd</literal> PE section of the unified kernel image.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The main initrd from the <literal>.initrd</literal> PE section of the unified kernel image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -375,7 +391,9 @@ <listitem><para>Credential files (suffix <literal>.cred</literal>) that are placed next to the unified kernel image (as described above) are copied into the <filename>/.extra/credentials/</filename> directory in the initrd execution - environment.</para></listitem> + environment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -383,14 +401,18 @@ <listitem><para>Similar, credential files in the <filename>/loader/credentials/</filename> directory in the file system the unified kernel image is placed in are copied into the <filename>/.extra/global_credentials/</filename> directory in the initrd execution - environment.</para></listitem> + environment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>/.extra/sysext/*.raw</filename></term> <listitem><para>System extension image files (suffix <literal>.raw</literal>) that are placed next to the unified kernel image (as described above) are copied into the - <filename>/.extra/sysext/</filename> directory in the initrd execution environment.</para></listitem> + <filename>/.extra/sysext/</filename> directory in the initrd execution environment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -398,14 +420,18 @@ <listitem><para>The TPM2 PCR signature JSON object included in the <literal>.pcrsig</literal> PE section of the unified kernel image is copied into the <filename>/.extra/tpm2-pcr-signature.json</filename> file in the initrd execution - environment.</para></listitem> + environment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><filename>/.extra/tpm2-pcr-pkey.pem</filename></term> <listitem><para>The PEM public key included in the <literal>.pcrpkey</literal> PE section of the unified kernel image is copied into the <filename>/.extra/tpm2-pcr-public-key.pem</filename> file in - the initrd execution environment.</para></listitem> + the initrd execution environment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -429,7 +455,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><varname>io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra</varname></term> <listitem><para>If set, the value of this string is added to the list of kernel command line - arguments that are measured in PCR12 and passed to the kernel.</para></listitem> + arguments that are measured in PCR12 and passed to the kernel.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-sysctl.service.xml b/man/systemd-sysctl.service.xml index 975ffadefa..7a66e59e6e 100644 --- a/man/systemd-sysctl.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-sysctl.service.xml @@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ <term><option>--prefix=</option></term> <listitem> <para>Only apply rules with the specified prefix.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='strict'> @@ -70,6 +72,8 @@ <para>Always return non-zero exit code on failure (including invalid sysctl variable name and insufficient permissions), unless the sysctl variable name is prefixed with a "-" character.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -97,7 +101,9 @@ credential contents should follow the same format as any other <filename>sysctl.d/</filename> drop-in configuration file. If this credential is passed it is processed after all of the drop-in files read from the file system. The settings configured in the credential hence take precedence over those in - the file system.</para></listitem> + the file system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-sysext.xml b/man/systemd-sysext.xml index 08540feab2..8227b972b9 100644 --- a/man/systemd-sysext.xml +++ b/man/systemd-sysext.xml @@ -215,7 +215,9 @@ <listitem><para>When invoked without any command verb, or when <option>status</option> is specified the current merge status is shown, separately (for both <filename>/usr/</filename> and - <filename>/opt/</filename> of sysext and for <filename>/etc/</filename> of confext).</para></listitem> + <filename>/opt/</filename> of sysext and for <filename>/etc/</filename> of confext).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -224,7 +226,9 @@ <filename>/usr/</filename> and <filename>/opt/</filename>, by overmounting these hierarchies with an <literal>overlayfs</literal> file system combining the underlying hierarchies with those included in the extension images. This command will fail if the hierarchies are already merged. For confext, the merge - happens into the <filename>/etc/</filename> directory instead.</para></listitem> + happens into the <filename>/etc/</filename> directory instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -232,7 +236,9 @@ <listitem><para>Unmerges all currently installed system extension images from <filename>/usr/</filename> and <filename>/opt/</filename> for sysext and <filename>/etc/</filename>, for confext, by unmounting the <literal>overlayfs</literal> file systems created by <option>merge</option> - prior.</para></listitem> + prior.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -245,13 +251,17 @@ without establishing any new <literal>overlayfs</literal> instance. Note that currently there's a brief moment where neither the old nor the new <literal>overlayfs</literal> file system is mounted. This implies that all resources supplied by a system extension will briefly - disappear — even if it exists continuously during the refresh operation.</para></listitem> + disappear — even if it exists continuously during the refresh operation.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>list</option></term> - <listitem><para>A brief list of installed extension images is shown.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A brief list of installed extension images is shown.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -269,7 +279,9 @@ <listitem><para>Operate relative to the specified root directory, i.e. establish the <literal>overlayfs</literal> mount not on the top-level host <filename>/usr/</filename> and <filename>/opt/</filename> hierarchies for sysext or <filename>/etc/</filename> for confext, - but below some specified root directory.</para></listitem> + but below some specified root directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -278,7 +290,9 @@ <listitem><para>When merging system extensions into <filename>/usr/</filename> and <filename>/opt/</filename> for sysext and <filename>/etc/</filename> for confext, ignore version incompatibilities, i.e. force merging regardless of - whether the version information included in the images matches the host or not.</para></listitem> + whether the version information included in the images matches the host or not.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -293,7 +307,9 @@ <literal>root=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent</literal>. When run in the initrd and operating on a system extension image stored in the <filename>/.extra/sysext/</filename> directory a slightly stricter policy is used by default: <literal>root=signed+absent:usr=signed+absent</literal>, - see above for details.</para></listitem> + see above for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -301,7 +317,9 @@ <listitem><para>When merging configuration extensions into <filename>/etc/</filename> the <literal>MS_NOEXEC</literal> mount flag is used by default. This option can be used to disable - it.</para></listitem> + it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -312,6 +330,8 @@ <command>unmerge</command> or <command>refresh</command>, do not reload daemon after executing the changes even if an extension that is applied requires a reload via the <varname>EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=</varname> set to 1.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-system.conf.xml b/man/systemd-system.conf.xml index e106dabaf4..2ae91ab5c1 100644 --- a/man/systemd-system.conf.xml +++ b/man/systemd-system.conf.xml @@ -93,7 +93,9 @@ <literal>reboot-immediate</literal>, <literal>poweroff-immediate</literal> or disabled with <literal>none</literal>. Defaults to <literal>reboot-force</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -106,7 +108,9 @@ merged. If the empty string is assigned, the mask is reset, all assignments prior to this will have no effect. Individual services may override the CPU affinity for their processes with the <varname>CPUAffinity=</varname> setting in unit files, see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -115,7 +119,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the NUMA memory policy for the service manager and the default NUMA memory policy for all forked off processes. Individual services may override the default policy with the <varname>NUMAPolicy=</varname> setting in unit files, see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -125,7 +131,9 @@ <option>default</option> and <option>local</option> NUMA policies don't require explicit NUMA node mask and value of the option can be empty. Similarly to <varname>NUMAPolicy=</varname>, value can be overridden by individual services in unit files, see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -201,7 +209,9 @@ must be smaller than the timeout value for <varname>RuntimeWatchdogSec=</varname>. This setting has no effect if a hardware watchdog is not available or the hardware watchdog does not support a pre-timeout and will be ignored by the - kernel if the setting is greater than the actual watchdog timeout.</para></listitem> + kernel if the setting is greater than the actual watchdog timeout.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -218,7 +228,9 @@ in use. If the <filename>pretimeout_available_governors</filename> sysfs file is empty, the governor might be built as a kernel module and might need to be manually loaded (e.g. <varname>pretimeout_noop.ko</varname>), or the watchdog device might not support - pre-timeouts.</para></listitem> + pre-timeouts.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -227,7 +239,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configure the hardware watchdog device that the runtime and shutdown watchdog timers will open and use. Defaults to <filename>/dev/watchdog0</filename>. This setting has no - effect if a hardware watchdog is not available.</para></listitem> + effect if a hardware watchdog is not available.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -249,7 +263,9 @@ using the <varname>CapabilityBoundingSet=</varname> directive for units, but note that capabilities dropped for PID 1 cannot be regained in individual units, they are lost for - good.</para></listitem> + good.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -264,7 +280,9 @@ function properly with this option enabled. Individual units cannot disable this option. Also see <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/userspace-api/no_new_privs.html">No New Privileges Flag</ulink>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -292,7 +310,9 @@ prohibit execution of any non-native binaries. When a binary executes a system call of an architecture that is not listed in this setting, it will be immediately terminated with the - SIGSYS signal.</para></listitem> + SIGSYS signal.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -310,7 +330,9 @@ for more information. Note that in contrast to most other time span definitions this parameter takes an integer value in nano-seconds if no unit is specified. The usual time units are - understood too.</para></listitem> + understood too.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -326,7 +348,9 @@ <para>See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details about unit names and <varname>Description=</varname>.</para></listitem> + details about unit names and <varname>Description=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -340,7 +364,9 @@ units override the global default for the specific unit. Defaults to 1min. Note that the accuracy of timer units is also affected by the configured timer slack for PID 1, see - <varname>TimerSlackNSec=</varname> above.</para></listitem> + <varname>TimerSlackNSec=</varname> above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -374,7 +400,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crypttab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>). Defaults to &DEFAULT_TIMEOUT; in the system manager and &DEFAULT_USER_TIMEOUT; in the user manager. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -410,7 +438,9 @@ Sets three variables <literal>VAR1</literal>, <literal>VAR2</literal>, - <literal>VAR3</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>VAR3</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -428,6 +458,8 @@ <para>Simple <literal>%</literal>-specifier expansion is supported, see below for a list of supported specifiers.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -463,7 +495,9 @@ and root cgroup <varname>pids.max</varname>. Kernel has a default value for <varname>kernel.pid_max=</varname> and an algorithm of counting in case of more than 32 cores. For example, with the default <varname>kernel.pid_max=</varname>, <varname>DefaultTasksMax=</varname> defaults to 4915, - but might be greater in other systems or smaller in OS containers.</para></listitem> + but might be greater in other systems or smaller in OS containers.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -509,6 +543,8 @@ <para>Note that the service manager internally in PID 1 bumps <varname>RLIMIT_NOFILE</varname> and <varname>RLIMIT_MEMLOCK</varname> to higher values, however the limit is reverted to the mentioned defaults for all child processes forked off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v198"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -520,7 +556,9 @@ <varname>OOMPolicy=</varname> setting. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details. Note that this default is not used for services that have <varname>Delegate=</varname> - turned on.</para></listitem> + turned on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -534,7 +572,9 @@ pick a global default for the per-unit <varname>OOMScoreAdjust=</varname> setting. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details. Note that this setting has no effect on the OOM score adjustment value of the service - manager process itself, it retains the original value set during its invocation.</para></listitem> + manager process itself, it retains the original value set during its invocation.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -546,7 +586,9 @@ for the details.</para> <para>If the value is <literal>/</literal>, only labels specified with <varname>SmackProcessLabel=</varname> - are assigned and the compile-time default is ignored.</para></listitem> + are assigned and the compile-time default is ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -556,7 +598,9 @@ <listitem><para>Rate limiting for daemon-reload requests. Default to unset, and any number of daemon-reload operations can be requested at any time. <varname>ReloadLimitIntervalSec=</varname> takes a value in seconds to configure the rate limit window, and <varname>ReloadLimitBurst=</varname> takes a positive integer to - configure the maximum allowed number of reloads within the configured time window.</para></listitem> + configure the maximum allowed number of reloads within the configured time window.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -568,7 +612,9 @@ settings. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.resource-control</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details. Defaults to <literal>auto</literal> and <literal>200ms</literal>, respectively. This - also sets the memory pressure monitoring threshold for the service manager itself.</para></listitem> + also sets the memory pressure monitoring threshold for the service manager itself.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -649,7 +695,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term>systemd 252</term> <listitem><para>Option <varname>DefaultBlockIOAccounting=</varname> was deprecated. Please switch - to the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para></listitem> + to the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-sysupdate.xml b/man/systemd-sysupdate.xml index 409281c19f..65848b85fe 100644 --- a/man/systemd-sysupdate.xml +++ b/man/systemd-sysupdate.xml @@ -101,7 +101,9 @@ about the specific version, including the individual files that need to be transferred to acquire the version.</para> - <para>If no command is explicitly specified this command is implied.</para></listitem> + <para>If no command is explicitly specified this command is implied.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -110,7 +112,9 @@ <listitem><para>Checks if there's a new version available. This internally enumerates downloadable and installed versions and returns exit status 0 if there's a new version to update to, non-zero otherwise. If there is a new version to update to, its version identifier is written to standard - output.</para></listitem> + output.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -124,7 +128,9 @@ least one new version can be installed, as configured via <varname>InstanceMax=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysupdate.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or via the available partition slots of the right type. This implicit operation can also be invoked - explicitly via the <command>vacuum</command> command described below.</para></listitem> + explicitly via the <command>vacuum</command> command described below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -134,7 +140,9 @@ <varname>InstanceMax=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysupdate.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> are met again. Normally, it should not be necessary to invoke this command explicitly, since it is - implicitly invoked whenever a new update is initiated.</para></listitem> + implicitly invoked whenever a new update is initiated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -144,7 +152,9 @@ running. Returns zero if so, non-zero otherwise. This compares the newest installed version's identifier with the OS image version as reported by the <varname>IMAGE_VERSION=</varname> field in <filename>/etc/os-release</filename>. If the former is newer than the latter, an update was - apparently completed but not activated (i.e. rebooted into) yet.</para></listitem> + apparently completed but not activated (i.e. rebooted into) yet.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -154,7 +164,9 @@ newer version of the OS has been installed than the one currently running. This operation can be done implicitly together with the <command>update</command> command, after a completed update via the <option>--reboot</option> switch, see below. This command will execute no operation (and return - success) if no update has been installed, and thus the system was not rebooted.</para></listitem> + success) if no update has been installed, and thus the system was not rebooted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -163,7 +175,9 @@ <listitem><para>Lists components that can be updated. This enumerates the <filename>/etc/sysupdate.*.d/</filename>, <filename>/run/sysupdate.*.d/</filename> and <filename>/usr/lib/sysupdate.*.d/</filename> directories that contain transfer files. This command is - useful to list possible parameters for <option>--component=</option> (see below).</para></listitem> + useful to list possible parameters for <option>--component=</option> (see below).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -201,7 +215,9 @@ updated together in a synchronous fashion. Simply define multiple transfer files within the same <filename>sysupdate.d/</filename> directory for these cases.</para> - <para>This option may not be combined with <option>--definitions=</option>.</para></listitem> + <para>This option may not be combined with <option>--definitions=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -211,14 +227,18 @@ are read from this directory instead of <filename>/usr/lib/sysupdate.d/*.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/sysupdate.d/*.conf</filename>, and <filename>/run/sysupdate.d/*.conf</filename>.</para> - <para>This option may not be combined with <option>--component=</option>.</para></listitem> + <para>This option may not be combined with <option>--component=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--root=</option></term> <listitem><para>Takes a path to a directory to use as root file system when searching for - <filename>sysupdate.d/*.conf</filename> files.</para></listitem> + <filename>sysupdate.d/*.conf</filename> files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -226,7 +246,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a path to a disk image file or device to mount and use in a similar fashion to <option>--root=</option>, see above. If this is used and partition resources are updated this is done - inside the specified disk image.</para></listitem> + inside the specified disk image.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -239,7 +261,9 @@ keep at any time. This option may also be configured inside the transfer files, via the <varname>InstancesMax=</varname> setting, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysupdate.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -248,21 +272,27 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument, defaults to yes. This may be used to specify whether the newly updated resource versions shall be synchronized to disk when appropriate (i.e. after the download is complete, before it is finalized, and again after finalization). This should not be - turned off, except to improve runtime performance in testing environments.</para></listitem> + turned off, except to improve runtime performance in testing environments.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--verify=</option></term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument, defaults to yes. Controls whether to cryptographically - verify downloads. Do not turn this off, except in testing environments.</para></listitem> + verify downloads. Do not turn this off, except in testing environments.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--reboot</option></term> <listitem><para>When used in combination with the <command>update</command> command and a new version is - installed, automatically reboots the system immediately afterwards.</para></listitem> + installed, automatically reboots the system immediately afterwards.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="no-pager" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-sysusers.xml b/man/systemd-sysusers.xml index 49f634b180..b8b811bb5e 100644 --- a/man/systemd-sysusers.xml +++ b/man/systemd-sysusers.xml @@ -64,7 +64,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a directory path as an argument. All paths will be prefixed with the given alternate <replaceable>root</replaceable> path, including config search - paths. </para></listitem> + paths. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -77,7 +79,9 @@ <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>. For further information on supported disk images, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s - switch of the same name.</para></listitem> + switch of the same name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -113,19 +117,25 @@ would be written using a macro with "radvd" and a file containing the configuration line as arguments.</para> </example> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--dry-run</option></term> <listitem><para>Process the configuration and figure out what entries would be created, but don't - actually write anything.</para></listitem> + actually write anything.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--inline</option></term> <listitem><para>Treat each positional argument as a separate configuration - line instead of a file name.</para></listitem> + line instead of a file name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="cat-config" /> @@ -151,7 +161,9 @@ the default root password to use via a unit file drop-in or from a container manager passing in this credential. Note that setting this credential has no effect if the specified user account already exists. This credential is hence primarily useful in first boot scenarios or systems that are fully - stateless and come up with an empty <filename>/etc/</filename> on every boot.</para></listitem> + stateless and come up with an empty <filename>/etc/</filename> on every boot.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -162,13 +174,17 @@ account. If both the hashed and the plaintext credential are specified for the same user the former takes precedence. It's generally recommended to specify the hashed version; however in test environments with weaker requirements on security it might be easier to pass passwords in plaintext - instead.</para></listitem> + instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>passwd.shell.<replaceable>user</replaceable></varname></term> - <listitem><para>Specifies the shell binary to use for the specified account when creating it.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Specifies the shell binary to use for the specified account when creating it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -177,7 +193,9 @@ <listitem><para>The contents of this credential may contain additional lines to operate on. The credential contents should follow the same format as any other <filename>sysusers.d/</filename> drop-in. If this credential is passed it is processed after all of the drop-in files read from the - file system.</para></listitem> + file system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-time-wait-sync.service.xml b/man/systemd-time-wait-sync.service.xml index 887a9e306b..fe7ef17796 100644 --- a/man/systemd-time-wait-sync.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-time-wait-sync.service.xml @@ -52,6 +52,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The presence of this file indicates to this service that the system clock has been synchronized.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-timesyncd.service.xml b/man/systemd-timesyncd.service.xml index ac6aae6a33..56cf4bce2f 100644 --- a/man/systemd-timesyncd.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-timesyncd.service.xml @@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ if it exists – or to a time derived from the source tree at build time. This mechanism is used to ensure that the system clock remains somewhat reasonably initialized and roughly monotonic across reboots, in case no battery-buffered local RTC is available.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -94,7 +96,9 @@ <listitem><para>The modification time ("mtime") of this file is used for advancing the system clock in case <filename>/var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock</filename> does not exist yet, see - above.</para></listitem> + above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -104,6 +108,8 @@ <para>A file that is touched on each successful synchronization, to assist <filename>systemd-time-wait-sync</filename> and other applications to detecting synchronization with accurate reference clocks.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd-tmpfiles.xml b/man/systemd-tmpfiles.xml index 0db2a4b03b..1e88046237 100644 --- a/man/systemd-tmpfiles.xml +++ b/man/systemd-tmpfiles.xml @@ -142,7 +142,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><option>--user</option></term> <listitem><para>Execute "user" configuration, i.e. <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> - files in user configuration directories.</para></listitem> + files in user configuration directories.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -150,27 +152,35 @@ <listitem><para>Also execute lines with an exclamation mark. Lines that are not safe to be executed on a running system may be marked in this way. <command>systemd-tmpfiles</command> is executed in early boot with <option>--boot</option> specified and will execute those lines. When invoked again - later, it should be called without <option>--boot</option>.</para></listitem> + later, it should be called without <option>--boot</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--graceful</option></term> <listitem><para>Ignore configuration lines pertaining to unknown users or groups. This option is - intended to be used in early boot before all users or groups have been created.</para></listitem> + intended to be used in early boot before all users or groups have been created.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--prefix=<replaceable>path</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Only apply rules with paths that start with the specified prefix. This option can be specified multiple - times.</para></listitem> + times.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--exclude-prefix=<replaceable>path</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Ignore rules with paths that start with the specified prefix. This option can be specified multiple - times.</para></listitem> + times.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -180,7 +190,9 @@ by virtual or memory file systems. This is useful in combination with <option>--root=</option>, if the specified directory tree contains an OS tree without these virtual/memory file systems mounted in, as it is typically not desirable to create any files and directories below these subdirectories - if they are supposed to be overmounted during runtime.</para></listitem> + if they are supposed to be overmounted during runtime.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -195,7 +207,9 @@ <para>Consider combining this with <option>-E</option> to ensure the invocation does not create files or directories below mount points in the OS image operated on that are typically overmounted during - runtime.</para></listitem> + runtime.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -210,7 +224,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s switch of the same name.</para> - <para>Implies <option>-E</option>.</para></listitem> + <para>Implies <option>-E</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="image-policy-open" /> @@ -228,7 +244,9 @@ are running and files belonging to that package are not yet available on disk, so their contents must be given on the command line, but the admin configuration might already exist and should be given higher priority. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="cat-config" /> @@ -261,7 +279,9 @@ credential contents should follow the same format as any other <filename>tmpfiles.d/</filename> drop-in configuration file. If this credential is passed it is processed after all of the drop-in files read from the file system. The lines in the credential can hence augment existing lines of the - OS, but not override them.</para></listitem> + OS, but not override them.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.xml b/man/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.xml index 5c0011ec43..e3925b923e 100644 --- a/man/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.xml +++ b/man/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.xml @@ -55,7 +55,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><option>--list</option></term> - <listitem><para>Lists all currently pending system password requests.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lists all currently pending system password requests.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -63,14 +65,18 @@ <listitem><para>Process all currently pending system password requests by querying the user on the calling - TTY.</para></listitem> + TTY.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--watch</option></term> <listitem><para>Continuously process password - requests.</para></listitem> + requests.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -79,7 +85,9 @@ <listitem><para>Forward password requests to <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>wall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> instead of querying the user on the calling - TTY.</para></listitem> + TTY.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -88,7 +96,9 @@ <listitem><para>Ask question with <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>plymouth</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> instead of querying the user on the calling - TTY.</para></listitem> + TTY.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -96,7 +106,9 @@ <listitem><para>Ask question on TTY <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable> instead of querying the user on the calling TTY. If <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable> is not specified, - <filename>/dev/console</filename> will be used.</para></listitem> + <filename>/dev/console</filename> will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/systemd-udevd.service.xml b/man/systemd-udevd.service.xml index 3107fb7ce9..853fed15bc 100644 --- a/man/systemd-udevd.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-udevd.service.xml @@ -117,6 +117,8 @@ <constant>SIGKILL</constant>. Note that setting the option on the command line overrides the setting from the configuration file. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -147,6 +149,8 @@ <term><varname>rd.udev.log_level=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Set the log level.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -154,6 +158,8 @@ <term><varname>rd.udev.children_max=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Limit the number of events executed in parallel.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -164,6 +170,8 @@ number of seconds. This option might be useful when debugging system crashes during coldplug caused by loading non-working kernel modules.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -173,6 +181,8 @@ <para>Wait for events to finish up to the given number of seconds. This option might be useful if events are terminated due to kernel drivers taking too long to initialize.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -182,6 +192,8 @@ <para>Specifies a signal that <filename>systemd-udevd</filename> will send to workers on timeout. Note that kernel command line option overrides both the setting in the configuration file and the one on the program command line.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -198,6 +210,8 @@ --setrw</command> command, see <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>blockdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -205,6 +219,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Network interfaces are renamed to give them predictable names when possible. It is enabled by default; specifying 0 disables it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v199"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -222,6 +238,8 @@ the naming is generally derived from driver attributes exposed by the kernel. As the kernel is updated, previously missing attributes <filename>systemd-udevd.service</filename> is checking might appear, which affects older name derivation algorithms, too.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -262,6 +280,8 @@ OriginalName=* NamePolicy=keep kernel path slot onboard mac AlternativeNamePolicy=path slot onboard mac</programlisting> </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd-vconsole-setup.service.xml b/man/systemd-vconsole-setup.service.xml index 72196d2d90..665f894363 100644 --- a/man/systemd-vconsole-setup.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-vconsole-setup.service.xml @@ -76,7 +76,9 @@ <filename>/etc/vconsole.conf</filename> on first boot (if not already configured), and then read from there by <command>systemd-vconsole-setup</command>, while <varname>vconsole.keymap</varname> is read on every boot, and is not persisted to disk (but any configuration in - <filename>vconsole.conf</filename> will take precedence if present).</para></listitem> + <filename>vconsole.conf</filename> will take precedence if present).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -86,7 +88,9 @@ <listitem><para>The console font settings to apply. The matching options in <filename>vconsole.conf</filename> and on the kernel command line take precedence over these - credentials.</para></listitem> + credentials.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-veritysetup-generator.xml b/man/systemd-veritysetup-generator.xml index 6e6f52839b..b1efed5f1d 100644 --- a/man/systemd-veritysetup-generator.xml +++ b/man/systemd-veritysetup-generator.xml @@ -55,7 +55,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. If <literal>no</literal>, disables the generator entirely. <varname>rd.systemd.verity=</varname> is honored only by the initrd while <varname>systemd.verity=</varname> is honored by both the host - system and the initrd.</para></listitem> + system and the initrd.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -69,6 +71,8 @@ partition device is looked for under a GPT partition UUID derived from the last 128-bit of the root hash. Hence it is usually sufficient to specify the root hash to boot from a verity protected root file system, as device paths are automatically determined from it — as long as the partition table is properly set up.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -79,7 +83,9 @@ <listitem><para>These two settings take block device paths as arguments and may be used to explicitly configure the data partition and hash partition to use for setting up the verity protection for the root file system. If not specified, these paths are automatically derived from the <varname>roothash=</varname> argument - (see above).</para></listitem> + (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -99,7 +105,9 @@ <option>fec-offset=<replaceable>BYTES</replaceable></option>, <option>fec-roots=<replaceable>NUM</replaceable></option> and <option>root-hash-signature=<replaceable>PATH</replaceable>|base64:<replaceable>HEX</replaceable></option>. See <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>veritysetup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -109,7 +117,9 @@ <term><varname>systemd.verity_usr_options=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Equivalent to their counterparts for the root file system as described above, but - apply to the <filename>/usr/</filename> file system instead.</para></listitem> + apply to the <filename>/usr/</filename> file system instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd-veritysetup@.service.xml b/man/systemd-veritysetup@.service.xml index ed91bd288f..d6131a889c 100644 --- a/man/systemd-veritysetup@.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd-veritysetup@.service.xml @@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ <replaceable>hashdevice</replaceable>. See <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/device-mapper/verity.html"> Kernel dm-verity</ulink> documentation for details. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -73,7 +75,9 @@ </term> <listitem><para>Detach (destroy) the block device - <replaceable>volume</replaceable>.</para></listitem> + <replaceable>volume</replaceable>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -81,7 +85,9 @@ <option>help</option> </term> - <listitem><para>Print short information about command syntax.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Print short information about command syntax.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd.automount.xml b/man/systemd.automount.xml index 67c59e132c..0bbd4e8ae7 100644 --- a/man/systemd.automount.xml +++ b/man/systemd.automount.xml @@ -149,7 +149,9 @@ mountpoint. This takes a comma-separated list of options. This setting is optional. Note that the usual specifier expansion is applied to this setting, literal percent characters should hence be written as - <literal class='specifiers'>%%</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal class='specifiers'>%%</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -167,7 +169,9 @@ idle for the specified time, systemd will attempt to unmount. Takes a unit-less value in seconds, or a time span value such as "5min 20s". Pass 0 to disable the timeout logic. The timeout is disabled by - default.</para></listitem> + default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.dnssd.xml b/man/systemd.dnssd.xml index c7d781b568..5bf93753e4 100644 --- a/man/systemd.dnssd.xml +++ b/man/systemd.dnssd.xml @@ -104,6 +104,8 @@ </tbody> </tgroup> </table> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -112,12 +114,16 @@ <para>A type of the network service as defined in the section 4.1.2 of <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6763">RFC 6763</ulink>, e.g. <literal>_http._tcp</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Port=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>An IP port number of the network service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -125,6 +131,8 @@ <listitem> <para>A priority number set in <constant class='dns'>SRV</constant> resource records corresponding to the network service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -132,6 +140,8 @@ <listitem> <para>A weight number set in <constant class='dns'>SRV</constant> resource records corresponding to the network service.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -146,6 +156,8 @@ case multiple TXT resource records will be created for the service. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset and all prior assignments will have no effect. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -161,6 +173,8 @@ case multiple TXT resource records will be created for the service. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset and all prior assignments will have no effect. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.exec.xml b/man/systemd.exec.xml index 643dcd662e..18928a4e85 100644 --- a/man/systemd.exec.xml +++ b/man/systemd.exec.xml @@ -100,7 +100,9 @@ <varname>PassEnvironment=</varname>. Assigning an empty string removes previous assignments and setting <varname>ExecSearchPath=</varname> to a value multiple times will append to the previous setting. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -209,7 +211,9 @@ <constant>esp</constant>, <constant>xbootldr</constant>, <constant>tmp</constant>, <constant>var</constant>.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -229,7 +233,9 @@ snapshot to make the ephemeral copy. For root images, a filesystem with support for reflinks should be used to ensure an efficient ephemeral copy.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -254,7 +260,9 @@ image. There's currently no option to configure the root hash for the <filename>/usr/</filename> file system via the unit file directly.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -275,7 +283,9 @@ configure the root hash signature for the <filename>/usr/</filename> via the unit file directly.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -293,7 +303,9 @@ root file system and matching Verity data in the same image, implementing the <ulink url="https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification">Discoverable Partitions Specification</ulink>.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -317,7 +329,9 @@ <para>The default policy for <varname>ExtensionImagePolicy=</varname> is:</para> <programlisting>root=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent: \ - usr=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent</programlisting></listitem> + usr=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent</programlisting> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -367,7 +381,9 @@ setting remains without effect, and the unit's processes will be able to access and see other process as if the option was not used.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -388,7 +404,9 @@ disables mount propagation to the host mount table, and it implies <varname>MountAPIVFS=</varname>. Also, like <varname>ProtectProc=</varname> this setting is gracefully disabled if the used kernel does not support the <literal>subset=</literal> mount option of - <literal>procfs</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>procfs</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -465,7 +483,9 @@ <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname> below, as it may change the setting of <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname>.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -517,7 +537,9 @@ <varname>PrivateDevices=</varname> below, as it may change the setting of <varname>DevicePolicy=</varname>.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -550,7 +572,9 @@ <para>Note that usage from user units requires overlayfs support in unprivileged user namespaces, which was first introduced in kernel v5.11.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -1100,6 +1124,8 @@ CapabilityBoundingSet=~CAP_B CAP_C</programlisting> <programlisting>CoredumpFilter=default private-dax shared-dax</programlisting> </example> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1250,7 +1276,9 @@ CapabilityBoundingSet=~CAP_B CAP_C</programlisting> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>set_mempolicy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For overall overview of NUMA support in Linux see, <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>numa</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1260,7 +1288,9 @@ CapabilityBoundingSet=~CAP_B CAP_C</programlisting> Takes a list of NUMA nodes and has the same syntax as a list of CPUs for <varname>CPUAffinity=</varname> option or special "all" value which will include all available NUMA nodes in the mask. Note that the list of NUMA nodes is not required for <option>default</option> and <option>local</option> - policies and for <option>preferred</option> policy we expect a single NUMA node.</para></listitem> + policies and for <option>preferred</option> policy we expect a single NUMA node.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1538,7 +1568,9 @@ StateDirectory=aaa/bbb ccc</programlisting> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details. Takes the usual time values and defaults to <constant>infinity</constant>, i.e. by default no timeout is applied. If a timeout is configured the clean operation will be aborted forcibly when - the timeout is reached, potentially leaving resources on disk.</para></listitem> + the timeout is reached, potentially leaving resources on disk.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1636,7 +1668,9 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> then the invoked processes by the unit cannot see any files or directories under <filename>/var/</filename> except for <filename>/var/lib/systemd</filename> or its contents.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v238"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1759,7 +1793,9 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> <para>When this option is used on a socket unit any sockets bound on behalf of this unit will be bound within the specified network namespace.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1790,7 +1826,9 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> not available), and the unit should be written in a way that does not solely rely on this setting for security.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1806,7 +1844,9 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> <varname>IPCNamespacePath=</varname> configured, as otherwise the network namespace of those units is reused.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1822,6 +1862,8 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> <para>Note that this functionality might not be available, for example if KSM is disabled in the kernel, or the kernel doesn't support controlling KSM at the process level through <function>prctl()</function>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1876,7 +1918,9 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> capability (e.g. services for which <varname>User=</varname> is set), <varname>NoNewPrivileges=yes</varname> is implied.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1898,7 +1942,9 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> <para>It is recommended to turn this on for most services that do not need modify the clock or check its state.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1962,7 +2008,9 @@ BindReadOnlyPaths=/var/lib/systemd</programlisting> capability (e.g. services for which <varname>User=</varname> is set), <varname>NoNewPrivileges=yes</varname> is implied.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2106,7 +2154,9 @@ RestrictFileSystems=ext4</programlisting> not enabled in the underlying kernel or if not using the unified control group hierarchy). In that case this setting has no effect.</para> - <xi:include href="cgroup-sandboxing.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="cgroup-sandboxing.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2221,7 +2271,9 @@ RestrictNamespaces=~cgroup net</programlisting> programs that actually require them. Note that this restricts marking of any type of file system object with these bits, including both regular files and directories (where the SGID is a different meaning than for files, see documentation). This option is implied if <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> - is enabled. Defaults to off.</para></listitem> + is enabled. Defaults to off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2270,7 +2322,9 @@ RestrictNamespaces=~cgroup net</programlisting> option. Hence it is primarily useful to explicitly request this behaviour if none of the other settings are used.</para> - <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-or-user-ns.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2592,7 +2646,9 @@ SystemCallErrorNumber=EPERM</programlisting> Mode 2 interfaces of the kernel ('seccomp filtering') and is useful for auditing or setting up a minimal sandboxing environment. This option may be specified more than once, in which case the filter masks are merged. If the empty string is assigned, the filter is reset, all prior assignments will - have no effect. This does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para></listitem> + have no effect. This does not affect commands prefixed with <literal>+</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2972,7 +3028,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX dSB1cApOZXZlciBnb25uYSBsZXQgeW91IGRvd24KTmV2ZXIgZ29ubmEgcnVuIGFyb3VuZCBhbmQg \ ZGVzZXJ0IHlvdQpOZXZlciBnb25uYSBtYWtlIHlvdSBjcnkKTmV2ZXIgZ29ubmEgc2F5IGdvb2Ri \ eWUKTmV2ZXIgZ29ubmEgdGVsbCBhIGxpZSBhbmQgaHVydCB5b3UK -…</programlisting></listitem> +…</programlisting> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2995,7 +3053,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX subsystem. For example, <varname>MaxLevelStore=</varname> configured in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journald.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> might prohibit messages of higher log levels to be stored on disk, even though the per-unit - <varname>LogLevelMax=</varname> permitted it to be processed.</para></listitem> + <varname>LogLevelMax=</varname> permitted it to be processed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3011,7 +3071,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX The usual specifiers are expanded in all assignments (see below). Note that this setting is not only useful for attaching additional metadata to log records of a unit, but given that all fields and values are indexed may also be used to implement cross-unit log record matching. Assign an empty - string to reset the list.</para></listitem> + string to reset the list.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3034,7 +3096,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <varname>StandardOutput=file:…</varname> or a similar setting, the rate limiting will not be applied to messages written that way (but it will be enforced for messages generated via <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> - and similar functions).</para></listitem> + and similar functions).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3062,7 +3126,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> about the unit are not taken into account. Filtered log messages won't be forwarded to traditional syslog daemons, the kernel log buffer (kmsg), the systemd console, or sent as wall messages to all logged-in - users.</para></listitem> + users.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3094,7 +3160,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> output, unless the <option>--namespace=</option> option is used.</para> - <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/></listitem> + <xi:include href="system-only.xml" xpointer="singular"/> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3183,7 +3251,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <term><varname>TTYColumns=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Configure the size of the TTY specified with <varname>TTYPath=</varname>. If unset or - set to the empty string, the kernel default is used.</para></listitem> + set to the empty string, the kernel default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3347,7 +3417,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <para>When multiple credentials of the same name are found, credentials found by <varname>LoadCredential=</varname> and <varname>LoadCredentialEncrypted=</varname> take priority over - credentials found by <varname>ImportCredential=</varname>.</para></listitem> + credentials found by <varname>ImportCredential=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3613,7 +3685,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX whether the process is directly invoked by the service manager or indirectly as a child of another process by comparing this value with the current PID (similarly to the scheme used in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_listen_fds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> - with <varname>$LISTEN_PID</varname> and <varname>$LISTEN_FDS</varname>).</para></listitem> + with <varname>$LISTEN_PID</varname> and <varname>$LISTEN_FDS</varname>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3865,7 +3939,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <emphasis>not</emphasis> be passed. Consider using a template handler unit for that case instead: <literal>OnFailure=<replaceable>handler</replaceable>@%n.service</literal> for non-templated units, or <literal>OnFailure=<replaceable>handler</replaceable>@%p-%i.service</literal> for templated - units.</para></listitem> + units.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3885,7 +3961,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <listitem><para>If this is a unit started via per-connection socket activation (i.e. via a socket unit with <varname>Accept=yes</varname>), these environment variables contain the IP address and - port number of the remote peer of the socket connection.</para></listitem> + port number of the remote peer of the socket connection.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3900,7 +3978,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX another will be coalesced and only one will be reported, with no guarantee as to which one it will be. Because of this, in most cases this variable will be primarily informational, i.e. useful for debugging purposes, is lossy, and should not be relied upon to propagate a comprehensive reason for activation. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3910,7 +3990,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX <listitem><para>If memory pressure monitoring is enabled for this service unit, the path to watch and the data to write into it. See <ulink url="https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE">Memory Pressure Handling</ulink> for details about these variables and the service protocol data they - convey.</para></listitem> + convey.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3923,7 +4005,9 @@ StandardInputData=V2XigLJyZSBubyBzdHJhbmdlcnMgdG8gbG92ZQpZb3Uga25vdyB0aGUgcnVsZX per the setting. Applications may check this environment variable before sending file descriptors to the service manager via <function>sd_pid_notify_with_fds()</function> (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details).</para></listitem> + details).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.generator.xml b/man/systemd.generator.xml index 3af240b6d8..b216ef96d0 100644 --- a/man/systemd.generator.xml +++ b/man/systemd.generator.xml @@ -147,7 +147,9 @@ <listitem><para>If the generator is invoked from the system service manager this variable is set to <literal>system</literal>; if invoked from the per-user service manager it is set to - <literal>user</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>user</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -155,7 +157,9 @@ <listitem><para>If the generator is run as part of an initrd this is set to <literal>1</literal>. If it is run from the regular host (i.e. after the transition from initrd to host) it is set to - <literal>0</literal>. This environment variable is only set for system generators.</para></listitem> + <literal>0</literal>. This environment variable is only set for system generators.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -165,7 +169,9 @@ <literal>1</literal>; if it is a subsequent, regular boot it is set to <literal>0</literal>. For details see the documentation of <varname>ConditionFirstBoot=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This - environment variable is only set for system generators.</para></listitem> + environment variable is only set for system generators.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -179,7 +185,9 @@ what <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-detect-virt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> detects and reports, and uses the same vocabulary of virtualization implementation - identifiers.</para></listitem> + identifiers.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -188,7 +196,9 @@ <listitem><para>This variable is set to a short identifier of the reported architecture of the system. For details about defined values, see documentation of <varname>ConditionArchitecture=</varname> in - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -201,7 +211,9 @@ <varname>$ENCRYPTED_CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY</varname>. Use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-creds</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command to automatically decrypt/authenticate credentials passed in, if needed. Specifically, use the - <command>systemd-creds --system cat</command> command.</para></listitem> + <command>systemd-creds --system cat</command> command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -213,7 +225,9 @@ detected this variable will not be set. This data is identical to what <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-detect-virt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> detects and reports, and uses the same vocabulary of confidential virtualization - technology identifiers.</para></listitem> + technology identifiers.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd.journal-fields.xml b/man/systemd.journal-fields.xml index 9971c7f64b..04d661e82c 100644 --- a/man/systemd.journal-fields.xml +++ b/man/systemd.journal-fields.xml @@ -95,6 +95,8 @@ any. Contains the numeric value of <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>errno</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> formatted as a decimal string.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v188"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -105,6 +107,8 @@ <para>A randomized, unique 128-bit ID identifying each runtime cycle of the unit. This is different from <varname>_SYSTEMD_INVOCATION_ID</varname> in that it is only used for messages coming from systemd code (e.g. logs from the system/user manager or from forked processes performing systemd-related setup).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -144,6 +148,8 @@ based on the stored priority and facility, timestamp, identifier, and the message payload in <varname>MESSAGE=</varname>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -154,6 +160,8 @@ as <command>journalctl</command> will include a hyperlink to a URL specified this way in their output. Should be an <literal>http://</literal>, <literal>https://</literal>, <literal>file:/</literal>, <literal>man:</literal> or <literal>info:</literal> URL.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -161,6 +169,8 @@ <term><varname>TID=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>The numeric thread ID (TID) the log message originates from.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -176,6 +186,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>journalctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, a match pattern that includes <literal>UNIT=<replaceable>name</replaceable>.service</literal> or <literal>USER_UNIT=<replaceable>name</replaceable>.service</literal> will be generated.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -218,6 +230,8 @@ <para>The effective <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>capabilities</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> of the process the journal entry originates from.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -291,6 +305,8 @@ the message was generated in, as available to processes of the unit in <varname>$INVOCATION_ID</varname> (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -315,6 +331,8 @@ <listitem> <para>for those read from the kernel audit subsystem </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -325,6 +343,8 @@ <listitem> <para>for internally generated messages </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -336,6 +356,8 @@ <para>for those received via the local syslog socket with the syslog protocol </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -347,6 +369,8 @@ <para>for those received via the native journal protocol </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -358,6 +382,8 @@ <para>for those read from a service's standard output or error output </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -368,6 +394,8 @@ <listitem> <para>for those read from the kernel </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -379,6 +407,8 @@ <para>Only applies to <literal>_TRANSPORT=stdout</literal> records: specifies a randomized 128-bit ID assigned to the stream connection when it was first created. This ID is useful to reconstruct individual log streams from the log records: all log records carrying the same stream ID originate from the same stream.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -394,6 +424,8 @@ final newline character), or <option>pid-change</option> (if the process which generated the log output changed in the middle of a line). Note that this record is not generated when a normal newline character was used for marking the log line end.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -403,6 +435,8 @@ journal namespace that is not the default, this field contains the namespace identifier. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-journald.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about journal namespaces.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -411,7 +445,9 @@ <listitem><para>A string field that specifies the runtime scope in which the message was logged. If <literal>initrd</literal>, the log message was processed while the system was running inside the initrd. If <literal>system</literal>, the log message was generated after the system switched - execution to the host root filesystem.</para></listitem> + execution to the host root filesystem.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -432,12 +468,16 @@ network devices, this is the interface index prefixed by <literal>n</literal>. For all other devices, this is the subsystem name prefixed by <literal>+</literal>, followed by <literal>:</literal>, followed by the kernel device name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>_KERNEL_SUBSYSTEM=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>The kernel subsystem name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -445,6 +485,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The kernel device name as it shows up in the device tree below <filename>/sys/</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -452,6 +494,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The device node path of this device in <filename>/dev/</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -460,6 +504,8 @@ <para>Additional symlink names pointing to the device node in <filename>/dev/</filename>. This field is frequently set more than once per entry.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -500,6 +546,8 @@ <listitem> <para>PID of the program that this message pertains to. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -535,6 +583,8 @@ as described above, except that the process identified by <replaceable>PID</replaceable> is described, instead of the process which logged the message.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -604,7 +654,9 @@ <listitem><para>The sequence number (and associated sequence number ID) of this journal entry in the journal file it originates from. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_journal_get_seqnum</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd.kill.xml b/man/systemd.kill.xml index 862e228427..c23c5db8a3 100644 --- a/man/systemd.kill.xml +++ b/man/systemd.kill.xml @@ -98,7 +98,9 @@ option). See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information.</para> - <para>Defaults to <option>control-group</option>.</para></listitem> + <para>Defaults to <option>control-group</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v187"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -111,6 +113,8 @@ <para>Note that, right after sending the signal specified in this setting, systemd will always send <constant>SIGCONT</constant>, to ensure that even suspended tasks can be terminated cleanly.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v187"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -119,6 +123,8 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies which signal to use when restarting a service. The same as <varname>KillSignal=</varname> described above, with the exception that this setting is used in a restart job. Not set by default, and the value of <varname>KillSignal=</varname> is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -130,7 +136,9 @@ <varname>KillSignal=</varname>. This is useful to indicate to shells and shell-like programs that their connection has been severed. Takes a boolean value. Defaults to "no". - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v207"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -144,7 +152,9 @@ or <constant>mixed</constant> service will not restart if processes from prior services exist within the control group. Takes a boolean value. Defaults to "yes". - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v187"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -160,7 +170,9 @@ and setting <varname>FinalKillSignal=</varname> to either <constant>SIGQUIT</constant> or <constant>SIGABRT</constant>. Defaults to <constant>SIGKILL</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -168,7 +180,9 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies which signal to use to terminate the service when the watchdog timeout expires (enabled through <varname>WatchdogSec=</varname>). Defaults to <constant>SIGABRT</constant>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.link.xml b/man/systemd.link.xml index 39117f5706..cbc812c1e4 100644 --- a/man/systemd.link.xml +++ b/man/systemd.link.xml @@ -102,33 +102,43 @@ <listitem><para> Each field must be one byte. E.g. <literal>12:34:56:78:90:ab</literal> or <literal>AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>hyphen-delimited hexadecimal</option></term> <listitem><para> Each field must be one byte. E.g. <literal>12-34-56-78-90-ab</literal> or <literal>AA-BB-CC-DD-EE-FF</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>dot-delimited hexadecimal</option></term> <listitem><para> Each field must be two bytes. E.g. <literal>1234.5678.90ab</literal> or <literal>AABB.CCDD.EEFF</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>IPv4 address format</option></term> <listitem><para> E.g. <literal>127.0.0.1</literal> or <literal>192.168.0.1</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>IPv6 address format</option></term> <listitem><para> E.g. <literal>2001:0db8:85a3::8a2e:0370:7334</literal> or <literal>::1</literal>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -149,6 +159,8 @@ appear more than once, in which case the lists are merged. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list of hardware addresses defined prior to this is reset. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -194,6 +206,8 @@ <literal>veth</literal>. Valid kinds are given by netlink's <literal>IFLA_INFO_KIND</literal> attribute, so this is not comprehensive. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -210,6 +224,8 @@ <programlisting>Property=ID_MODEL_ID=9999 "ID_VENDOR_FROM_DATABASE=vendor name" "KEY=with \"quotation\""</programlisting> then, the .link file matches only when an interface has all the above three properties. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -220,6 +236,8 @@ udev property "INTERFACE". This cannot be used to match on names that have already been changed from userspace. Caution is advised when matching on kernel-assigned names, as they are known to be unstable between reboots.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -267,6 +285,8 @@ details. When prefixed with an exclamation mark (<literal>!</literal>), the result is negated. If an empty string is assigned, the previously assigned value is cleared. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -279,6 +299,8 @@ prefixed with an exclamation mark (<literal>!</literal>), the result is negated. If an empty string is assigned, the previously assigned value is cleared. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -303,6 +325,8 @@ for details. When prefixed with an exclamation mark (<literal>!</literal>), the result is negated. If an empty string is assigned, the previously assigned value is cleared. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -366,6 +390,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Keeps the MAC address assigned by the kernel. Or use the MAC address specified in <varname>MACAddress=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -379,6 +405,8 @@ <para>The interface MAC address to use. For this setting to take effect, <varname>MACAddressPolicy=</varname> must either be unset, empty, or <literal>none</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -400,6 +428,8 @@ <para>If the kernel claims that the name it has set for a device is predictable, then no renaming is performed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -456,6 +486,8 @@ <listitem> <para>If the device already had a name given by userspace (as part of creation of the device or a rename), keep it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v241"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -496,6 +528,8 @@ <literal>slot</literal>, <literal>path</literal>, and <literal>mac</literal>. If the kernel does not support the alternative names, then this setting will be ignored. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -511,6 +545,8 @@ alternative names referring to the same interface. Alternative names may have a maximum length of 127 characters, in contrast to the 15 allowed for the primary interface name, but otherwise are subject to the same naming constraints.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -518,6 +554,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the device's number of transmit queues. An integer in the range 1…4096. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -525,6 +563,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the device's number of receive queues. An integer in the range 1…4096. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -532,6 +572,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the transmit queue length of the device in number of packets. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -568,6 +610,8 @@ <para>Note that if autonegotiation is enabled, speed and duplex settings are read-only. If autonegotiation is disabled, speed and duplex settings are writable if the driver supports multiple link modes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -588,24 +632,32 @@ <term><option>unicast</option></term> <listitem> <para>Wake on unicast messages.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>multicast</option></term> <listitem> <para>Wake on multicast messages.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>broadcast</option></term> <listitem> <para>Wake on broadcast messages.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>arp</option></term> <listitem> <para>Wake on ARP.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -629,6 +681,8 @@ for details. The password in the credential, must be 6 bytes in hex format with each byte separated by a colon (<literal>:</literal>) like an Ethernet MAC address, e.g., <literal>aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -649,6 +703,8 @@ by a colon (<literal>:</literal>) like an Ethernet MAC address, e.g., <literal>aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff</literal>. This implies <varname>WakeOnLan=secureon</varname>. Defaults to unset, and the current value will not be changed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -662,6 +718,8 @@ <term><option>tp</option></term> <listitem> <para>An Ethernet interface using Twisted-Pair cable as the medium.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -669,27 +727,37 @@ <listitem> <para>Attachment Unit Interface (AUI). Normally used with hubs. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>bnc</option></term> <listitem> <para>An Ethernet interface using BNC connectors and co-axial cable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>mii</option></term> <listitem> <para>An Ethernet interface using a Media Independent Interface (MII).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>fibre</option></term> <listitem> <para>An Ethernet interface using Optical Fibre as the medium.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -718,6 +786,8 @@ This option may be specified more than once, in which case all specified speeds and modes are advertised. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset, and all prior assignments have no effect. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -725,6 +795,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, hardware offload for checksumming of ingress network packets is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -732,6 +804,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, hardware offload for checksumming of egress network packets is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -739,6 +813,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -746,6 +822,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, TCP6 Segmentation Offload (tx-tcp6-segmentation) is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -753,6 +831,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, Generic Segmentation Offload (GSO) is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -760,6 +840,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, Generic Receive Offload (GRO) is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -767,6 +849,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, hardware accelerated Generic Receive Offload (GRO) is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -774,6 +858,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, Large Receive Offload (LRO) is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -781,6 +867,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, receive VLAN CTAG hardware acceleration is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -788,6 +876,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, transmit VLAN CTAG hardware acceleration is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -795,6 +885,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, receive filtering on VLAN CTAGs is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -802,6 +894,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, transmit VLAN STAG hardware acceleration is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -809,6 +903,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, receive N-tuple filters and actions are enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -842,6 +938,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. When set, enables receive flow control, also known as the ethernet receive PAUSE message (generate and send ethernet PAUSE frames). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -850,6 +948,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. When set, enables transmit flow control, also known as the ethernet transmit PAUSE message (respond to received ethernet PAUSE frames). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -858,6 +958,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. When set, auto negotiation enables the interface to exchange state advertisements with the connected peer so that the two devices can agree on the ethernet PAUSE configuration. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -867,6 +969,8 @@ device should accept. The usual suffixes K, M, G are supported and are understood to the base of 1024. An unsigned integer in the range 1…65536. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -874,6 +978,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the maximum number of Generic Segment Offload (GSO) segments the device should accept. An unsigned integer in the range 1…65535. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -882,6 +988,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Boolean properties that, when set, enable/disable adaptive Rx/Tx coalescing if the hardware supports it. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -900,6 +1008,8 @@ packet rate drops below the low packet rate threshold or exceeds the high packet rate threshold respectively if adaptive Rx/Tx coalescing is enabled. When unset, the kernel's defaults will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -918,6 +1028,8 @@ effect when the packet rate drops below the low packet rate threshold or exceeds the high packet rate threshold respectively if adaptive Rx/Tx coalescing is enabled. When unset, the kernel's defaults will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -928,6 +1040,8 @@ threshold respectively and are used to determine when the corresponding coalescing settings for low and high packet rates come into effect if adaptive Rx/Tx coalescing is enabled. If unset, the kernel's defaults will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -937,6 +1051,8 @@ property cannot be zero. This lowest time granularity supported by this property is seconds. Partial seconds will be rounded up before being passed to the kernel. If unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -945,6 +1061,8 @@ <para>How long to delay driver in-memory statistics block updates. If the driver does not have an in-memory statistic block, this property is ignored. This property cannot be zero. If unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -960,6 +1078,8 @@ <literal>crossover</literal>, the MDI crossover (MDI-X) mode will be used. When <literal>auto</literal>, the MDI status is automatically detected. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -969,6 +1089,8 @@ <para>Specifies the number of SR-IOV virtual functions. Takes an integer in the range 0…2147483647. Defaults to unset, and automatically determined from the values specified in the <varname>VirtualFunction=</varname> settings in the [SR-IOV] sections.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -990,6 +1112,8 @@ <para>Specifies a Virtual Function (VF), lightweight PCIe function designed solely to move data in and out. Takes an integer in the range 0…2147483646. This option is compulsory. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -997,6 +1121,8 @@ <term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies VLAN ID of the virtual function. Takes an integer in the range 1…4095.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1005,6 +1131,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies quality of service of the virtual function. Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967294.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1013,6 +1141,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies VLAN protocol of the virtual function. Takes <literal>802.1Q</literal> or <literal>802.1ad</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1021,6 +1151,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. Controls the MAC spoof checking. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1031,6 +1163,8 @@ configuration of the virtual function (VF). The VF RSS information like RSS hash key may be considered sensitive on some devices where this information is shared between VF and the physical function (PF). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1040,6 +1174,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. Allows one to set trust mode of the virtual function (VF). When set, VF users can set a specific feature which may impact security and/or performance. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1052,6 +1188,8 @@ communicate with other VFs on this host even if the PF link state is down, <literal>no</literal> causes the hardware to drop any packets sent by the VF. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1059,6 +1197,8 @@ <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the MAC address for the virtual function.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.mount.xml b/man/systemd.mount.xml index 0d14d702a8..f1e43f2a40 100644 --- a/man/systemd.mount.xml +++ b/man/systemd.mount.xml @@ -207,7 +207,9 @@ <para>Note that this option always applies to the created mount unit only regardless whether <option>x-systemd.automount</option> has been - specified.</para></listitem> + specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -230,7 +232,9 @@ <para>Note that these options always apply to the created mount unit only regardless whether <option>x-systemd.automount</option> has been - specified.</para></listitem> + specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -245,7 +249,9 @@ <filename>local-fs.target</filename>, are not automatically created. See <varname>WantedBy=</varname> and <varname>RequiredBy=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -257,7 +263,9 @@ an absolute path. This option may be specified more than once. See <varname>RequiresMountsFor=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.unit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -270,7 +278,9 @@ as the default dependency in this case is <varname>Requires=</varname>. This option is already implied by entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> or by mount units. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -288,7 +298,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the idle timeout of the automount unit. See <varname>TimeoutIdleSec=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.automount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='device-timeout'> @@ -325,6 +337,8 @@ <para>See <varname>TimeoutSec=</varname> below for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -347,6 +361,8 @@ <para><citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>wipefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> may be used to remove any signatures from a block device to force <option>x-systemd.makefs</option> to reinitialize the device.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -363,7 +379,9 @@ <para>Note that this option can only be used in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, and will be ignored when part of the - <varname>Options=</varname> setting in a unit file.</para></listitem> + <varname>Options=</varname> setting in a unit file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -377,7 +395,9 @@ <para>Note that this option can only be used in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, and will be ignored when part of the <varname>Options=</varname> setting in a unit file. It is also implied for the root and <filename>/usr/</filename> partitions discovered by - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-gpt-auto-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-gpt-auto-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -388,6 +408,8 @@ This option disables that behaviour, and causes the mount to fail immediately instead. This option is translated into the <varname>ReadWriteOnly=</varname> setting in a unit file.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -404,6 +426,8 @@ <filename>local-fs-pre.target</filename> and <filename>local-fs.target</filename>. They also pull in <filename>network-online.target</filename> and are ordered after it and <filename>network.target</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -524,7 +548,9 @@ corresponds with <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <parameter>-s</parameter> switch. Defaults to - off.</para></listitem> + off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -537,7 +563,9 @@ This corresponds with <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <parameter>-l</parameter> switch. Defaults to - off.</para></listitem> + off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -550,7 +578,9 @@ not succeed. This corresponds with <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <parameter>-w</parameter> switch. Defaults to - off.</para></listitem> + off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -561,7 +591,9 @@ This corresponds with <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s <parameter>-f</parameter> switch. Defaults to - off.</para></listitem> + off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.xml b/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.xml index c8df10b128..d8ac09c7cb 100644 --- a/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.xml +++ b/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.xml @@ -139,6 +139,8 @@ devices. The name consists of the prefix concatenated with the label. This is only available for PCI devices. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -149,6 +151,8 @@ digits of the MAC address. It is available if the device has a fixed MAC address. Because this name is based on an attribute of the card itself, it remains "stable" when the device is moved (even between machines), but will change when the hardware is replaced.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -322,7 +326,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>v238</constant></term> - <listitem><para>This is the naming scheme that was implemented in systemd 238.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>This is the naming scheme that was implemented in systemd 238.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -343,6 +349,8 @@ <para>Names are also generated for PCI devices where the PCI network controller device does not have an associated slot number itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were not renamed and the kernel default was used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -362,7 +370,9 @@ configuration, even if they have been renamed already, if <constant>keep</constant> is not specified as the naming policy in the <filename index="false">.link</filename> file. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for a description of <varname>NamePolicy=</varname>.</para></listitem> + for a description of <varname>NamePolicy=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -377,7 +387,9 @@ <para>Note: when userspace does not set a MAC address for a bridge device, the kernel will initially assign a random address, and then change it when the first device is enslaved to the bridge. With this naming policy change, bridges get a persistent MAC address based on the bridge - name instead of the first enslaved device.</para></listitem> + name instead of the first enslaved device.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -387,7 +399,9 @@ those devices were not renamed.</para> <para>Previously two-letter interface type prefix was prepended to - <varname>ID_NET_LABEL_ONBOARD=</varname>. This is not done anymore.</para></listitem> + <varname>ID_NET_LABEL_ONBOARD=</varname>. This is not done anymore.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -401,7 +415,9 @@ on, for any interface name that would be longer than 15 characters the last 4 characters are set to a 24bit hash value of the full interface name. This way network interface name collisions between multiple similarly named containers (who only differ in container name suffix) should be less - likely (but still possible, since the 24bit hash value is very small).</para></listitem> + likely (but still possible, since the 24bit hash value is very small).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -411,7 +427,9 @@ controllers, the same value of the <varname>ID_NET_NAME_SLOT</varname> property might be derived for those controllers. This would cause a naming conflict if the property is selected as the device name. Now, we detect this situation and don't produce the <varname>ID_NET_NAME_SLOT</varname> - property.</para></listitem> + property.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -431,6 +449,8 @@ <para>The udev rule <varname>NAME=</varname> replaces <literal>:</literal>, <literal>/</literal>, and <literal>%</literal> with an underscore (<literal>_</literal>), and refuses strings which contain only numerics.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -439,6 +459,8 @@ <listitem><para>Added naming scheme for Xen netfront "vif" interfaces based on the guest side VIF number set from the Xen config (or the interface index in AWS EC2).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -451,6 +473,8 @@ this is relaxed and we will use slot information to generate the name based on it but only if the PCI device has multiple functions. This is safe because distinct function number is a part of the device name for multifunction devices.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -458,6 +482,8 @@ <term><constant>v252</constant></term> <listitem><para>Added naming scheme for platform devices with devicetree aliases.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -465,6 +491,8 @@ <term><constant>v253</constant></term> <listitem><para>Set <varname>ID_NET_NAME_PATH</varname> for usb devices not connected via a PCI bus.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -476,6 +504,8 @@ <para>The <literal>r<replaceable>slot</replaceable></literal> suffix was added to differentiate SR-IOV virtual device representors attached to a single physical device interface. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd.netdev.xml b/man/systemd.netdev.xml index da70796ff6..26b0e40861 100644 --- a/man/systemd.netdev.xml +++ b/man/systemd.netdev.xml @@ -234,6 +234,8 @@ <term><varname>Description=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>A free-form description of the netdev.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -261,6 +263,8 @@ corresponding <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.network</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -282,6 +286,8 @@ will assign the persistent MAC address for the device, as <filename>99-default.link</filename> has <varname>MACAddressPolicy=persistent</varname>. So, it is also necessary to create a custom .link file for the device, if the MAC address assignment is not desired.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -302,6 +308,8 @@ sent out by the root bridge and the designated bridges. Hello packets are used to communicate information about the topology throughout the entire bridged local area network.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -311,6 +319,8 @@ If the last seen (received) hello packet is more than this number of seconds old, the bridge in question will start the takeover procedure in attempt to become the Root Bridge itself.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -318,6 +328,8 @@ <listitem> <para>ForwardDelaySec specifies the number of seconds spent in each of the Listening and Learning states before the Forwarding state is entered.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -325,6 +337,8 @@ <listitem> <para>This specifies the number of seconds a MAC Address will be kept in the forwarding database after having a packet received from this MAC Address.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -332,6 +346,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The priority of the bridge. An integer between 0 and 65535. A lower value means higher priority. The bridge having the lowest priority will be elected as root bridge.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -342,6 +358,8 @@ is performed between the specified bitmask and the exponentiation of 2^X, the lower nibble of the last octet of the MAC address. For example, a value of 8 would allow forwarding of frames addressed to 01:80:C2:00:00:03 (802.1X PAE).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -349,6 +367,8 @@ <listitem> <para>This specifies the default port VLAN ID of a newly attached bridge port. Set this to an integer in the range 1…4094 or <literal>none</literal> to disable the PVID.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -360,6 +380,8 @@ multicast-aware switches to misbehave and disrupt forwarding of multicast packets. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -369,6 +391,8 @@ If enabled, IGMP snooping monitors the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) traffic between hosts and multicast routers. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -377,6 +401,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. This setting controls the IFLA_BR_VLAN_FILTERING option in the kernel. If enabled, the bridge will be started in VLAN-filtering mode. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -386,6 +412,8 @@ <option>802.1q</option> or, <option>802.1ad</option>, and defaults to unset and kernel's default is used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -394,6 +422,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. This enables the bridge's Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -402,6 +432,8 @@ <para>Allows changing bridge's multicast Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version. Takes an integer 2 or 3. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -427,6 +459,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Allows setting the protocol used for the VLAN interface. Takes <literal>802.1q</literal> or, <literal>802.1ad</literal>, and defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -436,6 +470,8 @@ allows automatic learning of VLANs on a network. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -446,6 +482,8 @@ for automatic configuration of VLAN information on switches. It was defined in the 802.1ak amendment to 802.1Q-2005. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -454,6 +492,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. The VLAN loose binding mode, in which only the operational state is passed from the parent to the associated VLANs, but the VLAN device state is not changed. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -461,6 +501,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When enabled, the VLAN reorder header is used and VLAN interfaces behave like physical interfaces. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -506,6 +548,8 @@ hexadecimal. This option may appear more than once, in which case the lists are merged. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list of hardware addresses defined prior to this is reset. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -513,6 +557,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the length of the receive queue for broadcast/multicast packets. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -539,6 +585,8 @@ <para>The IPVLAN mode to use. The supported options are <literal>L2</literal>,<literal>L3</literal> and <literal>L3S</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -547,6 +595,8 @@ <para>The IPVLAN flags to use. The supported options are <literal>bridge</literal>,<literal>private</literal> and <literal>vepa</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -571,12 +621,16 @@ <term><varname>VNI=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>The VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID). Takes a number in the range 1…16777215.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Remote=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Configures destination IP address.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -587,6 +641,8 @@ <literal>ipv6_link_local</literal>, <literal>dhcp4</literal>, <literal>dhcp6</literal>, and <literal>slaac</literal>. If one of the special values is specified, an address which matches the corresponding type on the underlying interface will be used. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -594,12 +650,16 @@ <listitem> <para>Configures VXLAN multicast group IP address. All members of a VXLAN must use the same multicast group address.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>TOS=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>The Type Of Service byte value for a vxlan interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -609,6 +669,8 @@ Takes <literal>inherit</literal> or a number in the range 0…255. 0 is a special value meaning inherit the inner protocol's TTL value. <literal>inherit</literal> means that it will inherit the outer protocol's TTL value.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -616,6 +678,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, enables dynamic MAC learning to discover remote MAC addresses.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -623,12 +687,16 @@ <listitem> <para>The lifetime of Forwarding Database entry learnt by the kernel, in seconds.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>MaximumFDBEntries=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Configures maximum number of FDB entries.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -639,6 +707,8 @@ of remote Distributed Overlay Virtual Ethernet <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distributed_Overlay_Virtual_Ethernet"> (DOVE)</ulink> clients. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -646,12 +716,16 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, enables netlink LLADDR miss notifications.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>L3MissNotification=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, enables netlink IP address miss notifications.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -659,36 +733,48 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, route short circuiting is turned on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>UDPChecksum=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, transmitting UDP checksums when doing VXLAN/IPv4 is turned on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>UDP6ZeroChecksumTx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, sending zero checksums in VXLAN/IPv6 is turned on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>UDP6ZeroChecksumRx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, receiving zero checksums in VXLAN/IPv6 is turned on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>RemoteChecksumTx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, remote transmit checksum offload of VXLAN is turned on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>RemoteChecksumRx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, remote receive checksum offload in VXLAN is turned on.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -698,6 +784,8 @@ across network peers based on VXLAN. For details about the Group Policy VXLAN, see the <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-smith-vxlan-group-policy"> VXLAN Group Policy </ulink> document. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v224"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -708,6 +796,8 @@ Header, see the <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nvo3-vxlan-gpe-07"> Generic Protocol Extension for VXLAN </ulink> document. If destination port is not specified and Generic Protocol Extension is set then default port of 4790 is used. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -715,6 +805,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Configures the default destination UDP port. If the destination port is not specified then Linux kernel default will be used. Set to 4789 to get the IANA assigned value.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -723,6 +815,8 @@ <para>Configures the source port range for the VXLAN. The kernel assigns the source UDP port based on the flow to help the receiver to do load balancing. When this option is not set, the normal range of local UDP ports is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -731,6 +825,8 @@ <para>Specifies the flow label to use in outgoing packets. The valid range is 0-1048575. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -740,6 +836,8 @@ value from the IPv4 inner header. Takes a boolean value, or <literal>inherit</literal>. Set to <literal>inherit</literal> if the encapsulated protocol is IPv6. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -772,12 +870,16 @@ <term><varname>Remote=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>TOS=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets. Takes a number between 1 and 255.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -786,6 +888,8 @@ <para>Accepts the same values as in the [VXLAN] section, except that when unset or set to 0, the kernel's default will be used, meaning that packet TTL will be set from <filename>/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_default_ttl</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -793,18 +897,24 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, specifies that UDP checksum is calculated for transmitted packets over IPv4.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>UDP6ZeroChecksumTx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, skip UDP checksum calculation for transmitted packets over IPv6.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>UDP6ZeroChecksumRx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, allows incoming UDP packets over IPv6 with zero checksum field.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -812,18 +922,24 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies destination port. Defaults to 6081. If not set or assigned the empty string, the default port of 6081 is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>FlowLabel=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the flow label to use in outgoing packets.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>IPDoNotFragment=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [VXLAN] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -831,6 +947,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, inner Layer 3 protocol is set as Protocol Type in the GENEVE header instead of Ethernet. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -848,6 +966,8 @@ <term><varname>DestinationPort=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the destination UDP port (in range 1…65535). This is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -856,6 +976,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the L3 protocol. Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>mpls-uc</literal> or <literal>mpls-mc</literal>. This is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -875,6 +997,8 @@ <para>Specifies the tunnel identifier. Takes an number in the range 1…4294967295. The value used must match the <literal>PeerTunnelId=</literal> value being used at the peer. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -883,12 +1007,16 @@ <para>Specifies the peer tunnel id. Takes a number in the range 1…4294967295. The value used must match the <literal>TunnelId=</literal> value being used at the peer. This setting is compulsory. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Remote=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the IP address of the remote peer. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -903,6 +1031,8 @@ addresses on a local or specified interface which is accessible to the remote address will be used. Similarly, if <literal>static</literal> or <literal>dynamic</literal> is set, then one of the static or dynamic addresses will be used. Defaults to <literal>auto</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -910,6 +1040,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the encapsulation type of the tunnel. Takes one of <literal>udp</literal> or <literal>ip</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -917,6 +1049,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the UDP source port to be used for the tunnel. When UDP encapsulation is selected it's mandatory. Ignored when IP encapsulation is selected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -924,6 +1058,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies destination port. When UDP encapsulation is selected it's mandatory. Ignored when IP encapsulation is selected.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -931,18 +1067,24 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, specifies that UDP checksum is calculated for transmitted packets over IPv4.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>UDP6ZeroChecksumTx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, skip UDP checksum calculation for transmitted packets over IPv6.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>UDP6ZeroChecksumRx=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, allows incoming UDP packets over IPv6 with zero checksum field.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -959,6 +1101,8 @@ <term><varname>Name=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the name of the session. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -967,6 +1111,8 @@ <para>Specifies the session identifier. Takes an number in the range 1…4294967295. The value used must match the <literal>SessionId=</literal> value being used at the peer. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -975,12 +1121,16 @@ <para>Specifies the peer session identifier. Takes an number in the range 1…4294967295. The value used must match the <literal>PeerSessionId=</literal> value being used at the peer. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Layer2SpecificHeader=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies layer2specific header type of the session. One of <literal>none</literal> or <literal>default</literal>. Defaults to <literal>default</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -999,12 +1149,16 @@ <para>Specifies the port to be used for the MACsec transmit channel. The port is used to make secure channel identifier (SCI). Takes a value between 1 and 65535. Defaults to unset. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Encrypt=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, enable encryption. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1022,6 +1176,8 @@ <para>Specifies the port to be used for the MACsec receive channel. The port is used to make secure channel identifier (SCI). Takes a value between 1 and 65535. This option is compulsory, and is not set by default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1030,6 +1186,8 @@ <para>Specifies the MAC address to be used for the MACsec receive channel. The MAC address used to make secure channel identifier (SCI). This setting is compulsory, and is not set by default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1049,6 +1207,8 @@ the initialization vector (along with the secure channel identifier [SCI]). Takes a value between 1-4,294,967,295. Defaults to unset. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1056,6 +1216,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the identification for the key. Takes a number between 0-255. This option is compulsory, and is not set by default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1065,6 +1227,8 @@ configured on the peer’s matching receive channel. This setting is compulsory, and is not set by default. Takes a 128-bit key encoded in a hexadecimal string, for example <literal>dffafc8d7b9a43d5b9a3dfbbf6a30c16</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1077,6 +1241,8 @@ <literal>root:systemd-network</literal> with a <literal>0640</literal> file mode. If the path refers to an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket in the file system a connection is made to it and the key read from it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1084,6 +1250,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If enabled, then the security association is activated. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1092,6 +1260,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. If enabled, then the security association is used for encoding. Only one [MACsecTransmitAssociation] section can enable this option. When enabled, <varname>Activate=yes</varname> is implied. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1109,42 +1279,56 @@ <term><varname>Port=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [MACsecReceiveChannel] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [MACsecReceiveChannel] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>PacketNumber=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [MACsecTransmitAssociation] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>KeyId=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [MACsecTransmitAssociation] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Key=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [MACsecTransmitAssociation] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>KeyFile=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [MACsecTransmitAssociation] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Activate=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in [MACsecTransmitAssociation] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1175,6 +1359,8 @@ also known as collect metadata mode, and most settings below like <varname>Local=</varname> or <varname>Remote=</varname> are ignored. This implies <varname>Independent=</varname>. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1187,6 +1373,8 @@ of the special values except for <literal>any</literal> is specified, an address which matches the corresponding type on the underlying interface will be used. Defaults to <literal>any</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1194,6 +1382,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The remote endpoint of the tunnel. Takes an IP address or the special value <literal>any</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1204,6 +1394,8 @@ <ulink url="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1349"> Type of Service in the Internet Protocol Suite </ulink> document. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1214,6 +1406,8 @@ packets inherit the TTL value. The default value for IPv4 tunnels is 0 (inherit). The default value for IPv6 tunnels is 64.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1223,6 +1417,8 @@ the tunnel. When <varname>IgnoreDontFragment=</varname> is enabled, defaults to false. Otherwise, defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1233,6 +1429,8 @@ Note that if <varname>IgnoreDontFragment=</varname> is set to true, <varname>DiscoverPathMTU=</varname> cannot be set to true. Only applicable to GRE, GRETAP, and ERSPAN tunnels.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1246,6 +1444,8 @@ not been labeled. It can be configured to a value in the range 0…0xFFFFF, or be set to <literal>inherit</literal>, in which case the original flowlabel is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1258,6 +1458,8 @@ levels of service to be assigned to network traffic. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1271,6 +1473,8 @@ (see <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2473#section-4.1.1"> RFC 2473</ulink>). The valid range is 0…255 and <literal>none</literal>. Defaults to 4. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1284,6 +1488,8 @@ See <ulink url="https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/ip-xfrm.8.html"> ip-xfrm — transform configuration</ulink> for details. It is only used for VTI/VTI6, GRE, GRETAP, and ERSPAN tunnels.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1292,6 +1498,8 @@ <para>The <varname>InputKey=</varname> parameter specifies the key to use for input. The format is same as <varname>Key=</varname>. It is only used for VTI/VTI6, GRE, GRETAP, and ERSPAN tunnels.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1300,6 +1508,8 @@ <para>The <varname>OutputKey=</varname> parameter specifies the key to use for output. The format is same as <varname>Key=</varname>. It is only used for VTI/VTI6, GRE, GRETAP, and ERSPAN tunnels.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1311,6 +1521,8 @@ <literal>ipip6</literal> for IPv4 over IPv6 or <literal>any</literal> for either. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1320,6 +1532,8 @@ device, and a .network file that requests this tunnel using <varname>Tunnel=</varname> is required for the tunnel to be created. When true, the tunnel is created independently of any network as "tunnel@NONE".</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1327,6 +1541,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to <literal>yes</literal>, the loopback interface <literal>lo</literal> is used as the underlying device of the tunnel interface. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1335,6 +1551,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. When true allows tunnel traffic on <varname>ip6tnl</varname> devices where the remote endpoint is a local host address. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1344,6 +1562,8 @@ Defaults to false. This takes effects only for IPIP, SIT, GRE, and GRETAP tunnels. For more detail information see <ulink url="https://lwn.net/Articles/614348">Foo over UDP</ulink></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1351,6 +1571,8 @@ <listitem> <para>This setting specifies the UDP destination port for encapsulation. This field is mandatory when <varname>FooOverUDP=yes</varname>, and is not set by default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1358,12 +1580,16 @@ <listitem> <para>This setting specifies the UDP source port for encapsulation. Defaults to <constant>0</constant> — that is, the source port for packets is left to the network stack to decide.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Encapsulation=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Accepts the same key as in the [FooOverUDP] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1372,6 +1598,8 @@ <para>Reconfigure the tunnel for <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5569">IPv6 Rapid Deployment</ulink>, also known as 6rd. The value is an ISP-specific IPv6 prefix with a non-zero length. Only applicable to SIT tunnels.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1379,6 +1607,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set, configures the tunnel as Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing Protocol (ISATAP) tunnel. Only applicable to SIT tunnels. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1387,6 +1617,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. If set to yes, then packets are serialized. Only applies for GRE, GRETAP, and ERSPAN tunnels. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1394,6 +1626,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the ERSPAN version number. Takes 0 for version 0 (a.k.a. type I), 1 for version 1 (a.k.a. type II), or 2 for version 2 (a.k.a. type III). Defaults to 1.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1402,6 +1636,8 @@ <para>Specifies the ERSPAN v1 index field for the interface. Takes an integer in the range 0…1048575, which is associated with the ERSPAN traffic's source port and direction. Only used when <varname>ERSPANVersion=1</varname>. Defaults to 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1410,6 +1646,8 @@ <para>Specifies the ERSPAN v2 mirrored traffic's direction. Takes <literal>ingress</literal> or <literal>egress</literal>. Only used when <varname>ERSPANVersion=2</varname>. Defaults to <literal>ingress</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1417,6 +1655,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies an unique identifier of the ERSPAN v2 engine. Takes an integer in the range 0…63. Only used when <varname>ERSPANVersion=2</varname>. Defaults to 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1443,6 +1683,8 @@ url="https://lwn.net/Articles/615044">Generic UDP Encapsulation</ulink>. Defaults to <literal>FooOverUDP</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1451,6 +1693,8 @@ <para>Specifies the port number where the encapsulated packets will arrive. Those packets will be removed and manually fed back into the network stack with the encapsulation removed to be sent to the real destination. This option is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1458,6 +1702,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the peer port number. Defaults to unset. Note that when peer port is set <literal>Peer=</literal> address is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1468,6 +1714,8 @@ and is not set by default. Takes an IP protocol name such as <literal>gre</literal> or <literal>ipip</literal>, or an integer within the range 1…255. When <varname>Encapsulation=GenericUDPEncapsulation</varname>, this must not be specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1475,12 +1723,16 @@ <listitem> <para>Configures peer IP address. Note that when peer address is set <literal>PeerPort=</literal> is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Local=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Configures local IP address.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1499,6 +1751,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The interface name used when creating the netdev. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1507,6 +1761,8 @@ <para>The peer MACAddress, if not set, it is generated in the same way as the MAC address of the main interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1525,6 +1781,8 @@ <listitem> <para>The peer interface name used when creating the netdev. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1544,6 +1802,8 @@ to use multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packets sending and receiving. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1553,6 +1813,8 @@ bytes and two protocol bytes). If disabled, it indicates that the packets will be pure IP packets. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1563,18 +1825,24 @@ packets. This may increase throughput significantly. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>User=</varname></term> <listitem><para>User to grant access to the <filename>/dev/net/tun</filename> device.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Group=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Group to grant access to the <filename>/dev/net/tun</filename> device.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1584,6 +1852,8 @@ descriptor of the interface is kept open. This may be useful to keep the interface in running state, for example while the backing process is temporarily shutdown. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1614,6 +1884,8 @@ Note that because this information is secret, you may want to set the permissions of the .netdev file to be owned by <literal>root:systemd-network</literal> with a <literal>0640</literal> file mode.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1625,6 +1897,8 @@ e.g., owned by <literal>root:systemd-network</literal> with a <literal>0640</literal> file mode. If the path refers to an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket in the file system a connection is made to it and the key read from it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1634,12 +1908,16 @@ or <literal>auto</literal>. If <literal>auto</literal> is specified, the port is automatically generated based on interface name. Defaults to <literal>auto</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Sets a firewall mark on outgoing WireGuard packets from this interface. Takes a number between 1 and 4294967295.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1654,6 +1932,8 @@ addresses specified in the <varname>AllowedIPs=</varname> setting will not be configured. Defaults to false. This setting will be ignored when the same setting is specified in the [WireGuardPeer] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1663,6 +1943,8 @@ <varname>AllowedIPs=</varname>. Takes an integer in the range 0…4294967295. Defaults to 0 for IPv4 addresses, and 1024 for IPv6 addresses. This setting will be ignored when the same setting is specified in the [WireGuardPeer] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1683,6 +1965,8 @@ from a private key, and usually transmitted out of band to the author of the configuration file. This option is mandatory for this section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1696,6 +1980,8 @@ Note that because this information is secret, you may want to set the permissions of the .netdev file to be owned by <literal>root:systemd-network</literal> with a <literal>0640</literal> file mode.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1707,6 +1993,8 @@ owned by <literal>root:systemd-network</literal> with a <literal>0640</literal> file mode. If the path refers to an <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> stream socket in the file system a connection is made to it and the key read from it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1725,6 +2013,8 @@ the first place, an appropriate route needs to be added as well — either in the <literal>[Routes]</literal> section on the <literal>.network</literal> matching the wireguard interface, or externally to <filename>systemd-networkd</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1736,6 +2026,8 @@ for IPv6 address. This endpoint will be updated automatically once to the most recent source IP address and port of correctly authenticated packets from the peer at configuration time.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1750,6 +2042,8 @@ interval of 25 seconds. If set to 0 or "off", this option is disabled. By default or when unspecified, this option is off. Most users will not need this.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1762,6 +2056,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or a number in the range 1…4294967295. Defaults to unset, and the value specified in the same setting in the [WireGuard] section will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1771,6 +2067,8 @@ <varname>AllowedIPs=</varname>. Takes an integer in the range 0…4294967295. Defaults to unset, and the value specified in the same setting in the [WireGuard] section will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1796,6 +2094,8 @@ <literal>balance-tlb</literal>, and <literal>balance-alb</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1811,6 +2111,8 @@ <literal>encap2+3</literal>, and <literal>encap3+4</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1824,6 +2126,8 @@ and <literal>fast</literal>, which requests partner to transmit LACPDUs every second. The default value is <literal>slow</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1834,6 +2138,8 @@ Interface link monitoring will occur. A value of zero disables MII link monitoring. This value is rounded down to the nearest millisecond. The default value is 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1844,6 +2150,8 @@ link up status has been detected. This value is rounded down to a multiple of <varname>MIIMonitorSec=</varname>. The default value is 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1854,6 +2162,8 @@ link down status has been detected. This value is rounded down to a multiple of <varname>MIIMonitorSec=</varname>. The default value is 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1864,6 +2174,8 @@ driver sends learning packets to each slave peer switch. The valid range is 1…0x7fffffff; the default value is 1. This option has an effect only for the balance-tlb and balance-alb modes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1875,6 +2187,8 @@ <literal>bandwidth</literal> and <literal>count</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1882,6 +2196,8 @@ <term><varname>AdActorSystemPriority=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the 802.3ad actor system priority. Takes a number in the range 1…65535.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1890,6 +2206,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the 802.3ad user defined portion of the port key. Takes a number in the range 0…1023.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1898,6 +2216,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Specifies the 802.3ad system MAC address. This cannot be a null or multicast address. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1912,6 +2232,8 @@ <literal>active</literal> and <literal>follow</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1927,6 +2249,8 @@ <literal>backup</literal> and <literal>all</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1936,6 +2260,8 @@ <para>Specifies the ARP link monitoring frequency. A value of 0 disables ARP monitoring. The default value is 0, and the default unit seconds. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1950,6 +2276,8 @@ maximum number of targets that can be specified is 16. The default value is no IP addresses. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1963,6 +2291,8 @@ <literal>any</literal> and <literal>all</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1978,6 +2308,8 @@ <literal>better</literal> and <literal>failure</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1991,6 +2323,8 @@ prevents the IGMP membership report from being issued in response to the failover event. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2002,6 +2336,8 @@ random. The valid range is 0…65535. Defaults to 1. This option only has effect when in balance-rr mode. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2017,6 +2353,8 @@ greater than 1. The valid range is 0…255. The default value is 1. These options affect only the active-backup mode. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2030,6 +2368,8 @@ frames to be delivered. The default value is false (drop duplicate frames received on inactive ports). </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2039,6 +2379,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies if dynamic shuffling of flows is enabled. Applies only for balance-tlb mode. Defaults to unset. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2048,6 +2390,8 @@ <para>Specifies the minimum number of links that must be active before asserting carrier. The default value is 0. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2069,6 +2413,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Sets the ID/key of the xfrm interface which needs to be associated with a SA/policy. Can be decimal or hexadecimal, valid range is 1-0xffffffff. This is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2076,6 +2422,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If false (the default), the xfrm interface must have an underlying device which can be used for hardware offloading.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2095,6 +2443,8 @@ <term><varname>Table=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>The numeric routing table identifier. This setting is compulsory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2115,6 +2465,8 @@ connection with the mesh) or in client mode (searching for the most suitable internet connection in the mesh) or having the gateway support turned off entirely (which is the default setting). </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2123,6 +2475,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean value. Enables or disables aggregation of originator messages. Defaults to true. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2130,18 +2484,24 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean value. Enables or disables avoidance of loops on bridges. Defaults to true. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>DistributedArpTable=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean value. Enables or disables the distributed ARP table. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Fragmentation=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean value. Enables or disables fragmentation. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2158,6 +2518,8 @@ choose a value of 255 (maximum value) to avoid being chosen as a router by other nodes. The minimum value is 0. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2167,6 +2529,8 @@ batman-adv floods the network with its protocol information. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2177,6 +2541,8 @@ this node's internet connection download bandwidth in bits per second. Just enter any number suffixed with K, M, G or T (base 1000) and the batman-adv module will propagate the entered value in the mesh.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2187,6 +2553,8 @@ this node's internet connection upload bandwidth in bits per second. Just enter any number suffixed with K, M, G or T (base 1000) and the batman-adv module will propagate the entered value in the mesh.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2196,6 +2564,8 @@ of <citerefentry project='mankier'><refentrytitle>batctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to use. The algorithm cannot be changed after interface creation. Defaults to <literal>batman-v</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2212,6 +2582,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes an integer in the range 1…0xffff, except for 0x8000. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2231,6 +2603,8 @@ an MTU up to the maximal IP packet size of 64K, which reduces the number of IP packets needed for handling large UDP datagrams, TCP segments, etc and increases the performance for large messages.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2239,6 +2613,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes an boolean value. When true, the kernel ignores multicast groups handled by userspace. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2255,6 +2631,8 @@ <para>Specifies the name or index of the physical WLAN device (e.g. <literal>0</literal> or <literal>phy0</literal>). The list of the physical WLAN devices that exist on the host can be obtained by <command>iw phy</command> command. This option is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2266,6 +2644,8 @@ <literal>wds</literal>, <literal>monitor</literal>, <literal>mesh-point</literal>, <literal>p2p-client</literal>, <literal>p2p-go</literal>, <literal>p2p-device</literal>, <literal>ocb</literal>, and <literal>nan</literal>. This option is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2275,6 +2655,8 @@ <para>Enables the Wireless Distribution System (WDS) mode on the interface. The mode is also known as the <literal>4 address mode</literal>. Takes a boolean value. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.network.xml b/man/systemd.network.xml index 87c6c60e29..8456eb71b6 100644 --- a/man/systemd.network.xml +++ b/man/systemd.network.xml @@ -110,6 +110,8 @@ <literal>mesh-point</literal>, <literal>p2p-client</literal>, <literal>p2p-go</literal>, <literal>p2p-device</literal>, <literal>ocb</literal>, and <literal>nan</literal>. If the list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -118,6 +120,8 @@ <listitem> <para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the SSID of the currently connected wireless LAN. If the list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -128,6 +132,8 @@ LAN. Use full colon-, hyphen- or dot-delimited hexadecimal. See the example in <varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This option may appear more than once, in which case the lists are merged. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -161,6 +167,8 @@ G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para> <para>Note that if IPv6 is enabled on the interface, and the MTU is chosen below 1280 (the minimum MTU for IPv6) it will automatically be increased to this value.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -173,6 +181,8 @@ interfaces atop a single lower-level physical interface, which will then only serve as a link/"bridge" device aggregating traffic to the same physical link and not participate in the network otherwise. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -181,6 +191,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the multicast flag on the device is enabled. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -189,6 +201,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the driver retrieves all multicast packets from the network. This happens when multicast routing is enabled. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -200,6 +214,8 @@ <para>If this is set to false for the underlying link of a <literal>passthru</literal> mode MACVLAN/MACVTAP, the virtual interface will be created with the <literal>nopromisc</literal> flag set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -211,6 +227,8 @@ <literal>no</literal>.</para> <para>This is useful for preventing later matching network files from interfering with certain interfaces that are fully controlled by other applications.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -221,6 +239,8 @@ interfaces are added to a numbered group, operations on all the interfaces from that group can be performed at once. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…2147483647. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -250,6 +270,8 @@ assigned by DHCP or the cable is not plugged in, the link will simply remain offline and be skipped automatically by <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> if <literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -263,6 +285,8 @@ <literal>any</literal>. Note that this option has no effect if <literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>, or if <literal>RequiredForOnline=</literal> specifies a minimum operational state below <literal>degraded</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -301,6 +325,8 @@ depends on both the administrative state as well as the network device's physical connection. However, to avoid reconfiguration failures, when using <literal>always-up</literal>, <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> is forced to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -348,6 +374,8 @@ <para>Takes a boolean. If set to <literal>yes</literal>, DHCPv4 server will be started. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. Further settings for the DHCP server may be set in the [DHCPServer] section described below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -366,6 +394,8 @@ <varname>Bridge=</varname> is set or when the specified <varname>MACVLAN=</varname>/<varname>MACVTAP=</varname> has <varname>Mode=passthru</varname>, or <option>ipv6</option> otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -382,6 +412,8 @@ <varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>, setting <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=none</varname> disables to configure an IPv6 link-local address.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -396,6 +428,8 @@ <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname>, then a stable secret address will be generated from the local machine ID and the interface name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -407,6 +441,8 @@ 169.254.255.0/24. This setting may be useful if the device should always have the same address as long as there is no address conflict. When unset, a random address will be automatically selected. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -415,6 +451,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the route needed for non-IPv4LL hosts to communicate with IPv4LL-only hosts. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -439,6 +477,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <programlisting>[Route] Gateway=:: Table=1234</programlisting></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -451,6 +491,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> registration and announcement. Defaults to true. This setting is read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -463,6 +505,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> registration and announcement. Defaults to false. This setting is read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -479,6 +523,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> be used. This setting is read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -495,6 +541,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> used. This setting is read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -509,6 +557,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -527,6 +577,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> to query the collected neighbor data. LLDP is only available on Ethernet links. See <varname>EmitLLDP=</varname> below for enabling LLDP packet emission from the local system. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -555,6 +607,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> Note that configuring this setting to true is equivalent to <literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, the recommended and most restricted level of propagation. See <varname>LLDP=</varname> above for an option to enable LLDP reception.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -567,6 +621,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>This forces <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> to be set to <literal>bound</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -652,6 +708,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Domain name routing has no equivalent in the traditional glibc API, which has no concept of domain name servers limited to a specific link.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -665,6 +723,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> this link. If not specified defaults to an automatic mode: queries not matching any link's configured domains will be routed to this link if it has no routing-only domains configured. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -675,6 +735,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> specified more than once. This setting is read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -697,6 +759,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>To allow IP packet forwarding only between specific network interfaces use a firewall. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -711,6 +775,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <literal>yes</literal>.</para> <para>Note. Any positive boolean values such as <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>true</literal> are now deprecated. Please use one of the values in the above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -728,6 +794,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> the value specified in the same setting in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which defaults to <literal>no</literal>, will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v222"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -756,6 +824,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <command>systemd-networkd</command> needs to know all details supplied in the advertisements, and these are not available from the kernel if the kernel's own implementation is used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -764,6 +834,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Configures the amount of IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) probes to send. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -773,6 +845,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>Configures IPv6 Hop Limit. For each router that forwards the packet, the hop limit is decremented by 1. When the hop limit field reaches zero, the packet is discarded. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -789,6 +863,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> only if the source address is not reachable via any interface on that router. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 3704</ulink>. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -798,6 +874,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Accept packets with local source addresses. In combination with suitable routing, this can be used to direct packets between two local interfaces over the wire and have them accepted properly. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -807,6 +885,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the kernel does not consider loopback addresses as martian source or destination while routing. This enables the use of 127.0.0.0/8 for local routing purposes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -818,6 +898,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> identity, the router accepts responsibility for routing packets to the "real" destination. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 1027</ulink>. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -833,6 +915,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> also be shown by <command>ip -6 neighbour show proxy</command>. systemd-networkd will control the per-interface `proxy_ndp` switch for each configured interface depending on this option. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -845,6 +929,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> This setting implies <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=yes</varname> but has no effect if <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname> has been set to false. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -858,6 +944,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> distributed. See <varname>DCHPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting and the [IPv6SendRA], [IPv6Prefix], [IPv6RoutePrefix], and [DHCPPrefixDelegation] sections for more configuration options.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -869,6 +957,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> be assigned, and the prefixes will be announced through IPv6 Router Advertisement if <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> is enabled. This behaviour can be configured in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section. Defaults to disabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -877,6 +967,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Configures IPv6 maximum transmission unit (MTU). An integer greater than or equal to 1280 bytes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -889,6 +981,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> useful when a netdev with a master interface is created by another program, e.g. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -930,6 +1024,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Specifies the new active slave. The <literal>ActiveSlave=</literal> option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>, <literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -942,6 +1038,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> when one slave has higher throughput than another. The <literal>PrimarySlave=</literal> option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>, <literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -951,6 +1049,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Allows networkd to configure a specific link even if it has no carrier. Defaults to false. If enabled, and the <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> setting is not explicitly set, then it is enabled as well.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -987,6 +1087,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname>. When <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>always-up</literal>, this is forced to <literal>yes</literal>, and ignored any user specified values.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1006,6 +1108,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal> when <command>systemd-networkd</command> is running in initrd, <literal>yes</literal> when the root filesystem is a network filesystem, and <literal>no</literal> otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1023,6 +1127,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>As in the [Network] section. This setting is mandatory. Each [Address] section can contain one <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1031,6 +1137,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>The peer address in a point-to-point connection. Accepts the same format as the <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1063,6 +1171,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> requested. A setting of <option>PreferredLifetime=0</option> is useful for addresses which are added to be used only by a specific application, which is then configured to use them explicitly.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1074,6 +1184,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> will not traverse a gateway) or <literal>host</literal> (only valid within the device itself, e.g. 127.0.0.1) or an integer in the range 0…255. Defaults to <literal>global</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1093,6 +1205,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Designates this address the "home address" as defined in <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink>. Supported only on IPv6. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1106,6 +1220,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862">RFC 4862</ulink>. Defaults to <literal>ipv4</literal> for IPv4 link-local addresses, <literal>ipv6</literal> for IPv6 addresses, and <literal>none</literal> otherwise.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1119,6 +1235,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> needs to have a prefix length of 64. This flag allows using privacy extensions in a manually configured network, just like if stateless auto-configuration was active. Defaults to false. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1127,6 +1245,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the prefix route for the address is automatically added. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1142,6 +1262,8 @@ Table=1234</programlisting></para> with option <literal>autojoin</literal> we can get similar functionality for openvswitch (OVS) vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1198,6 +1320,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> to only allow <literal>my_server_t</literal> (and nothing else) to receive data from local subnet 10.0.0.0/8 of interface <literal>eth0</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1216,6 +1340,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <term><varname>Address=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>The IP address of the neighbor.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1223,6 +1349,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <term><varname>LinkLayerAddress=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>The link layer address (MAC address or IP address) of the neighbor.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1242,6 +1370,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>The label for the prefix, an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. 0xffffffff is reserved. This setting is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1250,6 +1380,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>IPv6 prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash <literal>/</literal> character. This setting is mandatory. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1275,6 +1407,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Differentiated_services">Differentiated services</ulink> for more details. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1283,6 +1417,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Specifies the source address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix length.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1291,6 +1427,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Specifies the destination address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix length.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1300,6 +1438,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies the iptables firewall mark value to match (a number in the range 1…4294967295). Optionally, the firewall mask (also a number between 1…4294967295) can be suffixed with a slash (<literal>/</literal>), e.g., <literal>7/255</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1311,6 +1451,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <literal>local</literal>, and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or a number between 1 and 4294967295. Defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1320,6 +1462,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies the priority of this rule. <varname>Priority=</varname> is an integer in the range 0…4294967295. Higher number means lower priority, and rules get processed in order of increasing number. Defaults to unset, and the kernel will pick a value dynamically.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1328,6 +1472,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Specifies incoming device to match. If the interface is loopback, the rule only matches packets originating from this host.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1336,6 +1482,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Specifies the outgoing device to match. The outgoing interface is only available for packets originating from local sockets that are bound to a device.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1345,6 +1493,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies the source IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base (FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1354,6 +1504,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies the destination IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base (FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1365,6 +1517,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <literal>sctp</literal>, or IP protocol number such as <literal>6</literal> for <literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>17</literal> for <literal>udp</literal>. Defaults to unset. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1372,6 +1526,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <term><varname>InvertRule=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>A boolean. Specifies whether the rule is to be inverted. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1383,6 +1539,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> specified in <varname>To=</varname> or <varname>From=</varname>. If neither <varname>To=</varname> nor <varname>From=</varname> are specified, then defaults to <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1391,6 +1549,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Takes a username, a user ID, or a range of user IDs separated by a dash. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1400,6 +1560,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Takes a number <replaceable>N</replaceable> in the range 0…128 and rejects routing decisions that have a prefix length of <replaceable>N</replaceable> or less. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1409,6 +1571,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Takes an integer in the range 0…2147483647 and rejects routing decisions that have an interface with the same group id. It has the same meaning as <option>suppress_ifgroup</option> in <command>ip rule</command>. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1418,6 +1582,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies Routing Policy Database (RPDB) rule type. Takes one of <literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal> or <literal>prohibit</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1436,6 +1602,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>The id of the next hop. Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. If unspecified, then automatically chosen by kernel.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1443,6 +1611,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>As in the [Network] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1453,6 +1623,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> By default, the family is determined by the address specified in <varname>Gateway=</varname>. If <varname>Gateway=</varname> is not specified, then defaults to <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1463,6 +1635,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we can insert the nexthop in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1472,6 +1646,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Takes a boolean. If enabled, packets to the corresponding routes are discarded silently, and <varname>Gateway=</varname> cannot be specified. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1486,6 +1662,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <varname>Family=</varname>, <varname>Blackhole=</varname>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1504,6 +1682,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Takes the gateway address or the special values <literal>_dhcp4</literal> and <literal>_ipv6ra</literal>. If <literal>_dhcp4</literal> or <literal>_ipv6ra</literal> is set, then the gateway address provided by DHCPv4 or IPv6 RA is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1514,6 +1694,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we can insert the route in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1530,6 +1712,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>The source prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix length. If omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1538,6 +1722,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>The metric of the route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1549,6 +1735,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> messages. Which can be one of <literal>low</literal> the route has a lowest priority, <literal>medium</literal> the route has a default priority or <literal>high</literal> the route has a highest priority.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1589,6 +1777,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>multicast</literal>, <literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>unicast</literal>. In other cases, defaults to <literal>global</literal>. The value is not used for IPv6.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1599,6 +1789,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> in <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1614,6 +1806,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>nat</literal>, then <literal>local</literal> is used. In other cases, defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1622,6 +1816,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Configures per route hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 1…255. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1632,6 +1828,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> values <literal>kernel</literal>, <literal>boot</literal>, <literal>static</literal>, <literal>ra</literal> and <literal>dhcp</literal>. Defaults to <literal>static</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1663,6 +1861,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> without waiting for acknowledgement. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is considered an extremely large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default (typically 10) will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1674,6 +1874,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> that amount of data before waiting for an acknowledgment and window update from the receiving host. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is considered an extremely large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1682,6 +1884,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode for the route is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1690,6 +1894,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TCP fastopen without a cookie on a per-route basis. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1698,6 +1904,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TTL propagation at Label Switched Path (LSP) egress. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1706,6 +1914,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the route. The usual suffixes K, M, G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1715,6 +1925,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies the Path MSS (in bytes) hints given on TCP layer. The usual suffixes K, M, G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024. An unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1724,6 +1936,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies the TCP congestion control algorithm for the route. Takes a name of the algorithm, e.g. <literal>bbr</literal>, <literal>dctcp</literal>, or <literal>vegas</literal>. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1733,6 +1947,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Specifies the TCP Retransmission Timeout (RTO) for the route. Takes time values in seconds. This value specifies the timeout of an alive TCP connection, when retransmissions remain unacknowledged. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1744,6 +1960,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> interface name or index separated with <literal>@</literal>, and a weight in 1..256 for this multipath route separated with whitespace. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1752,6 +1970,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Specifies the nexthop id. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967295. If set, the corresponding [NextHop] section must be configured. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1800,6 +2020,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> to advertise device specifications, including the intended communication patterns for their device when it connects to the network. The network can then use this to author a context-specific access policy, so the device functions only within those parameters.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1888,6 +2110,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Sets request options to be sent to the server in the DHCPv4 request options list. A whitespace-separated list of integers in the range 1…254. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1904,6 +2128,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1920,6 +2146,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1945,6 +2173,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> file to set the 802.1Q VLAN ethernet tagged header priority, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1955,6 +2185,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address received from the DHCP server. The label must be a 7-bit ASCII string with a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1976,6 +2208,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>When true, the routes to the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be configured. When <varname>UseDNS=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1993,6 +2227,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>When true, the routes to the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be configured. When <varname>UseNTP=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2001,6 +2237,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the SIP servers received from the DHCP server will be collected and made available to client programs.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2009,6 +2247,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCP server will be recorded and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2095,6 +2335,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Specifies the MTU for the DHCP routes. Please see the [Route] section for further details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2103,6 +2345,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2110,6 +2354,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>As in the [Route] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2117,6 +2363,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>As in the [Route] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2126,6 +2374,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>When true, the gateway will be requested from the DHCP server and added to the routing table with a metric of 1024, and a scope of <option>link</option>. When unset, the value specified with <varname>UseRoutes=</varname> is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2143,6 +2393,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> in the [Network] section, the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section, and <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5969">RFC 5969</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2152,6 +2404,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>Allows one to set DHCPv4 lease lifetime when DHCPv4 server does not send the lease lifetime. Takes one of <literal>forever</literal> or <literal>infinity</literal>. If specified, the acquired address never expires. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2175,6 +2429,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> time between retries is increased exponentially, up to approximately one per minute, so the network will not be overloaded even if this number is high. The default is suitable in most circumstances.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2192,6 +2448,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are rejected. Note that if <varname>AllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>DenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2201,6 +2459,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are accepted. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2209,6 +2469,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>When true, the DHCPv4 client sends a DHCP release packet when it stops. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2220,6 +2482,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> the DHCPv4 client rejects the address by sending a <constant>DHCPDECLINE</constant> packet to the DHCP server, and tries to obtain an IP address again. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2229,6 +2493,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2261,6 +2527,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>As in the [DHCPv4] section, however because DHCPv6 uses 16-bit fields to store option numbers, the option number is an integer in the range 1…65536.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2278,6 +2546,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2293,6 +2563,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Takes a whitespace-separated list of strings. Note that currently <constant>NUL</constant> bytes are not allowed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2303,6 +2575,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> hardware on which the client is running. The information contained in the data area of this option is contained in one or more opaque fields that identify details of the hardware configuration. Takes a whitespace-separated list of strings.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2313,6 +2587,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <varname>Address=</varname> in the [Network] section. The DHCPv6 client will include a prefix hint in the DHCPv6 solicitation sent to the server. The prefix length must be in the range 1…128. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2326,6 +2602,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> provides faster client configuration. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-17.2.1">RFC 3315</ulink> for details. Defaults to true, and the two-message exchange will be used if the server support it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2336,6 +2614,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the IP addresses provided by the DHCPv6 server will be assigned.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2344,6 +2624,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCPv6 server will be recorded and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2357,6 +2639,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> settings in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section, and <ulink url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8415.html#section-6.3">RFC 8415</ulink>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2386,6 +2670,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> section. Otherwise, defaults to <literal>no</literal>, and the DHCPv6 client will be started when an RA is received. See also the <varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname> setting in the [IPv6AcceptRA] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2408,6 +2694,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <varname>WithoutRA=solicit</varname> is implied if the setting is not explicitly specified. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the first link which acquired prefixes to be delegated from the DHCPv6 or DHCPv4 server is selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2475,6 +2763,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2500,6 +2790,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> The EUI-64 algorithm will be used to generate an address for that prefix. Only supported by Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2518,6 +2810,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> for that prefix. If an IPv6 address without mode is specified, then <literal>static</literal> mode is assumed. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2551,6 +2845,8 @@ allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting> will be changed, even if the prefix received in the RA message has not been changed. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2570,6 +2866,8 @@ Token=::1a:2b:3c:4d Token=static:::1a:2b:3c:4d Token=prefixstable Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2614,6 +2912,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is used when this parameter is not specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2626,6 +2926,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> preference, and the last is for low preference (<literal><replaceable>high</replaceable>:<replaceable>medium</replaceable>:<replaceable>low</replaceable></literal>). Defaults to <literal>512:1024:2048</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2634,6 +2936,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by the received RAs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2642,6 +2946,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the MTU received in the Router Advertisement will be used. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2650,6 +2956,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the hop limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to routes configured based on the advertisement. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2658,6 +2966,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When true, the ICMP6 rate limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to ICMP6 rate limit based on the advertisement. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2666,6 +2976,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the router address will be configured as the default gateway. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2674,6 +2986,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the routes corresponding to the route prefixes received in the Router Advertisement will be configured.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2682,6 +2996,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the captive portal received in the Router Advertisement will be recorded and made available to client programs and displayed in the networkctl status output per-link.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2690,6 +3006,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the autonomous prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be used and take precedence over any statically configured ones.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2698,6 +3016,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>When true (the default), the onlink prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be used and takes precedence over any statically configured ones.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2707,6 +3027,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Any information advertised by the listed router is ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2717,6 +3039,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Only information advertised by the listed router is accepted. Note that if <varname>RouterAllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>RouterDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2726,6 +3050,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements in the list are ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2736,6 +3062,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2745,6 +3073,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router advertisements in the list are ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2755,6 +3085,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router advertisements in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>RouteAllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>RouteDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2772,6 +3104,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <varname>WithoutRA=</varname> in the [DHCPv6] section is enabled, or <varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section is specified. Defaults to true.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2781,6 +3115,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with RA, like <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -2798,7 +3134,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem><para>Specifies server address for the DHCP server. Takes an IPv4 address with prefix length, for example 192.168.0.1/24. This setting may be useful when the link on which the DHCP server is running has multiple static addresses. When unset, one of static addresses - in the link will be automatically selected. Defaults to unset.</para></listitem> + in the link will be automatically selected. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2815,7 +3153,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> the first address after the subnet address and takes up the rest of the subnet, excluding the broadcast address. If the pool includes the server address (the default), this is reserved and not handed - out to clients.</para></listitem> + out to clients.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2833,7 +3173,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> if the configuration data in DHCP leases changes frequently and clients shall learn the new settings with shorter latencies. Longer lease times reduce the generated DHCP - network traffic.</para></listitem> + network traffic.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2843,7 +3185,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> servers is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink interface will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the link which has a default gateway with the highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>, no uplink - interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para></listitem> + interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2868,7 +3212,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname> described above.</para> <para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all - DNS servers specified earlier are cleared.</para></listitem> + DNS servers specified earlier are cleared.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2914,7 +3260,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <literal>UTC</literal>) to pass to clients. If no explicit timezone is set, the system timezone of the local host is propagated, as determined by the - <filename>/etc/localtime</filename> symlink.</para></listitem> + <filename>/etc/localtime</filename> symlink.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2925,6 +3273,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> address is sent in the <option>siaddr</option> field of the DHCP message header. See <ulink url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2131.html">RFC 2131</ulink> for more details. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2939,6 +3289,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Note that typically setting one of <varname>BootServerName=</varname> or <varname>BootServerAddress=</varname> is sufficient, but both can be set too, if desired.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2950,6 +3302,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> sent in the DHCP option 67 ("Bootfile name"). See <ulink url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2964,6 +3318,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2978,6 +3334,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2987,6 +3345,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> to its network interface and all socket communication will be restricted to this interface. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>, except if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is used (see below), in which case it defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -2996,6 +3356,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Turns this DHCP server into a DHCP relay agent. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1542">RFC 1542</ulink>. The address is the address of DHCP server or another relay agent to forward DHCP messages to and from.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3006,6 +3368,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption. Defaults to unset (means no Agent Circuit ID suboption is generated). Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3016,6 +3380,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption. Defaults to unset (means no Agent Remote ID suboption is generated). Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3039,7 +3405,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <term><varname>Address=</varname></term> <listitem><para>The IPv4 address that should be assigned to the device that was matched with - <varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This key is mandatory.</para></listitem> + <varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This key is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -3082,6 +3450,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the retransmit time, used by clients to retransmit Neighbor Solicitation messages on address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability Detection algorithm. An integer the default unit of seconds, in the range 0…4294967295 msec. Defaults to 0.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3103,6 +3473,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Configures hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 0…255. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3115,7 +3487,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section will be used if <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, otherwise the link which has a default gateway with the highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>, - no uplink interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para></listitem> + no uplink interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3172,7 +3546,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> autoconfigured with this prefix and whether the prefix can be used for onlink determination. Both settings default to <literal>true</literal> in order to ease configuration. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3182,7 +3558,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> IPv6 addresses, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix and its prefix length, separated by a <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6 prefixes since prefix lifetimes, address autoconfiguration and onlink status may differ from one - prefix to another.</para></listitem> + prefix to another.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3191,13 +3569,17 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem><para>Preferred and valid lifetimes for the prefix measured in seconds. <varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes) and - <varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para></listitem> + <varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>Assign=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Takes a boolean. When true, adds an address from the prefix. Default to false. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3207,6 +3589,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the [IPv6AcceptRA] section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will be ignored. Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3216,6 +3600,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>The metric of the prefix route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295. When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This setting is ignored when <varname>Assign=</varname> is false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3236,14 +3622,18 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem><para>The IPv6 route that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static IPv6 routes, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix routes and its prefix route length, separated by a <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections to configure - multiple IPv6 prefix routes.</para></listitem> + multiple IPv6 prefix routes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Lifetime for the route prefix measured in seconds. - <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para></listitem> + <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3264,12 +3654,16 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> an IPv6 prefix that should be set up for NAT64 translation (PLAT) to allow 464XLAT on the network segment. Use multiple [IPv6PREF64Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6 prefixes since prefix lifetime may differ from one prefix to another. The prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash - <literal>/</literal> character. Valid NAT64 prefix length are 96, 64, 56, 48, 40, and 32 bits.</para></listitem></varlistentry> + <literal>/</literal> character. Valid NAT64 prefix length are 96, 64, 56, 48, 40, and 32 bits.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem></varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Lifetime for the prefix measured in seconds. Should be greater than or equal to <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname>. - <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds.</para></listitem> + <varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -3285,6 +3679,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> traffic for which an FDB entry is missing and the destination is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3294,6 +3690,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> traffic for which an MDB entry is missing and the destination is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3303,6 +3701,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> the bridge. Which means unicast copies are only delivered to hosts which are interested in it. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3311,6 +3711,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether ARP and ND neighbor suppression is enabled for this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3319,6 +3721,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether MAC address learning is enabled for this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3327,6 +3731,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether traffic may be sent back out of the port on which it was received. When this flag is false, then the bridge will not forward traffic back out of the receiving port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3336,6 +3742,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> isolated ports can only communicate with non-isolated ports. When set to true, this port can only communicate with other ports whose Isolated setting is false. When set to false, this port can communicate with any other ports. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3343,6 +3751,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether STP Bridge Protocol Data Units will be processed by the bridge port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3351,6 +3761,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. This flag allows the bridge to immediately stop multicast traffic on a port that receives an IGMP Leave message. It is only used with IGMP snooping if enabled on the bridge. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3359,6 +3771,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether a given port is allowed to become a root port. Only used when STP is enabled on the bridge. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3366,6 +3780,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3374,6 +3790,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port which meets extended requirements by IEEE 802.11 and Hotspot 2.0 specifications. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3385,6 +3803,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> the presence of routers, <literal>permanent</literal> to permanently enable multicast traffic forwarding on this port, or <literal>temporary</literal> to enable multicast routers temporarily on this port, not depending on incoming queries. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3395,6 +3815,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> is used to decide which link to use. Faster interfaces should have lower costs. It is an integer value between 1 and 65535.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3405,6 +3827,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> to decide which link to use. Lower value means higher priority. It is an integer value between 0 to 63. Networkd does not set any default, meaning the kernel default value of 32 is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3425,6 +3849,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <term><varname>Destination=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Takes an IP address of the destination VXLAN tunnel endpoint.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3433,6 +3859,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>The VLAN ID for the new static MAC table entry. If omitted, no VLAN ID information is appended to the new static MAC table entry.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3441,6 +3869,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>The VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID) to use to connect to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Takes a number in the range 1…16777215. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3454,6 +3884,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> means the address is associated with master devices fdb. <literal>router</literal> means the destination address is associated with a router. Note that it's valid if the referenced device is a VXLAN type device and has route shortcircuit enabled. Defaults to <literal>self</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3461,6 +3893,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the name or index of the outgoing interface for the VXLAN device driver to reach the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3475,6 +3909,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <term><varname>MulticastGroupAddress=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 multicast group address to add. This setting is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3500,6 +3936,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>The MUD URLs received via LLDP packets are saved and can be read using the <function>sd_lldp_neighbor_get_mud_url()</function> function.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3515,6 +3953,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>The bitrate of CAN device in bits per second. The usual SI prefixes (K, M) with the base of 1000 can be used here. Takes a number in the range 1…4294967295.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3523,6 +3963,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Optional sample point in percent with one decimal (e.g. <literal>75%</literal>, <literal>87.5%</literal>) or permille (e.g. <literal>875‰</literal>). This will be ignored when <varname>BitRate=</varname> is unspecified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3542,6 +3984,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> integer in the range 0…4294967295. These settings except for <varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> will be ignored when <varname>BitRate=</varname> is specified.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3550,6 +3994,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>The bitrate and sample point for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are analogous to the <varname>BitRate=</varname> and <varname>SamplePoint=</varname> keys.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3562,6 +4008,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the synchronization jump width for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are analogous to the <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> or related settings.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3571,6 +4019,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Note, that a bitrate and optional sample point should also be set for the CAN-FD data phase using the <varname>DataBitRate=</varname> and <varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname> keys, or <varname>DataTimeQuanta=</varname> and related settings.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3578,6 +4028,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, non-ISO CAN-FD mode is enabled for the interface. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3588,6 +4040,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> be specified using decimals (e.g. <literal>0.1s</literal>) or a <literal>ms</literal> or <literal>us</literal> postfix. Using <literal>infinity</literal> or <literal>0</literal> will turn the automatic restart off. By default automatic restart is disabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3597,6 +4051,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <literal>yes</literal>, the termination resistor is set to 120 ohm. When <literal>no</literal> or <literal>0</literal> is set, the termination resistor is disabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3604,6 +4060,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, three samples (instead of one) are used to determine the value of a received bit by majority rule. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3614,6 +4072,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> unable to send recessive bit, bus overload, active error announcement, error occurred on transmission). When unset, the kernel's default will be used. Note: in case of a CAN bus with a single CAN device, sending a CAN frame may result in a huge number of CAN bus errors.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3624,6 +4084,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> bit. Listen-only mode is important to debug CAN networks without interfering with the communication or acknowledge the CAN frame. When unset, the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3633,6 +4095,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> loopback mode is enabled, the interface treats messages transmitted by itself as received messages. The loopback mode is important to debug CAN networks. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3640,6 +4104,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, one-shot mode is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3647,6 +4113,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will ignore missing CAN ACKs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -3654,6 +4122,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will handle the 4bit data length code (DLC). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3701,6 +4171,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the fixed amount of delay to be added to all packets going out of the interface. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3709,6 +4181,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the chosen delay to be added to the packets outgoing to the network interface. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3717,6 +4191,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the maximum number of packets the qdisc may hold queued at a time. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to 1000.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3725,6 +4201,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies an independent loss probability to be added to the packets outgoing from the network interface. Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3733,6 +4211,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies that the chosen percent of packets is duplicated before queuing them. Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3752,6 +4232,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the latency parameter, which specifies the maximum amount of time a packet can sit in the Token Bucket Filter (TBF). Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3761,6 +4243,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes the number of bytes that can be queued waiting for tokens to become available. When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3771,6 +4255,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> can be available for instantaneous transfer. When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3780,6 +4266,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the device specific bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified bandwidth is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3789,6 +4277,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>The Minimum Packet Unit (MPU) determines the minimal token usage (specified in bytes) for a packet. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to zero.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3798,6 +4288,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes the maximum depletion rate of the bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3807,6 +4299,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the size of the peakrate bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3827,6 +4321,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3847,6 +4343,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer ranges 1 to 4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3867,6 +4365,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3885,6 +4385,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <term><varname>PerturbPeriodSec=</varname></term> <listitem> <para>Specifies the interval in seconds for queue algorithm perturbation. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3907,6 +4409,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> reached, incoming packets are dropped. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3928,6 +4432,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> overflow in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -3945,7 +4451,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <varlistentry> <term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term> <listitem> - <para>As in [PFIFO] section.</para></listitem> + <para>As in [PFIFO] section.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -3976,6 +4484,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the shaper bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3986,6 +4496,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> at this qdisc. This is most likely to be useful with cellular links, which tend to change quality randomly. If this setting is enabled, the <varname>Bandwidth=</varname> setting is used as an initial estimate. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -3995,6 +4507,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies that bytes to be addeded to the size of each packet. Bytes may be negative. Takes an integer in the range -64…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4003,6 +4517,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Rounds each packet (including overhead) up to the specified bytes. Takes an integer in the range 1…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4015,6 +4531,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> ATM cell framing, which is normally found on ADSL links. When <literal>ptm</literal>, enables the compensation for PTM encoding, which is normally found on VDSL2 links and uses a 64b/65b encoding scheme. Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4024,6 +4542,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, the packet size reported by the Linux kernel will be used, instead of the underlying IP packet size. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4040,7 +4560,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <term><option>none</option></term> <listitem><para> The flow isolation is disabled, and all traffic passes through a single queue. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>src-host</option></term> @@ -4048,7 +4570,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Flows are defined only by source address. Equivalent to the <literal>srchost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>dst-host</option></term> @@ -4056,7 +4580,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Flows are defined only by destination address. Equivalent to the <literal>dsthost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>hosts</option></term> @@ -4064,7 +4590,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Flows are defined by source-destination host pairs. Equivalent to the same option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>flows</option></term> @@ -4073,7 +4601,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> transport protocol, source port and destination port. Equivalent to the same option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>dual-src-host</option></term> @@ -4083,7 +4613,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> to the <literal>dual-srchost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>dual-dst-host</option></term> @@ -4093,7 +4625,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Equivalent to the <literal>dual-dsthost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>triple</option></term> @@ -4103,11 +4637,15 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Equivalent to the <literal>triple-isolate</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> <para>Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4120,6 +4658,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname> is <literal>none</literal> or <literal>flows</literal>, or if NAT is performed on a different host. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4135,7 +4675,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <term><option>besteffort</option></term> <listitem><para> Disables priority queueing by placing all traffic in one tin. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>precedence</option></term> @@ -4143,7 +4685,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Enables priority queueing based on the legacy interpretation of TOS <literal>Precedence</literal> field. Use of this preset on the modern Internet is firmly discouraged. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>diffserv8</option></term> @@ -4152,7 +4696,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with eight tins: Background Traffic, High Throughput, Best Effort, Video Streaming, Low Latency Transactions, Interactive Shell, Minimum Latency, and Network Control. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>diffserv4</option></term> @@ -4160,7 +4706,9 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with four tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort, Streaming Media, and Latency Sensitive. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>diffserv3</option></term> @@ -4168,11 +4716,15 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service (<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with three tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort, and Latency Sensitive. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> <para>Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4182,6 +4734,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. When specified, firewall-mark-based overriding of CAKE's tin selection is enabled. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4190,6 +4744,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE clears the DSCP fields, except for ECN bits, of any packet passing through CAKE. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4199,6 +4755,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE will split General Segmentation Offload (GSO) super-packets into their on-the-wire components and dequeue them individually. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4209,6 +4767,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> extremely high-performance 10GigE+ networks like datacentre, 1ms for non-WiFi LAN connections, 100ms for typical internet connections. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4220,6 +4780,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> keep at least two redundant ACKs in the queue, while in <literal>aggressive</literal> mode, it will filter down to a single ACK. This may improve download throughput on links with very asymmetrical rate limits. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4241,6 +4803,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4249,6 +4813,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4257,6 +4823,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4265,6 +4833,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4273,6 +4843,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4305,6 +4877,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> to the next class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to the MTU of the interface.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4326,6 +4900,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the number of bands. An unsigned integer in the range 1…16. This value has to be at least large enough to cover the strict bands specified through the <varname>StrictBands=</varname> and bandwidth-sharing bands specified in <varname>QuantumBytes=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4334,6 +4910,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the number of bands that should be created in strict mode. An unsigned integer in the range 1…16.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4344,6 +4922,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4356,6 +4936,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> there are fewer, the default band that traffic with one of the unmentioned priorities goes to is the last one. Each band number must be in the range 0…255. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4375,6 +4957,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the number of virtual queues. Takes an integer in the range 1…16. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4383,6 +4967,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the number of default virtual queue. This must be less than <varname>VirtualQueue=</varname>. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4391,6 +4977,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. It turns on the RIO-like buffering scheme. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4410,6 +4998,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4419,6 +5009,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the limit on the total number of bytes that can be queued in this FQ-CoDel instance. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4427,6 +5019,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the number of flows into which the incoming packets are classified. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4435,6 +5029,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4443,6 +5039,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4452,6 +5050,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the number of bytes used as the "deficit" in the fair queuing algorithm timespan. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4460,6 +5060,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4468,6 +5070,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4487,6 +5091,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4495,6 +5101,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the maximum number of packets queued per flow. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4505,6 +5113,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> to dequeue at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4515,6 +5125,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> allowed to dequeue initially. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4524,6 +5136,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the maximum sending rate of a flow. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4532,6 +5146,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the size of the hash table used for flow lookups. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4541,6 +5157,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes an unsigned integer. For packets not owned by a socket, fq is able to mask a part of hash and reduce number of buckets associated with the traffic. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4549,6 +5167,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a boolean, and enables or disables flow pacing. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4557,6 +5177,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4578,6 +5200,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> Note that when teql is used, currently, the module <constant>sch_teql</constant> with <constant>max_equalizers=N+1</constant> option must be loaded before <command>systemd-networkd</command> is started.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4597,6 +5221,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes the minor id in hexadecimal of the default class. Unclassified traffic gets sent to the class. Defaults to unset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4605,6 +5231,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Takes an unsigned integer. The DRR quantums are calculated by dividing the value configured in <varname>Rate=</varname> by <varname>RateToQuantum=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4624,6 +5252,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the priority of the class. In the round-robin process, classes with the lowest priority field are tried for packets first.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4633,6 +5263,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies how many bytes to serve from leaf at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4641,6 +5273,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the maximum packet size we create. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4650,6 +5284,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Takes an unsigned integer which specifies per-packet size overhead used in rate computations. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4659,6 +5295,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the maximum rate this class and all its children are guaranteed. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. This setting is mandatory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4669,6 +5307,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. When unset, the value specified with <varname>Rate=</varname> is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4678,6 +5318,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst which can be accumulated during idle period. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4687,6 +5329,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst for ceil which can be accumulated during idle period. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4707,6 +5351,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4737,6 +5383,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <listitem> <para>Specifies the weight of the class. Takes an integer in the range 1…1023. Defaults to unset in which case the kernel default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -4746,6 +5394,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>Specifies the maximum packet size in bytes for the class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. When unset, the kernel default is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -4772,6 +5422,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>The VLAN ID specified here will be used to untag frames on egress. Configuring <varname>EgressUntagged=</varname> implicates the use of <varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -4780,6 +5432,8 @@ Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para> <para>The Port VLAN ID specified here is assigned to all untagged frames at ingress. <varname>PVID=</varname> can be used only once. Configuring <varname>PVID=</varname> implicates the use of <varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.nspawn.xml b/man/systemd.nspawn.xml index 0540b85dc6..79806199e5 100644 --- a/man/systemd.nspawn.xml +++ b/man/systemd.nspawn.xml @@ -94,7 +94,9 @@ <filename>init</filename> process. This setting corresponds to the <option>--boot</option> switch on the <command>systemd-nspawn</command> command line. This option may not be combined with <varname>ProcessTwo=yes</varname>. This option is specified by default in the - <filename>systemd-nspawn@.service</filename> template unit.</para></listitem> + <filename>systemd-nspawn@.service</filename> template unit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -104,7 +106,9 @@ a temporary snapshot of its file system that is removed immediately when the container terminates. This is equivalent to the <option>--ephemeral</option> command line switch. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details - about the specific options supported.</para></listitem> + about the specific options supported.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -113,7 +117,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument, which defaults to off. If enabled, the specified program is run as PID 2. A stub init process is run as PID 1. This setting corresponds to the <option>--as-pid2</option> switch on the <command>systemd-nspawn</command> command line. This option may not be combined with - <varname>Boot=yes</varname>.</para></listitem> + <varname>Boot=yes</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -127,7 +133,9 @@ <para>Note: <option>Boot=no</option>, <option>Parameters=a b "c c"</option> is the same as <command>systemd-nspawn a b "c c"</command>, and <option>Boot=yes</option>, <option>Parameters=b 'c c'</option> - is the same as <command>systemd-nspawn --boot b 'c c'</command>.</para></listitem> + is the same as <command>systemd-nspawn --boot b 'c c'</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -139,7 +147,9 @@ main process invoked in the container. This setting may be used multiple times to set multiple environment variables. It corresponds to the <option>--setenv=</option> command line - switch.</para></listitem> + switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -149,7 +159,9 @@ name to invoke the main process of the container as. This user must be known in the container's user database. This corresponds to the <option>--user=</option> command line - switch.</para></listitem> + switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -157,7 +169,9 @@ <listitem><para>Selects the working directory for the process invoked in the container. Expects an absolute path in the container's file system namespace. This corresponds to the <option>--chdir=</option> command line - switch.</para></listitem> + switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -166,7 +180,9 @@ <listitem><para>Selects a directory to pivot to <filename>/</filename> inside the container when starting up. Takes a single path, or a pair of two paths separated by a colon. Both paths must be absolute, and are resolved in the container's file system namespace. This corresponds to the <option>--pivot-root=</option> command line - switch.</para></listitem> + switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -193,7 +209,9 @@ capabilities are retained (or dropped).</para> <para>These settings change the bounding set of capabilities which also limits the ambient capabilities as given with the - <varname>AmbientCapability=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <varname>AmbientCapability=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -217,7 +235,9 @@ </para> <para>Note that <varname>AmbientCapability=</varname> is a privileged - setting (see above).</para></listitem> + setting (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -228,6 +248,8 @@ <option>--no-new-privileges=</option> command line switch. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -240,7 +262,9 @@ Defaults to SIGRTMIN+3 if <option>Boot=</option> is used (on systemd-compatible init systems SIGRTMIN+3 triggers an orderly shutdown). For a list of valid signals, see - <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>signal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>signal</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -248,7 +272,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the kernel personality for the container. This is equivalent to the - <option>--personality=</option> switch.</para></listitem> + <option>--personality=</option> switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -257,7 +283,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the 128-bit machine ID (UUID) to pass to the container. This is equivalent to the <option>--uuid=</option> command line switch. This option is - privileged (see above). </para></listitem> + privileged (see above). </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -266,7 +294,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures support for usernamespacing. This is equivalent to the <option>--private-users=</option> command line switch, and takes the same options. This option is privileged (see above). This option is the default if the <filename>systemd-nspawn@.service</filename> template unit file - is used.</para></listitem> + is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -275,7 +305,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures support for notifications from the container's init process. This is equivalent to the <option>--notify-ready=</option> command line switch, and takes the same parameters. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details - about the specific options supported.</para></listitem> + about the specific options supported.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -284,7 +316,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the system call filter applied to containers. This is equivalent to the <option>--system-call-filter=</option> command line switch, and takes the same list parameter. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -308,7 +342,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures various types of resource limits applied to containers. This is equivalent to the <option>--rlimit=</option> command line switch, and takes the same arguments. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -317,7 +353,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the OOM score adjustment value. This is equivalent to the <option>--oom-score-adjust=</option> command line switch, and takes the same argument. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -326,7 +364,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the CPU affinity. This is equivalent to the <option>--cpu-affinity=</option> command line switch, and takes the same argument. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -335,7 +375,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the kernel hostname set for the container. This is equivalent to the <option>--hostname=</option> command line switch, and takes the same argument. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -344,7 +386,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures how <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> in the container shall be handled. This is equivalent to the <option>--resolv-conf=</option> command line switch, and takes the same argument. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -353,7 +397,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures how <filename>/etc/localtime</filename> in the container shall be handled. This is equivalent to the <option>--timezone=</option> command line switch, and takes the same argument. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -362,7 +408,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures how to link host and container journal setups. This is equivalent to the <option>--link-journal=</option> command line switch, and takes the same parameter. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -372,7 +420,9 @@ is equivalent to the <option>--suppress-sync=</option> command line switch, and takes the same parameter. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -394,7 +444,9 @@ specified, the container will be run with a read-only file system. This setting corresponds to the <option>--read-only</option> command line - switch.</para></listitem> + switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -406,7 +458,9 @@ option is equivalent to <option>--volatile=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about the specific options - supported.</para></listitem> + supported.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -422,7 +476,9 @@ <option>--bind-ro=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about the specific options supported. This setting - is privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + is privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -432,7 +488,9 @@ command line switch <option>--bind-user=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about the specific options supported. This setting is privileged (see - above).</para></listitem> + above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -446,7 +504,9 @@ <option>--tmpfs=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details about the specific options supported. This setting - is privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + is privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -457,7 +517,9 @@ may be used multiple times to mask multiple files or directories. This option is equivalent to the command line switch <option>--inaccessible=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details - about the specific options supported. This setting is privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + about the specific options supported. This setting is privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -468,7 +530,9 @@ multiple times to configure multiple overlay mounts. This option is equivalent to the command line switches <option>--overlay=</option> and <option>--overlay-ro=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details - about the specific options supported. This setting is privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + about the specific options supported. This setting is privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -477,7 +541,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures whether the ownership of the files and directories in the container tree shall be adjusted to the UID/GID range used, if necessary and user namespacing is enabled. This is equivalent to the <option>--private-users-ownership=</option> command line switch. This option is - privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -500,7 +566,9 @@ and not share network interfaces and configuration with the host. This setting corresponds to the <option>--private-network</option> command line - switch.</para></listitem> + switch.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -510,7 +578,9 @@ (<literal>veth</literal>) between host and the container. This setting implies <varname>Private=yes</varname>. This setting corresponds to the <option>--network-veth</option> command line switch. This option is privileged (see above). This option is the default if the - <filename>systemd-nspawn@.service</filename> template unit file is used.</para></listitem> + <filename>systemd-nspawn@.service</filename> template unit file is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -525,7 +595,9 @@ independent of <varname>VirtualEthernet=</varname>. Note that this option is unrelated to the <varname>Bridge=</varname> setting below, and thus any connections created this way are not automatically added to any bridge device on the host side. This option is privileged (see - above).</para></listitem> + above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -538,7 +610,9 @@ This option corresponds to the <option>--network-interface=</option> command line switch and implies <varname>Private=yes</varname>. This option is - privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -553,7 +627,9 @@ <option>--network-macvlan=</option> and <option>--network-ipvlan=</option> command line switches and imply <varname>Private=yes</varname>. These options are - privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -565,7 +641,9 @@ host side of the created virtual Ethernet link is connected to the specified bridge interface. This option corresponds to the <option>--network-bridge=</option> command line switch. This - option is privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + option is privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -575,7 +653,9 @@ <varname>Private=yes</varname> and has the effect that the host side of the created virtual Ethernet link is connected to an automatically managed bridge interface named after the passed argument, prefixed with <literal>vz-</literal>. This option corresponds to the <option>--network-zone=</option> command line - switch. This option is privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + switch. This option is privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -586,7 +666,9 @@ <option>--port=</option> command line switch, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the precise syntax of the argument this option takes. This - option is privileged (see above).</para></listitem> + option is privileged (see above).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd.path.xml b/man/systemd.path.xml index 7ea88d0b98..70374658d8 100644 --- a/man/systemd.path.xml +++ b/man/systemd.path.xml @@ -199,7 +199,9 @@ a positive integer value and specifies the number of permitted activations per time interval, and defaults to 200. Set either to 0 to disable any form of trigger rate limiting. If the limit is hit, the unit is placed into a failure mode, and will not watch the paths anymore until restarted. Note - that this limit is enforced before the service activation is enqueued.</para></listitem> + that this limit is enforced before the service activation is enqueued.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.resource-control.xml b/man/systemd.resource-control.xml index 57ebb8e1ea..9ee4ded0d9 100644 --- a/man/systemd.resource-control.xml +++ b/man/systemd.resource-control.xml @@ -1257,6 +1257,8 @@ DeviceAllow=/dev/loop-control has been started. Since no processes should live in inner nodes of the control group tree it's almost always necessary to run the main ("supervising") process of a unit that has delegation turned on in a subgroup.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1404,7 +1406,9 @@ DeviceAllow=/dev/loop-control to watch for and handle memory pressure events.</para> <para>If not explicit set, defaults to the <varname>DefaultMemoryPressureWatch=</varname> setting in - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1418,7 +1422,9 @@ DeviceAllow=/dev/loop-control (which in turn defaults to 200ms). The specified value expects a time unit such as <literal>ms</literal> or <literal>μs</literal>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details on the permitted syntax.</para></listitem> + details on the permitted syntax.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> @@ -1444,7 +1450,9 @@ DeviceAllow=/dev/loop-control <varname>BlockIOReadBandwidth=<replaceable>device</replaceable> <replaceable>bytes</replaceable></varname>, <varname>BlockIOWriteBandwidth=<replaceable>device</replaceable> <replaceable>bytes</replaceable></varname>. - Please switch to the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para></listitem> + Please switch to the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/systemd.scope.xml b/man/systemd.scope.xml index 95969bf097..ae9bc2b339 100644 --- a/man/systemd.scope.xml +++ b/man/systemd.scope.xml @@ -112,7 +112,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures a maximum time for the scope to run. If this is used and the scope has been active for longer than the specified time it is terminated and put into a failure state. Pass - <literal>infinity</literal> (the default) to configure no runtime limit.</para></listitem> + <literal>infinity</literal> (the default) to configure no runtime limit.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -121,7 +123,9 @@ <listitem><para>This option modifies <varname>RuntimeMaxSec=</varname> by increasing the maximum runtime by an evenly distributed duration between 0 and the specified value (in seconds). If <varname>RuntimeMaxSec=</varname> is unspecified, then this feature will be disabled. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.service.xml b/man/systemd.service.xml index e9c431bd68..10e6da5837 100644 --- a/man/systemd.service.xml +++ b/man/systemd.service.xml @@ -321,6 +321,8 @@ <option>cgroup</option> is meant for applications whose forking model is not known ahead of time and which might not have a specific main process. It is well suited for transient or automatically generated services, such as graphical applications inside of a desktop environment.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -465,6 +467,8 @@ also applies to <varname>ExecCondition=</varname>. <varname>ExecCondition=</varname> will also run the commands in <varname>ExecStopPost=</varname>, as part of stopping the service, in the case of any non-zero or abnormal exits, like the ones described above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -579,7 +583,9 @@ of auto-restarts from <varname>RestartSec=</varname> to <varname>RestartMaxDelaySec=</varname>. Takes a positive integer or 0 to disable it. Defaults to 0.</para> - <para>This setting is effective only if <varname>RestartMaxDelaySec=</varname> is also set.</para></listitem> + <para>This setting is effective only if <varname>RestartMaxDelaySec=</varname> is also set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -589,7 +595,9 @@ in the same format as <varname>RestartSec=</varname>, or <literal>infinity</literal> to disable the setting. Defaults to <literal>infinity</literal>.</para> - <para>This setting is effective only if <varname>RestartSteps=</varname> is also set.</para></listitem> + <para>This setting is effective only if <varname>RestartSteps=</varname> is also set.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -612,7 +620,9 @@ provided the service repeats <literal>EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=…</literal> within the interval specified until the service startup status is finished by <literal>READY=1</literal>. (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v188"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -641,7 +651,9 @@ provided the service repeats <literal>EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=…</literal> within the interval specified, or terminates itself (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v188"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -672,7 +684,9 @@ provided the service repeats <literal>EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=…</literal> within the interval specified, or terminates itself (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -702,7 +716,9 @@ By using <option>kill</option> the service is immediately terminated by sending <varname>FinalKillSignal=</varname> without any further timeout. This setting can be used to expedite the shutdown of failing services. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -722,7 +738,9 @@ provided the service repeats <literal>EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=…</literal> within the interval specified until the service shutdown is achieved by <literal>STOPPING=1</literal> (or termination). (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_notify</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -731,7 +749,9 @@ <listitem><para>This option modifies <varname>RuntimeMaxSec=</varname> by increasing the maximum runtime by an evenly distributed duration between 0 and the specified value (in seconds). If <varname>RuntimeMaxSec=</varname> is unspecified, then this feature will be disabled. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -942,6 +962,8 @@ <para>This option is useful in cases where a dependency can fail temporarily but we don't want these temporary failures to make the dependent units fail. When this option is set to <option>direct</option>, dependent units are not notified of these temporary failures.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -981,7 +1003,9 @@ </example> <para>Note: <command>systemd-analyze exit-status</command> may be used to list exit statuses and - translate between numerical status values and names.</para></listitem> + translate between numerical status values and names.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1005,7 +1029,9 @@ <varname>ExecStopPost=</varname> or <varname>ExecReload=</varname>, but only on the main service process, i.e. either the one invoked by <varname>ExecStart=</varname> or (depending on <varname>Type=</varname>, <varname>PIDFile=</varname>, …) the otherwise configured main - process.</para></listitem> + process.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v189"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1015,7 +1041,9 @@ service restarts, regardless of the restart setting configured with <varname>Restart=</varname>. The argument format is similar to - <varname>RestartPreventExitStatus=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <varname>RestartPreventExitStatus=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1142,7 +1170,9 @@ <para>If this option is set to a non-zero value the <varname>$FDSTORE</varname> environment variable will be set for processes invoked for this service. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1158,7 +1188,9 @@ file descriptor store pinned until the service manager exits.</para> <para>Use <command>systemctl clean --what=fdstore …</command> to release the file descriptor store - explicitly.</para></listitem> + explicitly.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1171,7 +1203,9 @@ socket unit with <varname>ListenUSBFunction=</varname> configured. The contents of this file are written to the <filename>ep0</filename> file after it is - opened.</para></listitem> + opened.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1179,7 +1213,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configure the location of a file containing USB FunctionFS strings. Behavior is similar to <varname>USBFunctionDescriptors=</varname> - above.</para></listitem> + above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id='oom-policy'> @@ -1217,7 +1253,9 @@ <para>This setting also applies to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-oomd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Similarly to the kernel OOM kills performed by the kernel, this setting determines the state of the - unit after <command>systemd-oomd</command> kills a cgroup associated with it.</para></listitem> + unit after <command>systemd-oomd</command> kills a cgroup associated with it.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1248,7 +1286,9 @@ (due to running in a separate mount namespace, not having privileges, ...).</para> <para>This setting can be specified multiple times, in which case all the specified paths are opened and the file descriptors passed to the service. - If the empty string is assigned, the entire list of open files defined prior to this is reset.</para></listitem> + If the empty string is assigned, the entire list of open files defined prior to this is reset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1256,7 +1296,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configures the UNIX process signal to send to the service's main process when asked to reload the service's configuration. Defaults to <constant>SIGHUP</constant>. This option has no effect unless <varname>Type=</varname><option>notify-reload</option> is used, see - above.</para></listitem> + above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.socket.xml b/man/systemd.socket.xml index 45555302f1..f260c4ed26 100644 --- a/man/systemd.socket.xml +++ b/man/systemd.socket.xml @@ -309,7 +309,9 @@ activated service has to have the <varname>USBFunctionDescriptors=</varname> and <varname>USBFunctionStrings=</varname> options set. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -318,6 +320,8 @@ or <option>sctp</option>. The socket will use the UDP-Lite (<constant>IPPROTO_UDPLITE</constant>) or SCTP (<constant>IPPROTO_SCTP</constant>) protocol, respectively.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -371,7 +375,9 @@ sockets and FIFO nodes in the file system are owned by the specified user and group. If unset (the default), the nodes are owned by the root user/group (if run in system context) or the invoking user/group (if run in user context). If only a user is specified but no group, then the group is - derived from the user's default group.</para></listitem> + derived from the user's default group.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v214"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -431,7 +437,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. May only be used in conjunction with <varname>ListenSpecial=</varname>. If true, the specified special file is opened in read-write mode, if - false, in read-only mode. Defaults to false.</para></listitem> + false, in read-only mode. Defaults to false.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -443,7 +451,9 @@ socket's buffers won't be cleared, permitting the service to handle any pending connections after restart, which is the usually expected behaviour. Defaults to <option>no</option>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -463,6 +473,8 @@ <listitem><para>The maximum number of connections for a service per source IP address. This is very similar to the <varname>MaxConnections=</varname> directive above. Disabled by default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -486,7 +498,9 @@ and the <ulink url="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/html_single/TCP-Keepalive-HOWTO/">TCP Keepalive HOWTO</ulink> for details.) - Default value is 7200 seconds (2 hours).</para></listitem> + Default value is 7200 seconds (2 hours).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -496,7 +510,9 @@ <constant>TCP_KEEPINTVL</constant> socket option (see <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the <ulink url="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/html_single/TCP-Keepalive-HOWTO/">TCP Keepalive - HOWTO</ulink> for details.) Default value is 75 seconds.</para></listitem> + HOWTO</ulink> for details.) Default value is 75 seconds.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -509,7 +525,9 @@ and the <ulink url="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/html_single/TCP-Keepalive-HOWTO/">TCP Keepalive HOWTO</ulink> for details.) Default value is - 9.</para></listitem> + 9.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -519,7 +537,9 @@ messages, and sending them all at once. This controls the TCP_NODELAY socket option (see <citerefentry project='die-net'><refentrytitle>tcp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>). - Defaults to <option>false</option>.</para></listitem> + Defaults to <option>false</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -557,6 +577,8 @@ third packet in the "three-way handshake").</para> <para>Disabled by default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -607,7 +629,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry>s to this TCP or UDP port. This controls the <constant>SO_REUSEPORT</constant> socket option. See <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v206"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -622,7 +646,9 @@ incoming or outgoing connections of the socket, respectively. See <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/LSM/Smack.html">Smack</ulink> - for details.</para></listitem> + for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v196"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -641,7 +667,9 @@ services triggered by exactly one socket unit. Also note that this option is useful only when MLS/MCS SELinux policy is deployed. Defaults to - <literal>false</literal>. </para></listitem> + <literal>false</literal>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -709,7 +737,9 @@ <constant>PACKET_AUXDATA</constant> socket options, which enable reception of additional per-packet metadata as ancillary message, on <constant>AF_INET</constant>, <constant>AF_INET6</constant>, <constant>AF_UNIX</constant> and <constant>AF_PACKET</constant> sockets. Defaults to - <option>false</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>false</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -718,7 +748,9 @@ <literal>usec</literal>, <literal>μs</literal>) or <literal>ns</literal> (alias: <literal>nsec</literal>). This controls the <constant>SO_TIMESTAMP</constant> or <constant>SO_TIMESTAMPNS</constant> socket options, and enables whether ingress network traffic shall - carry timestamping metadata. Defaults to <option>off</option>.</para></listitem> + carry timestamping metadata. Defaults to <option>off</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -796,7 +828,9 @@ <varname>Symlinks=</varname>. Normally, it should not be necessary to use this option, and is not recommended as services might continue to run after the socket unit has been terminated and it should still be possible to communicate with them via their file system node. Defaults to - off.</para></listitem> + off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v214"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -807,7 +841,9 @@ this option to manage one or more symlinked alias names for a socket, binding their lifecycle together. Note that if creation of a symlink fails this is not considered fatal for the socket unit, and the socket unit may still start. If an empty string is assigned, the list of paths is reset. Defaults to an empty - list.</para></listitem> + list.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v214"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -823,7 +859,9 @@ be at most 255 characters in length. If this setting is not used, the file descriptor name defaults to the name of the socket unit, including its <filename>.socket</filename> - suffix.</para></listitem> + suffix.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -840,7 +878,9 @@ <varname>Accept=yes</varname> sockets (thus by default permitting 200 activations per 2s), and 20 otherwise (20 activations per 2s). Set either to 0 to disable any form of trigger rate limiting. If the limit is hit, the socket unit is placed into a failure mode, and will not be connectible anymore until restarted. Note that this - limit is enforced before the service activation is enqueued.</para></listitem> + limit is enforced before the service activation is enqueued.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.special.xml b/man/systemd.special.xml index 4b5e54b27d..f13c279133 100644 --- a/man/systemd.special.xml +++ b/man/systemd.special.xml @@ -199,6 +199,8 @@ <listitem> <para>A target that pulls in setup services for all verity integrity protected block devices.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -287,6 +289,8 @@ <term><filename>factory-reset.target</filename></term> <listitem> <para>A special target to trigger a factory reset.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -429,6 +433,8 @@ the file system backing <filename>/usr/</filename> is mounted, though possibly at two different locations, either below the <filename>/sysusr/</filename> or the <filename>/sysroot/</filename> hierarchies.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -595,6 +601,8 @@ integrity protected devices which are accessed over the network. It is used for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>veritytab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> entries marked with <option>_netdev</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -725,6 +733,8 @@ <para>See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-soft-reboot.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further details of the operation this target pulls in.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -955,6 +965,8 @@ between units, this target is particularly useful to ensure that a service is shut down only after all verity integrity protected block devices are fully stopped.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -966,6 +978,8 @@ be committed to disk, marking the first boot as completed. If the boot is aborted at any time before that, the next boot will re-run any units with <varname>ConditionFirstBoot=yes</varname>. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1338,6 +1352,8 @@ PartOf=graphical-session.target for the XDG desktop files in autostart directories. Desktop Environments can opt-in to use this service by adding a <varname>Wants=</varname> dependency on <filename>xdg-desktop-autostart.target</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1359,6 +1375,8 @@ PartOf=graphical-session.target <listitem> <para>The root slice is the root of the user's slice hierarchy. It usually does not contain units directly, but may be used to set defaults for the whole tree.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1369,6 +1387,8 @@ PartOf=graphical-session.target <command>systemd</command> are found in this slice. All interactively launched applications like web browsers and text editors as well as non-critical services should be placed into this slice.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1382,6 +1402,8 @@ PartOf=graphical-session.target This includes the display server, screen readers and other services such as DBus or XDG portals. Such services should be configured to be part of this slice by adding <varname>Slice=session.slice</varname> to their unit files.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1392,6 +1414,8 @@ PartOf=graphical-session.target This permits resources to be preferentially assigned to the other slices. Examples include non-interactive tasks like file indexing or backup operations where latency is not important.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.swap.xml b/man/systemd.swap.xml index 8287382eb6..6cd5c9f118 100644 --- a/man/systemd.swap.xml +++ b/man/systemd.swap.xml @@ -128,6 +128,8 @@ be activated automatically during boot, unless it is pulled in by some other unit. The <option>auto</option> option has the opposite meaning and is the default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -159,7 +161,9 @@ and the discussion of <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>wipefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -214,7 +218,9 @@ options among other functionality, if the swap backing device supports the discard or trim operation. (See <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information.) Note that the usual specifier expansion is applied to this setting, literal percent - characters should hence be written as <literal>%%</literal>.</para></listitem> + characters should hence be written as <literal>%%</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> diff --git a/man/systemd.system-credentials.xml b/man/systemd.system-credentials.xml index b190ba5109..a450ae07df 100644 --- a/man/systemd.system-credentials.xml +++ b/man/systemd.system-credentials.xml @@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ <para>The console key mapping to set (e.g. <literal>de</literal>). Read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-firstboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and only honoured if no console keymap has been configured before.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -68,6 +70,8 @@ <para>The system timezone to set (e.g. <literal>Europe/Berlin</literal>). Read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-firstboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and only honoured if no system timezone has been configured before.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -83,6 +87,8 @@ <para>Consumed by <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/provision.conf</filename>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -98,6 +104,8 @@ <para>Consumed by <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/provision.conf</filename>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -111,6 +119,8 @@ <para>Consumed by <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/provision.conf</filename>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -120,6 +130,8 @@ <listitem> <para>DNS server information and search domains. Read by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -133,6 +145,8 @@ and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-sysusers</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and only honoured if no root password has been configured before.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -145,6 +159,8 @@ and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-sysusers</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and only honoured if no root shell has been configured before.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -156,6 +172,8 @@ <para>Consumed by <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/provision.conf</filename>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -165,6 +183,8 @@ <para>Additional <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysusers.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> lines to process during boot.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -174,6 +194,8 @@ <para>Additional <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> lines to process during boot.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -183,6 +205,8 @@ <para>Additional <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tmpfiles.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> lines to process during boot.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -192,6 +216,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Additional mounts to establish at boot. For details, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-fstab-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -204,6 +230,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Console settings to apply, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-vconsole-setup.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -212,7 +240,9 @@ <term><varname>getty.ttys.container</varname></term> <listitem><para>Used for spawning additional login prompts, see - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-getty-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-getty-generator</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -223,6 +253,8 @@ compatible <constant>AF_VSOCK</constant> socket the service manager will report status information, ready notification and exit status on. For details see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -232,6 +264,8 @@ <para>Takes a 128bit ID to initialize the machine ID from (if it is not set yet). Interpreted by the service manager (PID 1). For details see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.timer.xml b/man/systemd.timer.xml index 577978c8e6..59215dc72a 100644 --- a/man/systemd.timer.xml +++ b/man/systemd.timer.xml @@ -218,7 +218,9 @@ the system was continuously sleeping the timer will only result in a single service activation. If <varname>WakeSystem=</varname> (see below) is enabled a calendar time event elapsing while the system is suspended will cause the system to wake up (under the condition the system's hardware supports - time-triggered wake-up functionality).</para></listitem> + time-triggered wake-up functionality).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v197"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -252,7 +254,9 @@ wake-ups. It should not be confused with <varname>RandomizedDelaySec=</varname> (see below) which adds a random value to the time the timer shall elapse next and whose purpose is the opposite: to stretch elapsing of timer events over a longer period to reduce workload spikes. For further details - and explanations and how both settings play together, see below.</para></listitem> + and explanations and how both settings play together, see below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v209"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -278,7 +282,9 @@ <varname>RandomizedDelaySec=</varname> to 0, thus encouraging coalescing of timer events. In order to optimally stretch timer events over a certain range of time, set <varname>AccuracySec=1us</varname> and <varname>RandomizedDelaySec=</varname> to some higher value. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -292,7 +298,9 @@ other similarly configured timers.</para> <para>This setting has no effect if <varname>RandomizedDelaySec=</varname> is set to 0. Defaults to - <option>false</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>false</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -303,7 +311,9 @@ when the system clock (<constant>CLOCK_REALTIME</constant>) jumps relative to the monotonic clock (<constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant>), or when the local system timezone is modified. These options can be used alone or in combination with other timer expressions (see above) within the same timer - unit. These options default to <option>false</option>.</para></listitem> + unit. These options default to <option>false</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -334,7 +344,9 @@ file maintained by this option from disk. In particular, use this command before uninstalling a timer unit. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -356,7 +368,9 @@ (<constant>CLOCK_MONOTONIC</constant>), if true a different monotonic clock is used that continues advancing during system suspend (<constant>CLOCK_BOOTTIME</constant>), see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>clock_getres</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v212"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -370,7 +384,9 @@ <varname>RemainAfterElapse=</varname> is on, starting the timer a second time has no effect. However, if <varname>RemainAfterElapse=</varname> is off and the timer unit was already unloaded, it can be started again, and thus the service can be triggered multiple times. Defaults to - <option>true</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>true</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.unit.xml b/man/systemd.unit.xml index 915f5680ea..8fd731add8 100644 --- a/man/systemd.unit.xml +++ b/man/systemd.unit.xml @@ -750,6 +750,8 @@ <para>When <varname>Upholds=b.service</varname> is used on <filename>a.service</filename>, this dependency will show as <varname>UpheldBy=a.service</varname> in the property listing of <filename>b.service</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -829,7 +831,9 @@ <term><varname>OnSuccess=</varname></term> <listitem><para>A space-separated list of one or more units that are activated when this unit enters - the <literal>inactive</literal> state.</para></listitem> + the <literal>inactive</literal> state.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -849,7 +853,9 @@ <listitem><para>A space-separated list of one or more units to which stop requests from this unit shall be propagated to, or units from which stop requests shall be propagated to this unit, respectively. Issuing a stop request on a unit will automatically also enqueue stop requests on all - units that are linked to it using these two settings.</para></listitem> + units that are linked to it using these two settings.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -993,6 +999,8 @@ not necessary. Note that if this mode is used unit results (such as exit codes, exit signals, consumed resources, …) are flushed out immediately after the unit completed, except for what is stored in the logging subsystem. Defaults to <option>inactive</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1031,7 +1039,9 @@ <varname>FailureActionExitStatus=</varname>/<varname>SuccessActionExitStatus=</varname>, see below. <option>soft-reboot</option> will trigger a userspace reboot operation. <option>soft-reboot-force</option> does that too, but does not go through the shutdown transaction - beforehand.</para></listitem> + beforehand.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1043,7 +1053,9 @@ <varname>FailureAction=</varname>/<varname>SuccessAction=</varname> are set to <option>exit</option> or <option>exit-force</option> and the action is triggered. By default the exit status of the main process of the triggering unit (if this applies) is propagated. Takes a value in the range 0…255 or the empty string to - request default behaviour.</para></listitem> + request default behaviour.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1082,7 +1094,9 @@ <para><varname>JobTimeoutRebootArgument=</varname> configures an optional reboot string to pass to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>reboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system - call.</para></listitem> + call.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1122,7 +1136,9 @@ referenced continuously has no effect.</para> <para>This setting does not apply to slice, target, device, and scope units, since they are unit - types whose activation may either never fail, or may succeed only a single time.</para></listitem> + types whose activation may either never fail, or may succeed only a single time.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1132,7 +1148,9 @@ <varname>StartLimitIntervalSec=</varname> and <varname>StartLimitBurst=</varname> is hit. Takes the same values as the <varname>FailureAction=</varname>/<varname>SuccessAction=</varname> settings. If <option>none</option> is set, hitting the rate limit will trigger no action except that - the start will not be permitted. Defaults to <option>none</option>.</para></listitem> + the start will not be permitted. Defaults to <option>none</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1140,7 +1158,9 @@ <listitem><para>Configure the optional argument for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>reboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call if <varname>StartLimitAction=</varname> or <varname>FailureAction=</varname> is a reboot action. This - works just like the optional argument to <command>systemctl reboot</command> command.</para></listitem> + works just like the optional argument to <command>systemctl reboot</command> command.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1272,7 +1292,9 @@ <replaceable>value</replaceable> is the expected value of the SMBIOS field value (possibly containing shell style globs in case <literal>$=</literal>/<literal>!$=</literal> is used). </para></listitem> - </itemizedlist></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1315,6 +1337,8 @@ for a full list of known virtualization technologies and their identifiers. If multiple virtualization technologies are nested, only the innermost is considered. The test may be negated by prepending an exclamation mark.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1328,6 +1352,8 @@ a machine ID formatted as string (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>). The test may be negated by prepending an exclamation mark.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1343,6 +1369,8 @@ communicated to userspace via <filename>/proc/cmdline</filename>, except when the service manager is invoked as payload of a container manager, in which case the command line of <filename>PID 1</filename> is used instead (i.e. <filename>/proc/1/cmdline</filename>).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1363,6 +1391,8 @@ fixes from newer upstream kernels into older versions provided by distributions. Hence, this check is inherently unportable and should not be used for units which may be used on different distributions.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1376,7 +1406,9 @@ services based on system credentials passed in. If used in services for the per-user service manager this may be used to conditionalize services based on credentials passed into the <filename>unit@.service</filename> service instance belonging to the user. The argument must be a - valid credential name.</para></listitem> + valid credential name.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1394,6 +1426,8 @@ <varname>EnvironmentFile=</varname>, as described above. This is particularly useful when the service manager runs inside a containerized environment or as per-user service manager, in order to check for variables passed in by the enclosing container manager or PAM.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1406,6 +1440,8 @@ <literal>ima</literal>, <literal>smack</literal>, <literal>audit</literal>, <literal>uefi-secureboot</literal>, <literal>tpm2</literal> and <literal>cvm</literal>. The test may be negated by prepending an exclamation mark.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1418,6 +1454,8 @@ <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>capabilities</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details). Pass a capability name such as <literal>CAP_MKNOD</literal>, possibly prefixed with an exclamation mark to negate the check.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1430,6 +1468,8 @@ source, or if no AC connectors are known. Conversely, if set to <literal>false</literal>, the condition will hold only if there is at least one AC connector known and all AC connectors are disconnected from a power source.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1466,7 +1506,9 @@ packaging scheme, packages will do any required update steps as part of the installation or upgrade, to make package contents immediately usable. <varname>ConditionNeedsUpdate=</varname> should be used with other update mechanisms where such an immediate update does not - happen.</para></listitem> + happen.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1490,6 +1532,8 @@ <para>If the <varname>systemd.condition-first-boot=</varname> option is specified on the kernel command line (taking a boolean), it will override the result of this condition check, taking precedence over <filename>/etc/machine-id</filename> existence checks.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1501,6 +1545,8 @@ <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> is prefixed with an exclamation mark (<literal>!</literal>), the test is negated, and the unit is only started if the path does not exist.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1510,6 +1556,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionPathExistsGlob=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname>, but checks for the existence of at least one file or directory matching the specified globbing pattern.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1519,6 +1567,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionPathIsDirectory=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> but verifies that a certain path exists and is a directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1528,6 +1578,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionPathIsSymbolicLink=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> but verifies that a certain path exists and is a symbolic link.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1537,6 +1589,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionPathIsMountPoint=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> but verifies that a certain path exists and is a mount point.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1546,6 +1600,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionPathIsReadWrite=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> but verifies that the underlying file system is readable and writable (i.e. not mounted read-only).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1558,6 +1614,8 @@ per-directory encryption, and only detects block level encryption. Moreover, if the specified path resides on a file system on top of a loopback block device, only encryption above the loopback device is detected. It is not detected whether the file system backing the loopback block device is encrypted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1567,6 +1625,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionDirectoryNotEmpty=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> but verifies that a certain path exists and is a non-empty directory.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1576,6 +1636,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionFileNotEmpty=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> but verifies that a certain path exists and refers to a regular file with a non-zero size.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1585,6 +1647,8 @@ <listitem><para><varname>ConditionFileIsExecutable=</varname> is similar to <varname>ConditionPathExists=</varname> but verifies that a certain path exists, is a regular file, and marked executable.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1597,6 +1661,8 @@ <literal>@system</literal> can be used to check if the user id is within the system user range. This option is not useful for system services, as the system manager exclusively runs as the root user, and thus the test result is constant.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1607,6 +1673,8 @@ but verifies that the service manager's real or effective group, or any of its auxiliary groups, match the specified group or GID. This setting does not support the special value <literal>@system</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1630,6 +1698,8 @@ hierarchy are used. Note that legacy or hybrid hierarchies have been deprecated. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1643,6 +1713,8 @@ <literal>></literal>. On bare-metal systems compares the amount of physical memory in the system with the specified size, adhering to the specified comparison operator. In containers compares the amount of memory assigned to the container instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1658,7 +1730,9 @@ physical systems the number of CPUs in the affinity mask of the service manager usually matches the number of physical CPUs, but in special and virtual environments might differ. In particular, in containers the affinity mask usually matches the number of CPUs assigned to the container and not - the physically available ones.</para></listitem> + the physically available ones.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1720,6 +1794,8 @@ <literal>lahf_lm</literal>, <literal>abm</literal>, <literal>constant_tsc</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1735,6 +1811,8 @@ <literal><></literal>, <literal>>=</literal>, <literal>></literal>), and shell-style wildcard comparisons (<literal>*</literal>, <literal>?</literal>, <literal>[]</literal>) are supported with the <literal>$=</literal> (match) and <literal>!$=</literal> (non-match).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1758,6 +1836,8 @@ <para>Optionally, the threshold value can be prefixed with the slice unit under which the pressure will be checked, followed by a <literal>:</literal>. If the slice unit is not specified, the overall system pressure will be measured, instead of a particular cgroup's.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -2015,7 +2095,9 @@ which instance the unit shall be enabled if the template is enabled without any explicitly set instance. This option has no effect in non-template unit files. The specified string - must be usable as instance identifier.</para></listitem> + must be usable as instance identifier.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/systemd.xml b/man/systemd.xml index 218ab7e6f3..3bedfe4175 100644 --- a/man/systemd.xml +++ b/man/systemd.xml @@ -525,6 +525,8 @@ <listitem><para>Reboots userspace, starts the <filename>soft-reboot.target</filename> unit. This is mostly equivalent to <command>systemctl start soft-reboot.target --job-mode=replace-irreversibly</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -555,7 +557,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><constant>SIGRTMIN+17</constant></term> - <listitem><para>Immediately reboots the userspace.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Immediately reboots the userspace.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -591,14 +595,18 @@ <listitem><para>Restores the log level to its configured value. The configured value is derived from – in order of priority – the value specified with <varname>systemd.log-level=</varname> on the kernel command line, or the value specified with <option>LogLevel=</option> in the configuration file, or the built-in default of - <literal>info</literal>.</para></listitem> + <literal>info</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><constant>SIGRTMIN+24</constant></term> <listitem><para>Immediately exits the manager (only available - for --user instances).</para></listitem> + for --user instances).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -609,7 +617,9 @@ done asynchronously.</para> <para>The systemd system manager treats this signal the same way as - <constant>SIGTERM</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>SIGTERM</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -618,7 +628,9 @@ <listitem><para>Restores the log target to its configured value. The configured value is derived from – in order of priority – the value specified with <varname>systemd.log-target=</varname> on the kernel command line, or the value specified with <option>LogTarget=</option> in the configuration file, or the built-in - default.</para></listitem> + default.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -673,7 +685,9 @@ <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME</varname></term> <listitem><xi:include href="common-variables.xml" xpointer="log-time-body" /> - <para>This can be overridden with <option>--log-time=</option>.</para></listitem> + <para>This can be overridden with <option>--log-time=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -685,7 +699,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_LOG_TID</varname></term> - <listitem><xi:include href="common-variables.xml" xpointer="log-tid-body" /></listitem> + <listitem><xi:include href="common-variables.xml" xpointer="log-tid-body" /> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -697,7 +713,9 @@ <varlistentry> <term><varname>$SYSTEMD_LOG_RATELIMIT_KMSG</varname></term> - <listitem><xi:include href="common-variables.xml" xpointer="log-ratelimit-kmsg-body" /></listitem> + <listitem><xi:include href="common-variables.xml" xpointer="log-ratelimit-kmsg-body" /> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -794,6 +812,8 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument. If enabled, the systemd manager (PID 1) dumps core when it crashes. Otherwise, no core dump is created. Defaults to enabled.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -804,7 +824,9 @@ argument, with the same effect as a positive boolean. If a positive integer (in the range 1–63) is specified, the system manager (PID 1) will activate the specified virtual terminal when it crashes. Defaults to disabled, meaning that no such switch is attempted. If set to enabled, the virtual - terminal the kernel messages are written to is used instead.</para></listitem> + terminal the kernel messages are written to is used instead.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -814,7 +836,9 @@ without an argument. If enabled, the system manager (PID 1) spawns a shell when it crashes, after a 10s delay. Otherwise, no shell is spawned. Defaults to disabled, for security reasons, as the shell is not protected by password - authentication.</para></listitem> + authentication.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -825,7 +849,9 @@ machine automatically when it crashes, after a 10s delay. Otherwise, the system will hang indefinitely. Defaults to disabled, in order to avoid a reboot loop. If combined with <varname>systemd.crash_shell</varname>, the - system is rebooted after the shell exits.</para></listitem> + system is rebooted after the shell exits.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -838,7 +864,9 @@ using <option>/dev/console</option>. If a path or a console name (such as <literal>ttyS0</literal>) is provided, the virtual console pointed to by this path or described by the give name will be used instead. Defaults to disabled. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -851,7 +879,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Defaults to enabled, i.e. watchdogs and failure actions are processed normally. The hardware watchdog is not affected by this - option.</para></listitem> + option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -866,7 +896,9 @@ command line option, in which case it defaults to <constant>error</constant>. If specified overrides the system manager configuration file option <option>ShowStatus=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -878,7 +910,9 @@ description in status messages. When specified, overrides the system manager configuration file option <option>StatusUnitFormat=</option>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-system.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -930,7 +964,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a 32 character hex value to be used for setting the machine-id. Intended mostly for network booting where the same machine-id is desired - for every boot.</para></listitem> + for every boot.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -957,7 +993,9 @@ <listitem><para>Takes a boolean argument. If false disables importing credentials from the kernel command line, the DMI/SMBIOS OEM string table, the qemu_fw_cfg subsystem or the EFI kernel - stub.</para></listitem> + stub.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -968,7 +1006,9 @@ this option is also read by the kernel itself and disables kernel log output. Passing this option hence turns off the usual output from both the system manager and the kernel. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -979,7 +1019,9 @@ option is also read by the kernel itself and enables kernel debug output. Passing this option hence turns on the debug output from both the system manager and the - kernel.</para></listitem> + kernel.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v205"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1020,7 +1062,9 @@ <varname>systemd.unit=runlevel4.target</varname>, and <varname>systemd.unit=runlevel5.target</varname>, respectively, and provided for compatibility reasons and to be - easier to type.</para></listitem> + easier to type.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1045,7 +1089,9 @@ <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>locale.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>locale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v186"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1106,6 +1152,8 @@ <para>This feature is useful for hypervisors/VMMs or other processes on the host to receive a notification via VSOCK when a virtual machine has finished booting.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -1116,6 +1164,8 @@ file is not set up yet. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -1248,14 +1298,18 @@ <term><option>--show-status</option></term> <listitem><para>Show terse unit status information on the console during boot-up and shutdown. See - <varname>systemd.show_status</varname> above.</para></listitem> + <varname>systemd.show_status</varname> above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--log-color</option></term> <listitem><para>Highlight important log messages. See <varname>systemd.log_color</varname> above. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1268,7 +1322,9 @@ <term><option>--log-location</option></term> <listitem><para>Include code location in log messages. See <varname>systemd.log_location</varname> - above.</para></listitem> + above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1281,7 +1337,9 @@ <term><option>--log-time=</option></term> <listitem><para>Prefix console messages with timestamp. See <varname>systemd.log_time</varname> above. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1295,7 +1353,9 @@ <term><option>--service-watchdogs</option></term> <listitem><para>Globally enable/disable all service watchdog timeouts and emergency actions. See - <varname>systemd.service_watchdogs</varname> above.</para></listitem> + <varname>systemd.service_watchdogs</varname> above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -1356,7 +1416,9 @@ <term>systemd 252</term> <listitem><para>Kernel command-line arguments <varname>systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy</varname> and <varname>systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller</varname> were deprecated. Please switch to - the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para></listitem> + the unified cgroup hierarchy.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/sysupdate.d.xml b/man/sysupdate.d.xml index 1987e649ae..60685aa12f 100644 --- a/man/sysupdate.d.xml +++ b/man/sysupdate.d.xml @@ -440,7 +440,9 @@ <listitem><para>Specifies the minimum version to require for this transfer to take place. If the source or target patterns in this transfer definition match files older than this version they will - be considered obsolete, and never be considered for the update operation.</para></listitem> + be considered obsolete, and never be considered for the update operation.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -454,7 +456,9 @@ <para>Like many of the settings in these configuration files this setting supports specifier expansion. It's particularly useful to set this setting to one of the <literal>%A</literal>, <literal>%B</literal> or <literal>%w</literal> specifiers to automatically refer to the current OS - version of the running system. See below for details on supported specifiers.</para></listitem> + version of the running system. See below for details on supported specifiers.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -476,7 +480,9 @@ <para>This option only has an effect if the source resource type is selected as <constant>url-file</constant> or <constant>url-tar</constant>, as integrity and authentication - checking is only available for transfers from remote sources.</para></listitem> + checking is only available for transfers from remote sources.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -498,7 +504,9 @@ mandatory.</para> <para>Note that only certain combinations of source and target resource types are supported, see - above.</para></listitem> + above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -516,7 +524,9 @@ downloaded.</para> <para>For all other source resource types this must be a local path in the file system, referring to - a local directory to find the versions of this resource in.</para></listitem> + a local directory to find the versions of this resource in.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -527,7 +537,9 @@ <para>This option is mandatory. Any pattern listed must contain at least the <literal>@v</literal> wildcard, so that a version identifier may be extracted from the filename. All other wildcards are - optional.</para></listitem> + optional.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -547,7 +559,9 @@ mandatory.</para> <para>Note that only certain combinations of source and target resource types are supported, see - above.</para></listitem> + above.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -566,7 +580,9 @@ <varname>Type=</varname> is set to <constant>partition</constant>. Partitions must exist already, and a special partition label <literal>_empty</literal> is used to indicate empty partitions. To automatically generate suitable partitions on first boot, use a tool such as - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-repart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-repart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -583,7 +599,9 @@ <para>The values <constant>esp</constant>, <constant>xbootldr</constant>, and <constant>boot</constant> are only supported when <varname>Type=</varname> is set to - <constant>regular-file</constant> or <constant>directory</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>regular-file</constant> or <constant>directory</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -599,7 +617,9 @@ <para>This pattern is both used for matching existing installed versions and for determining the name of new versions to install. If multiple patterns are specified, the first specified is used for - naming newly installed versions.</para></listitem> + naming newly installed versions.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -610,7 +630,9 @@ partitions are ignored. If not specified, the GPT partition type <constant>linux-generic</constant> is used. Accepts either a literal type UUID or a symbolic type identifier. For a list of supported type identifiers, see the <varname>Type=</varname> setting in - <citerefentry><refentrytitle>repart.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem> + <citerefentry><refentrytitle>repart.d</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -632,7 +654,9 @@ Partitions Specification</ulink> for details about these flags.</para> <para>Note that these settings are not used for matching, they only have effect on newly written - partitions in case a transfer takes place.</para></listitem> + partitions in case a transfer takes place.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -648,7 +672,9 @@ whole. Finally, if the target <varname>Type=</varname> is selected as <constant>directory</constant>, the "immutable" file attribute is set, see <citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>chattr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details.</para></listitem> + details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -660,7 +686,9 @@ (i.e. <literal>@t</literal>), the value from the pattern is used.</para> <para>Note that this setting is not used for matching, it only has an effect on newly written - files when a transfer takes place.</para></listitem> + files when a transfer takes place.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -671,7 +699,9 @@ done and left for this file. These settings are useful for managing kernel images, following the scheme defined in <ulink url="https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT">Automatic Boot Assessment</ulink>, and only have an effect if the target pattern includes the <literal>@d</literal> - or <literal>@l</literal> wildcards.</para></listitem> + or <literal>@l</literal> wildcards.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -695,7 +725,9 @@ of concurrent versions to keep is additionally restricted by the number of partition slots of the right type in the partition table. I.e. if there are only 2 partition slots for the selected partition type, setting this value larger than 2 is without effect, since no more than 2 concurrent - versions could be stored in the image anyway.</para></listitem> + versions could be stored in the image anyway.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -705,7 +737,9 @@ initiating an update, all left-over, incomplete updates from a previous attempt are removed from the target directory. This only has an effect if the target resource <varname>Type=</varname> is selected as <constant>regular-file</constant>, <constant>directory</constant> or - <constant>subvolume</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>subvolume</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -716,7 +750,9 @@ is useful in to provide a stable name always pointing to the newest version of the resource. This is only supported if the target resource <varname>Type=</varname> is selected as <constant>regular-file</constant>, <constant>directory</constant> or - <constant>subvolume</constant>.</para></listitem> + <constant>subvolume</constant>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/timedatectl.xml b/man/timedatectl.xml index 974431f53b..b1f33c64b2 100644 --- a/man/timedatectl.xml +++ b/man/timedatectl.xml @@ -68,7 +68,9 @@ This command is intended to be used whenever computer-parsable output is required. Use <option>status</option> if you are looking for formatted human-readable output.</para> <para>By default, empty properties are suppressed. Use <option>--all</option> to show those too. - To select specific properties to show, use <option>--property=</option>.</para></listitem> + To select specific properties to show, use <option>--property=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -146,7 +148,9 @@ <listitem><para>Show current status of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - If <option>--monitor</option> is specified, then this will monitor the status updates.</para></listitem> + If <option>--monitor</option> is specified, then this will monitor the status updates.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -156,21 +160,27 @@ This command is intended to be used whenever computer-parsable output is required. Use <option>timesync-status</option> if you are looking for formatted human-readable output.</para> <para>By default, empty properties are suppressed. Use <option>--all</option> to show those too. - To select specific properties to show, use <option>--property=</option>.</para></listitem> + To select specific properties to show, use <option>--property=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>ntp-servers <replaceable>INTERFACE</replaceable> <replaceable>SERVER</replaceable>…</command></term> <listitem><para>Set the interface specific NTP servers. This command can be used only when the - interface is managed by <command>systemd-networkd</command>.</para></listitem> + interface is managed by <command>systemd-networkd</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>revert <replaceable>INTERFACE</replaceable></command></term> <listitem><para>Revert the interface specific NTP servers. This command can be used only when - the interface is managed by <command>systemd-networkd</command>.</para></listitem> + the interface is managed by <command>systemd-networkd</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -188,7 +198,9 @@ <term><option>--no-ask-password</option></term> <listitem><para>Do not query the user for authentication for - privileged operations.</para></listitem> + privileged operations.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -198,7 +210,9 @@ and this option is passed, the system clock is synchronized from the RTC again, taking the new setting into account. Otherwise, the RTC is synchronized from the system - clock.</para></listitem> + clock.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v195"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -208,7 +222,9 @@ <command>timedatectl</command> monitors the status of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and updates the outputs. Use <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> to terminate the - monitoring.</para></listitem> + monitoring.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -228,7 +244,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, limit display to certain properties as specified as argument. If not specified, all set properties are shown. The argument should be a property name, such as <literal>ServerName</literal>. If specified more than once, - all properties with the specified names are shown.</para></listitem> + all properties with the specified names are shown.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -236,7 +254,9 @@ <listitem> <para>When printing properties with <command>show-timesync</command>, only print the value, and skip the - property name and <literal>=</literal>.</para></listitem> + property name and <literal>=</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="user-system-options.xml" xpointer="host" /> diff --git a/man/timesyncd.conf.xml b/man/timesyncd.conf.xml index 07472cdb39..e804f5fb84 100644 --- a/man/timesyncd.conf.xml +++ b/man/timesyncd.conf.xml @@ -52,7 +52,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <command>systemd-timesyncd</command> will contact all configured system or per-interface servers in turn, until one responds. When the empty string is assigned, the list of NTP servers is reset, and - all prior assignments will have no effect. This setting defaults to an empty list.</para></listitem> + all prior assignments will have no effect. This setting defaults to an empty list.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -63,7 +65,9 @@ take precedence over this setting, as do any servers set via <varname>NTP=</varname> above. This setting is hence only relevant if no other NTP server information is known. When the empty string is assigned, the list of NTP servers is reset, and all prior assignments will have no effect. If this - option is not given, a compiled-in list of NTP servers is used.</para></listitem> + option is not given, a compiled-in list of NTP servers is used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -75,7 +79,9 @@ <para>Takes a time span value. The default unit is seconds, but other units may be specified, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - Defaults to 5 seconds.</para></listitem> + Defaults to 5 seconds.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -90,7 +96,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <varname>PollIntervalMinSec=</varname> defaults to 32 seconds and must not be smaller than 16 seconds. <varname>PollIntervalMaxSec=</varname> defaults to 34 min 8 s (2048 seconds) and must be - larger than <varname>PollIntervalMinSec=</varname>.</para></listitem> + larger than <varname>PollIntervalMinSec=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -100,7 +108,9 @@ <para>Takes a time span value. The default unit is seconds, but other units may be specified, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - Defaults to 30 seconds and must not be smaller than 1 second.</para></listitem> + Defaults to 30 seconds and must not be smaller than 1 second.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -112,7 +122,9 @@ <para>Takes a time interval value. The default unit is seconds, but other units may be specified, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.time</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. - Defaults to 60 seconds.</para></listitem> + Defaults to 60 seconds.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/udev.conf.xml b/man/udev.conf.xml index f4d573ddc6..26c3ae52d4 100644 --- a/man/udev.conf.xml +++ b/man/udev.conf.xml @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ syslog priorities or their textual representations: <option>err</option>, <option>info</option> and <option>debug</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -57,6 +59,8 @@ specified, the maximum is determined based on the system resources.</para> <para>This is the same as the <option>--children-max=</option> option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -71,6 +75,8 @@ modules.</para> <para>This is the same as the <option>--exec-delay=</option> option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -82,6 +88,8 @@ this time, the event will be terminated. The default is 180 seconds.</para> <para>This is the same as the <option>--event-timeout=</option> option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -96,6 +104,8 @@ root.</para> <para>This is the same as the <option>--resolve-names=</option> option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -106,6 +116,8 @@ <para>Specifies a signal that <filename>systemd-udevd</filename> will send on worker timeouts. Note that both workers and spawned processes will be killed using this signal. Defaults to <option>SIGKILL</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/udev.xml b/man/udev.xml index 3bfa355b6f..f5eaba23de 100644 --- a/man/udev.xml +++ b/man/udev.xml @@ -118,6 +118,8 @@ <term><literal>:=</literal></term> <listitem> <para>Assign a value to a key finally; disallow any later changes.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -285,6 +287,8 @@ <para>System's confidential virtualization technology. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-detect-virt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for possible values.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -681,6 +685,8 @@ <para>Example for debugging uevent processing for network interfaces: <programlisting># /etc/udev/rules.d/00-debug-net.rules SUBSYSTEM=="net", OPTIONS="log_level=debug"</programlisting></para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/udevadm.xml b/man/udevadm.xml index 1c339a6b6d..e8e5bda290 100644 --- a/man/udevadm.xml +++ b/man/udevadm.xml @@ -116,6 +116,8 @@ option, limit display to properties specified in the argument. The argument should be a comma-separated list of property names. If not specified, all known properties are shown.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -125,6 +127,8 @@ option, print only their values, and skip the property name and <literal>=</literal>.</para> <para>Cannot be used together with <option>-x/--export</option> or <option>-P/--export-prefix</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -172,6 +176,8 @@ <para>Display a sysfs tree. This recursively iterates through the sysfs hierarchy and displays it in a tree structure. If a path is specified only the subtree below and its parent directories are shown. This will show both device and subsystem items.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -219,6 +225,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Wait for device to be initialized. If argument <replaceable>SECONDS</replaceable> is not specified, the default is to wait forever.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -327,6 +335,8 @@ <term><option>--quiet</option></term> <listitem> <para>Suppress error logging in triggering events.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -361,6 +371,8 @@ multiple times, and in that case the lists of the subsystems will be merged. That is, <option>--prioritized-subsystem=block --prioritized-subsystem=net</option> is equivalent to <option>--prioritized-subsystem=block,net</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -469,6 +481,8 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>udev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details), the final state of the device becomes easily unstable with this option. </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -489,6 +503,8 @@ are printed to standard output, one line for each event. These UUIDs are included in the uevent environment block (in the <literal>SYNTH_UUID=</literal> property) and may be used to track delivery of the generated events.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -497,6 +513,8 @@ <para>Before triggering uevents, wait for systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized. Optionally takes timeout value. Default timeout is 5 seconds. This is equivalent to invoking <command>udevadm control --ping</command> before <command>udevadm trigger</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v241"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -616,6 +634,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Send a ping message to systemd-udevd and wait for the reply. This may be useful to check that systemd-udevd daemon is running.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v241"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -770,6 +790,8 @@ default), names will be resolved when the rules are parsed. When set to <constant>never</constant>, names will never be resolved.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -778,6 +800,8 @@ <listitem> <para>When looking for udev rules files located in udev/rules.d directories, operate on files underneath the specified root path <replaceable>PATH</replaceable>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -785,6 +809,8 @@ <term><option>--no-summary</option></term> <listitem> <para>Do not show summary.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -793,6 +819,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Ignore style issues. When specified, even if style issues are found in udev rules files, the exit status is <constant>0</constant> if no syntactic or semantic errors are found.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -823,6 +851,8 @@ <listitem> <para>Maximum number of seconds to wait for the specified devices or device symlinks being created, initialized, or removed. The default value is <literal>infinity</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -833,6 +863,8 @@ false, the command only checks if the specified devices exist. Set false to this setting if there is no udev rules for the specified devices, as the devices will never be considered as initialized in that case. See Initialized Devices section below for more details.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -841,6 +873,8 @@ <listitem> <para>When specified, the command wait for devices being removed instead of created or initialized. If this is specified, <option>--initialized=</option> will be ignored.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -849,6 +883,8 @@ <listitem> <para>When specified, also watches the udev event queue, and wait for all queued events being processed by <command>systemd-udevd</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -893,7 +929,9 @@ in order.</para> <para>This switch must be used at least once, to specify at least one device to - lock. (Alternatively, use <option>--backing=</option>, see below.)</para></listitem> + lock. (Alternatively, use <option>--backing=</option>, see below.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -904,7 +942,9 @@ <option>--device=</option>. However, this switch alternatively accepts a path to a regular file or directory, in which case the block device of the file system the file/directory resides on is automatically determined and used as if it was specified with - <option>--device=</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>--device=</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -917,7 +957,9 @@ specified as zero the lock is attempted and if not successful the invocation will immediately fail. If passed as <literal>infinity</literal> (the default) the invocation will wait indefinitely until the lock can be acquired. If the lock cannot be taken in the specified time the specified - command will not be executed and the invocation will fail.</para></listitem> + command will not be executed and the invocation will fail.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -931,7 +973,9 @@ ordering key (i.e. they are shown in the order they'd be locked). Note that the number of lines printed here can be less than the number of <option>--device=</option> and <option>--backing=</option> switches specified in case these resolve to the same "whole" - devices.</para></listitem> + devices.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> diff --git a/man/ukify.xml b/man/ukify.xml index 5755cf8fa4..4c1ccca6b9 100644 --- a/man/ukify.xml +++ b/man/ukify.xml @@ -163,7 +163,9 @@ <listitem><para>Load configuration from the given config file. In general, settings specified in the config file have lower precedence than the settings specified via options. In cases where the commandline option does not fully override the config file setting are explicitly mentioned in the - descriptions of individual options.</para></listitem> + descriptions of individual options.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -193,6 +195,8 @@ <para>Note that the name is used as-is, and if the section name should start with a dot, it must be included in <replaceable>NAME</replaceable>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -217,19 +221,25 @@ <term><option>--summary</option></term> <listitem><para>Print a summary of loaded config and exit. This is useful to check how the options - form the configuration file and the commandline are combined.</para></listitem> + form the configuration file and the commandline are combined.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--all</option></term> - <listitem><para>Print all sections (with <command>inspect</command> verb).</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Print all sections (with <command>inspect</command> verb).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>--json</option></term> - <listitem><para>Generate JSON output (with <command>inspect</command> verb).</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Generate JSON output (with <command>inspect</command> verb).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="help" /> @@ -245,7 +255,9 @@ <term><varname>Linux=<replaceable>LINUX</replaceable></varname></term> <term><option>--linux=<replaceable>LINUX</replaceable></option></term> - <listitem><para>A path to the kernel binary.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A path to the kernel binary.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -254,7 +266,9 @@ <listitem><para>Zero or more initrd paths. In the configuration file, items are separated by whitespace. The initrds are combined in the order of specification, with the initrds specified in - the config file first.</para></listitem> + the config file first.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -331,7 +345,9 @@ <listitem><para>Whether to use <literal>sbsign</literal> or <literal>pesign</literal>. Depending on this choice, different parameters are required in order to sign an image. - Defaults to <literal>sbsign</literal>.</para></listitem> + Defaults to <literal>sbsign</literal>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -360,7 +376,9 @@ <listitem><para>A path to a nss certificate database directory to use for signing of the resulting binary. Takes effect when <varname>SecureBootSigningTool=pesign</varname>/<option>--signtool=pesign</option> is used. - Defaults to <filename>/etc/pki/pesign</filename>.</para></listitem> + Defaults to <filename>/etc/pki/pesign</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -368,7 +386,9 @@ <term><option>--secureboot-certificate-name=<replaceable>SB_CERTNAME</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>The name of the nss certificate database entry to use for signing of the resulting binary. - This option is required by <varname>SecureBootSigningTool=pesign</varname>/<option>--signtool=pesign</option>.</para></listitem> + This option is required by <varname>SecureBootSigningTool=pesign</varname>/<option>--signtool=pesign</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -376,7 +396,9 @@ <term><option>--secureboot-certificate-validity=<replaceable>DAYS</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Period of validity (in days) for a certificate created by - <command>genkey</command>. Defaults to 3650, i.e. 10 years.</para></listitem> + <command>genkey</command>. Defaults to 3650, i.e. 10 years.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -413,7 +435,9 @@ <literal>uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-stub.html</literal> will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke UKIs and addons. For more information on SBAT see <ulink url="https://github.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT.md">Shim's documentation.</ulink> - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect2> diff --git a/man/userdbctl.xml b/man/userdbctl.xml index fbab8102c9..837b0c5ff6 100644 --- a/man/userdbctl.xml +++ b/man/userdbctl.xml @@ -68,6 +68,8 @@ <literal>classic</literal> and <literal>table</literal> show only the most important fields. Various modes also do not show password hashes. Use <literal>json</literal> to view all fields, including any authentication fields.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -78,7 +80,9 @@ precise display mode. Takes one of <literal>pretty</literal> or <literal>short</literal>. If <literal>pretty</literal>, human-friendly whitespace and newlines are inserted in the output to make the JSON data more readable. If <literal>short</literal>, all superfluous whitespace is - suppressed.</para></listitem> + suppressed.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -87,7 +91,9 @@ <listitem><para>Controls which services to query for users/groups. Takes a list of one or more service names, separated by <literal>:</literal>. See below for a list of well-known service - names. If not specified all available services are queried at once.</para></listitem> + names. If not specified all available services are queried at once.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -96,7 +102,9 @@ <listitem><para>Controls whether to include classic glibc/NSS user/group lookups in the output. If <option>--with-nss=no</option> is used any attempts to resolve or enumerate users/groups provided only via glibc NSS is suppressed. If <option>--with-nss=yes</option> is specified such users/groups - are included in the output (which is the default).</para></listitem> + are included in the output (which is the default).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -106,7 +114,9 @@ via the <ulink url="https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API">User/Group Record Lookup API via Varlink</ulink>. If <option>--with-varlink=no</option> is used any attempts to resolve or enumerate users/groups provided only via Varlink are suppressed. If <option>--with-varlink=yes</option> is - specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default).</para></listitem> + specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -117,7 +127,9 @@ <filename>/run/host/userdb/</filename>, <filename>/usr/lib/userdb/</filename>. If <option>--with-dropin=no</option> is used these records are suppressed. If <option>--with-dropin=yes</option> is specified such users/groups are included in the output (which - is the default).</para></listitem> + is the default).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -126,7 +138,9 @@ <listitem><para>Controls whether to synthesize records for the root and nobody users/groups if they aren't defined otherwise. By default (or <literal>yes</literal>) such records are implicitly synthesized if otherwise missing since they have special significance to the OS. When - <literal>no</literal> this synthesizing is turned off.</para></listitem> + <literal>no</literal> this synthesizing is turned off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -135,7 +149,9 @@ <listitem><para>This option is short for <option>--with-nss=no</option> <option>--synthesize=no</option>. Use this option to show only records that are natively defined as JSON user or group records, with all NSS/glibc compatibility and all implicit synthesis turned - off.</para></listitem> + off.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -143,7 +159,9 @@ <listitem><para>Controls whether to do lookups via the multiplexer service (if specified as true, the default) or do lookups in the client (if specified as false). Using the multiplexer service is - typically preferable, since it runs in a locked down sandbox.</para></listitem> + typically preferable, since it runs in a locked down sandbox.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -151,7 +169,9 @@ <listitem><para>When used with the <command>ssh-authorized-keys</command> command, this will allow passing an additional command line after the user name that is chain executed after the lookup - completed. This allows chaining multiple tools that show SSH authorized keys.</para></listitem> + completed. This allows chaining multiple tools that show SSH authorized keys.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <xi:include href="standard-options.xml" xpointer="no-pager" /> @@ -172,14 +192,18 @@ <term><command>user</command> <optional><replaceable>USER</replaceable>…</optional></term> <listitem><para>List all known users records or show details of one or more specified user - records. Use <option>--output=</option> to tweak output mode.</para></listitem> + records. Use <option>--output=</option> to tweak output mode.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>group</command> <optional><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable>…</optional></term> <listitem><para>List all known group records or show details of one or more specified group - records. Use <option>--output=</option> to tweak output mode.</para></listitem> + records. Use <option>--output=</option> to tweak output mode.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -187,7 +211,9 @@ <listitem><para>List users that are members of the specified groups. If no groups are specified list all user/group memberships defined. Use <option>--output=</option> to tweak output - mode.</para></listitem> + mode.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -196,21 +222,27 @@ <listitem><para>List groups that the specified users are members of. If no users are specified list all user/group memberships defined (in this case <command>groups-of-user</command> and <command>users-in-group</command> are equivalent). Use <option>--output=</option> to tweak output - mode.</para></listitem> + mode.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>services</command></term> <listitem><para>List all services currently providing user/group definitions to the system. See below - for a list of well-known services providing user information.</para></listitem> + for a list of well-known services providing user information.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><command>ssh-authorized-keys</command></term> <listitem><para>Show SSH authorized keys for this account. This command is intended to be used to - allow the SSH daemon to pick up authorized keys from user records, see below.</para></listitem> + allow the SSH daemon to pick up authorized keys from user records, see below.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> @@ -230,7 +262,9 @@ makes all users (and their groups) synthesized through the <varname>DynamicUser=</varname> setting in service unit files available to the system (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.exec</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for - details about this setting).</para></listitem> + details about this setting).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -239,7 +273,9 @@ <listitem><para>This service is provided by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-homed.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and makes all users (and their groups) belonging to home directories managed by that service - available to the system.</para></listitem> + available to the system.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -248,7 +284,9 @@ <listitem><para>This service is provided by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-machined.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and synthesizes records for all users/groups used by a container that employs user - namespacing.</para></listitem> + namespacing.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -261,7 +299,9 @@ can ask a single service for lookups instead of asking all running services in parallel. <command>userdbctl</command> uses this service preferably, too, unless <option>--with-nss=</option> or <option>--service=</option> are used, in which case finer control over the services to talk to is - required.</para></listitem> + required.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -276,7 +316,9 @@ automatically synthesize classic NSS/glibc user/group records from all JSON user/group records provided to the system, thus using both APIs is mostly equivalent and provides access to the same data, however the NSS/glibc APIs necessarily expose a more reduced set of fields - only.</para></listitem> + only.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -286,7 +328,9 @@ <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-userdbd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and picks up JSON user/group records from <filename>/etc/userdb/</filename>, <filename>/run/userdb/</filename>, <filename>/run/host/userdb/</filename>, - <filename>/usr/lib/userdb/</filename>.</para></listitem> + <filename>/usr/lib/userdb/</filename>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/man/vconsole.conf.xml b/man/vconsole.conf.xml index 07959d837a..48001d3fb9 100644 --- a/man/vconsole.conf.xml +++ b/man/vconsole.conf.xml @@ -106,7 +106,9 @@ <term><varname>vconsole.keymap_toggle=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Overrides <varname>KEYMAP=</varname> and <varname>KEYMAP_TOGGLE=</varname>. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -115,7 +117,9 @@ <term><varname>vconsole.font_unimap=</varname></term> <listitem><para>Overrides <varname>FONT=</varname>, <varname>FONT_MAP=</varname>, and - <varname>FONT_UNIMAP=</varname>.</para></listitem> + <varname>FONT_UNIMAP=</varname>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </refsect1> diff --git a/man/veritytab.xml b/man/veritytab.xml index 557d13e1ed..55b3458257 100644 --- a/man/veritytab.xml +++ b/man/veritytab.xml @@ -63,56 +63,72 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). <varlistentry> <term><option>superblock=<replaceable>BOOL</replaceable></option></term> - <listitem><para>Use dm-verity with or without permanent on-disk superblock.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Use dm-verity with or without permanent on-disk superblock.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>format=<replaceable>NUMBER</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Specifies the hash version type. Format type 0 is original Chrome OS version. Format type 1 is - modern version.</para></listitem> + modern version.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>data-block-size=<replaceable>BYTES</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Used block size for the data device. (Note kernel supports only page-size as maximum - here; Multiples of 512 bytes.) </para></listitem> + here; Multiples of 512 bytes.) </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>hash-block-size=<replaceable>BYTES</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Used block size for the hash device. (Note kernel supports only page-size as maximum - here; Multiples of 512 bytes.)</para></listitem> + here; Multiples of 512 bytes.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>data-blocks=<replaceable>BLOCKS</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Number of blocks of data device used in verification. If not specified, the whole device is - used.</para></listitem> + used.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>hash-offset=<replaceable>BYTES</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Offset of hash area/superblock on <literal>hash-device</literal>. (Multiples of 512 bytes.) - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>salt=<replaceable>HEX</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Salt used for format or verification. Format is a hexadecimal string; 256 bytes long maximum; - <literal>-</literal>is the special value for empty.</para></listitem> + <literal>-</literal>is the special value for empty.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>uuid=<replaceable>UUID</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Use the provided UUID for format command instead of generating new one. The UUID must be - provided in standard UUID format, e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789abc.</para></listitem> + provided in standard UUID format, e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789abc.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> <listitem><para></para></listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -126,7 +142,9 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). corruption is only logged. With <literal>--restart-on-corruption</literal> or <literal>--panic-on-corruption</literal> the kernel is restarted (panicked) immediately. - (You have to provide way how to avoid restart loops.)</para></listitem> + (You have to provide way how to avoid restart loops.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -136,7 +154,9 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). return zeroes instead. WARNING: Use this option only in very specific cases. This option is available since Linux kernel version 4.5. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -147,14 +167,18 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). WARNING: It provides a reduced level of security because only offline tampering of the data device's content will be detected, not online tampering. This option is available since Linux kernel version 4.17. - </para></listitem> + </para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>hash=<replaceable>HASH</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>Hash algorithm for dm-verity. This should be the name of the algorithm, like "sha1". For default - see <command>veritysetup --help</command>.</para></listitem> + see <command>veritysetup --help</command>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -163,14 +187,18 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). <listitem><para>Use forward error correction (FEC) to recover from corruption if hash verification fails. Use encoding data from the specified device. The fec device argument can be block device or file image. For format, if fec device path doesn't exist, it will be created as file. Note: block sizes for data and hash devices must - match. Also, if the verity data_device is encrypted the fec_device should be too.</para></listitem> + match. Also, if the verity data_device is encrypted the fec_device should be too.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><option>fec-offset=<replaceable>BYTES</replaceable></option></term> <listitem><para>This is the offset, in bytes, from the start of the FEC device to the beginning of the encoding - data. (Aligned on 512 bytes.)</para></listitem> + data. (Aligned on 512 bytes.)</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -178,6 +206,8 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). <listitem><para>Number of generator roots. This equals to the number of parity bytes in the encoding data. In RS(M, N) encoding, the number of roots is M-N. M is 255 and M-N is between 2 and 24 (including).</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -186,7 +216,9 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). <listitem><para>A base64 string encoding the root hash signature prefixed by <literal>base64:</literal> or a path to roothash signature file used to verify the root hash (in kernel). This feature requires Linux kernel - version 5.4 or more recent.</para></listitem> + version 5.4 or more recent.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -208,6 +240,8 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). will be pulled in by <filename>local-fs.target</filename>, while the service to configure the network is usually only started <emphasis>after</emphasis> the local file system has been mounted.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -218,7 +252,9 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). This means that it will not be automatically enabled on boot, unless something else pulls it in. In particular, if the device is used for a mount point, it'll be enabled automatically during boot, unless the mount point itself is also disabled with - <option>noauto</option>.</para></listitem> + <option>noauto</option>.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -230,7 +266,9 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). unsuccessful. Note that other units that depend on the enabled device may still fail. In particular, if the device is used for a mount point, the mount point itself also needs to have the <option>nofail</option> option, or the boot will fail if the device is not enabled - successfully.</para></listitem> + successfully.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -249,6 +287,8 @@ This is based on crypttab(5). <para>All other verity protected block devices that contain file systems mounted in the initrd should use this option.</para> + + <xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/man/version-info.xml b/man/version-info.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..836d47e95b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/version-info.xml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"> +<!-- SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later --> + +<refsect1> + <para id="v183">Added in version 183.</para> + <para id="v184">Added in version 184.</para> + <para id="v185">Added in version 185.</para> + <para id="v186">Added in version 186.</para> + <para id="v187">Added in version 187.</para> + <para id="v188">Added in version 188.</para> + <para id="v189">Added in version 189.</para> + <para id="v190">Added in version 190.</para> + <para id="v191">Added in version 191.</para> + <para id="v192">Added in version 192.</para> + <para id="v193">Added in version 193.</para> + <para id="v194">Added in version 194.</para> + <para id="v195">Added in version 195.</para> + <para id="v196">Added in version 196.</para> + <para id="v197">Added in version 197.</para> + <para id="v198">Added in version 198.</para> + <para id="v199">Added in version 199.</para> + <para id="v200">Added in version 200.</para> + <para id="v201">Added in version 201.</para> + <para id="v202">Added in version 202.</para> + <para id="v203">Added in version 203.</para> + <para id="v204">Added in version 204.</para> + <para id="v205">Added in version 205.</para> + <para id="v206">Added in version 206.</para> + <para id="v207">Added in version 207.</para> + <para id="v208">Added in version 208.</para> + <para id="v209">Added in version 209.</para> + <para id="v210">Added in version 210.</para> + <para id="v211">Added in version 211.</para> + <para id="v212">Added in version 212.</para> + <para id="v213">Added in version 213.</para> + <para id="v214">Added in version 214.</para> + <para id="v215">Added in version 215.</para> + <para id="v216">Added in version 216.</para> + <para id="v217">Added in version 217.</para> + <para id="v218">Added in version 218.</para> + <para id="v219">Added in version 219.</para> + <para id="v220">Added in version 220.</para> + <para id="v221">Added in version 221.</para> + <para id="v222">Added in version 222.</para> + <para id="v223">Added in version 223.</para> + <para id="v224">Added in version 224.</para> + <para id="v225">Added in version 225.</para> + <para id="v226">Added in version 226.</para> + <para id="v227">Added in version 227.</para> + <para id="v228">Added in version 228.</para> + <para id="v229">Added in version 229.</para> + <para id="v230">Added in version 230.</para> + <para id="v231">Added in version 231.</para> + <para id="v232">Added in version 232.</para> + <para id="v233">Added in version 233.</para> + <para id="v234">Added in version 234.</para> + <para id="v235">Added in version 235.</para> + <para id="v236">Added in version 236.</para> + <para id="v237">Added in version 237.</para> + <para id="v238">Added in version 238.</para> + <para id="v239">Added in version 239.</para> + <para id="v240">Added in version 240.</para> + <para id="v241">Added in version 241.</para> + <para id="v242">Added in version 242.</para> + <para id="v243">Added in version 243.</para> + <para id="v244">Added in version 244.</para> + <para id="v245">Added in version 245.</para> + <para id="v246">Added in version 246.</para> + <para id="v247">Added in version 247.</para> + <para id="v248">Added in version 248.</para> + <para id="v249">Added in version 249.</para> + <para id="v250">Added in version 250.</para> + <para id="v251">Added in version 251.</para> + <para id="v252">Added in version 252.</para> + <para id="v253">Added in version 253.</para> + <para id="v254">Added in version 254.</para> + <para id="v255">Added in version 255.</para> +</refsect1> |